From 611e16d2cc62d0840d3a4effed374099626e1020 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Odoo Translation Bot Date: Tue, 15 Sep 2020 11:29:55 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex --- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 65 +- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 9 +- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 15 +- locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 14 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 53 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 17 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 10 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 5 +- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 8 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 78 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 15 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 11 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 21 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 5 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 9 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 158 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 170 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 12 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 10 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 17 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 5 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 9 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 50 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 10 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 9 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 14 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 6 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 7 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 60 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 11 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 12 +- .../pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 14 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 9 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 54 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 5 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 11 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 11 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 16 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 31 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 8 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 54 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 39 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 11 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 40 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 11 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 9 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 15 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 15 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po | 16 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 6 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 9 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 2445 ++++++++++++----- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 97 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 84 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 94 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 135 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 93 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 111 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 134 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 152 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 142 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 156 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 890 +++--- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 38 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 501 ++-- .../zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 133 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po | 49 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 547 ++-- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 53 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 40 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 303 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po | 163 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 142 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 197 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 121 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 135 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 358 ++- 77 files changed, 5305 insertions(+), 3287 deletions(-) diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 116350267..19b15bf37 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -12,14 +12,19 @@ # fares alokeeli , 2019 # Mohammed Ibrahim , 2019 # Akram Alfusayal , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Osoul , 2020 +# Naser Al Ramahi , 2020 +# AMER ALTAWIL , 2020 +# Talal Kamal , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Malek Gifaeri , 2020 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Fahad Alqahtani , 2020 # Ghaith Gammar , 2020 # Osama Ahmaro , 2020 # Shaima Safar , 2020 -# Naser Al Ramahi , 2020 -# AMER ALTAWIL , 2020 -# Mustafa Rawi , 2020 +# Nisrine Tagri , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -28,7 +33,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Nisrine Tagri , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -98,11 +103,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" @@ -1451,7 +1456,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "سنة مالية" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" @@ -2692,7 +2697,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 msgid "Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "البيئة" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -3036,7 +3041,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تسلسلات" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -6953,7 +6958,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" @@ -8564,12 +8569,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الأصول" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الإلتزامات" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 @@ -8587,7 +8592,7 @@ msgstr "الدخل" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المصروف" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -8632,7 +8637,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "النوع" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -8664,15 +8669,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التقرير" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "فئة" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أنواع الحساب" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" @@ -8704,7 +8709,7 @@ msgstr "الدائن" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "البطاقة الائتمانية" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" @@ -8728,16 +8733,16 @@ msgstr "إهلاك" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تكاليف الدخل" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" -msgstr "" +msgstr "غير ذلك" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "صحيفة عدم التوازن" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" @@ -8782,7 +8787,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ضرائب افتراضية" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -8792,7 +8797,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الوسوم" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -8803,7 +8808,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مجموعات الحساب" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -8829,7 +8834,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "السماح بالتسوية" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -8850,7 +8855,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مستنكر" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -12202,6 +12207,8 @@ msgid "" "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " "currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" +" يلزم ** التقريب النقدي ** عندما تكون أقل فئة مادية للعملة أو أصغر عملة " +"أعلى من الحد الأدنى لوحدة الحساب." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -12209,6 +12216,8 @@ msgid "" "total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " "made in cash." msgstr "" +"على سبيل المثال ، تطلب بعض البلدان من شركاتها تقريب أو تقليل المبلغ الإجمالي" +" للفاتورة إلى أقرب خمسة سنتات ، عندما يتم الدفع نقدًا." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -13244,7 +13253,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التسعير" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index 19740c60e..0ea230555 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Talal Kamal , 2020 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +24,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التسويق بالبريد الإلكتروني" #: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نظرة عامة" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index e4aa6c2f5..9840575f4 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -3,6 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Talal Kamal , 2020 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2020 +# Osoul , 2020 +# Rabie Bou Khodor , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Rabie Bou Khodor , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm.rst:5 msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الخدمة الميدانية" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مكتب المساعدة" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" @@ -57,7 +64,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نظرة عامة" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" @@ -270,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المبيعات" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index b3643b76a..0eee6a7d7 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Talal Kamal , 2020 +# Mustafa Rawi , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أتمتة التسويق" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "متقدم" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 msgid "Understanding Metrics" @@ -139,7 +145,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نظرة عامة" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" @@ -322,7 +328,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إطلاق اختبار" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index fafb4b45d..66a815005 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -16,12 +16,13 @@ # e2f , 2019 # Philipp Hug , 2019 # Jan Meyer, 2019 -# darenkster , 2019 +# f91684c3ff9ec3e650d5c8461e534581_686eae3 <449b96d9f63071f94d89e129677b83de_366193>, 2019 # Patrick Heuel , 2019 -# Florian Pose , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# UteHaus , 2020 +# UteHaus, 2020 # philku79 , 2020 +# Felix Schubert , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Florian Pose , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -30,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: philku79 , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Florian Pose , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -100,11 +101,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" @@ -1453,7 +1454,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geschäftsjahr" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" @@ -2694,7 +2695,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 msgid "Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Umgebung" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -3038,7 +3039,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sequenzen" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -8566,12 +8567,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anlagevermögen" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verbindlichkeiten" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 @@ -8589,7 +8590,7 @@ msgstr "Erlöse" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "betrieblicher Aufwand" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -8634,7 +8635,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typ" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -8666,15 +8667,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bericht" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kategorie" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontoarten" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" @@ -8706,7 +8707,7 @@ msgstr "Kreditoren" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kreditkarte" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" @@ -8730,12 +8731,12 @@ msgstr "Abschreibungen" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Herstellungskosten" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Andere" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" @@ -8784,7 +8785,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standard Steuern" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -8794,7 +8795,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stichwörter" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -8805,7 +8806,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontogruppen" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -8831,7 +8832,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erlaube Abstimmung" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -8852,7 +8853,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nicht mehr verwenden" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -13246,7 +13247,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Preiskalkulation" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index b334093a8..217f63062 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # philku79 , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: philku79 , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-Mail-Marketing" #: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" @@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr "Übersicht" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arbeiten mit E-Mail-Empfängerlisten" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -42,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 msgid "Create Mailing lists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-Mail-Empfängerlisten erstellen" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -97,7 +98,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abmeldungen und Blacklisten verwalten" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -160,7 +161,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marketing E-Mails verschicken und Kampagnen verwalten" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -171,7 +172,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Richtigen Empfängerkreis auswählen und Nachricht erstellen" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." @@ -215,7 +216,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mailing testen, senden oder planen" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 1bb4a1018..e600cd394 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Leon Grill , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# philku79 , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Leon Grill , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: philku79 , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "Außendienst" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kundendienst" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" @@ -61,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Übersicht" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" @@ -274,7 +276,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verkauf" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 7cbe255e3..30d31f83d 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Johannes Croe , 2019 # Chris Egal , 2020 +# philku79 , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chris Egal , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: philku79 , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "SMS Marketing" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Übersicht" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 105f6bbab..1f771b45c 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Chris Egal , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# philku79 , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chris Egal , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: philku79 , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "Social Marketing" #: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Übersicht" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" @@ -109,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 905ce5545..ecdb59da0 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ # Daniel Altamirano , 2020 # Alejandro Kutulas , 2020 # Vivian Montana , 2020 -# Pedro M. Baeza , 2020 # David Arnold , 2020 # AleEscandon , 2020 # Antonio Trueba, 2020 @@ -32,7 +31,6 @@ # Sébastien BÜHL , 2020 # Daniel Blanco , 2020 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 -# Pablo Rojas , 2020 # Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2020 # Raquel Iciarte , 2020 # Loredana Pepe , 2020 @@ -40,10 +38,17 @@ # Mariana Santos Romo , 2020 # Valentino Gaffuri Bedetta , 2020 # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # John Guardado , 2020 # Jesse Garza , 2020 # Osiris Román , 2020 +# Paulina Rodriguez , 2020 +# Fabian , 2020 +# Jorge Obiols , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pedro M. Baeza , 2020 +# Pablo Rojas , 2020 +# Luciano Nahuel Vitale , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -52,7 +57,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Osiris Román , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -182,17 +187,24 @@ msgstr "Registrar extractos bancarios manualmente" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." msgstr "" +"Si es necesario, también puede registrar sus extractos bancarios " +"manualmente." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " "*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." msgstr "" +"Para importarlos, vaya a :menuselection: `Contabilidad -> Resumen -> Banco`," +" haga clic en *Importar declaraciones*, o en los tres puntos, y luego en " +"*Importar declaración*." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 msgid "" "Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." msgstr "" +"Añadir una nueva línea por cada transacción escrita en el extracto bancario " +"original." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -220,6 +232,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" +"Odoo puede sincronizar directamente con su banco para obtener todos los " +"extractos bancarios importados automáticamente a su base de datos." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -227,6 +241,9 @@ msgid "" "Features `_, and search for " "your bank in the *Supported Banks* section." msgstr "" +"Para revisar si su banco es compatible con Odoo, dirígase a `Odoo Accounting" +" Features `_, y busque su " +"banco en la sección *Supported Banks*" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -239,10 +256,13 @@ msgid "" "More than 30 countries are partially supported, including Colombia, India, " "France, and Spain." msgstr "" +"Más de 30 países están parcialmente cubiertos, incluyendo Colombia, India, " +"Francia y España." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" +"Para conectarse a los bancos, Odoo utiliza múltiples servicios de web:" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 msgid "**Plaid**: Mainly for the U.S" @@ -1234,7 +1254,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Podemos especificar directamente el pago en la factura" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" @@ -1259,6 +1279,8 @@ msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" +"Recibimos el comprobante de pago para nuestra factura de 2100 euros emitida " +"a Smith & Co. " #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1778,7 +1800,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Año Fiscal" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" @@ -1983,7 +2005,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrar Años Fiscales" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3085,13 +3107,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En TaxCloud" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " "website." msgstr "" +"Crea una cuenta gratuita en el sitio de `TaxCloud " +"`__ " #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -4823,6 +4847,8 @@ msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -10224,12 +10250,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activos" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pasivos" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 @@ -10247,7 +10273,7 @@ msgstr "Ingreso" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gasto" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -10292,7 +10318,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -10324,15 +10350,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informe" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Categoría" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de cuentas" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" @@ -10364,7 +10390,7 @@ msgstr "A pagar" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tarjetas de Crédito" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" @@ -10388,16 +10414,16 @@ msgstr "Amortización" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Coste directo de la ventas" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Otro" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoja de Desbalance" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" @@ -10442,7 +10468,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impuestos por defecto" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -10452,7 +10478,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Categorías" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -10463,7 +10489,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grupos de cuentas" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -10489,7 +10515,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir conciliación" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -10510,7 +10536,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Descatalogado" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -15617,7 +15643,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 msgid "1000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1000" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -15680,7 +15706,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Precio" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index 664a8fe57..fcb7d2cb4 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -3,6 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 +# Alejandro Kutulas , 2020 +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,15 +26,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marketing por email" #: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información general" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trabaja con listas de correo" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -277,4 +284,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 2e9292d58..6c728f0a1 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -6,6 +6,9 @@ # Translators: # Mariana Santos Romo , 2020 # VivianMontana23 , 2020 +# Juan José Scarafía , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: VivianMontana23 , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr "Servicio externo" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mesa de Ayuda" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" @@ -62,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información general" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" @@ -275,7 +278,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ventas" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index 01db0382b..037647be1 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -3,6 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Fabian , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 +# Raquel Iciarte , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Raquel Iciarte , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,15 +26,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatización de marketing" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avanzado" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 msgid "Understanding Metrics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comprendiendo las métricas" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -43,7 +50,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consideremos el ejemplo abajo:" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -139,7 +146,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información general" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" @@ -271,7 +278,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Casos de uso" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -322,7 +329,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lanzar un test" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 47cfc5007..9d3455532 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ # Translators: # Cristopher Cravioto , 2020 # Jon Perez , 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jon Perez , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "Marketing por SMS" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información general" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 5d56b4cd5..dba87bcbc 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información general" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" @@ -105,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index 36b6a028c..c7bcd9c74 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ # David Arnold , 2020 # Noemi Nahomy , 2020 # Alejandro Kutulas , 2020 +# Jesse Garza , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesse Garza , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,13 +31,15 @@ msgstr "Soporte" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Versiones con soporte" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Odoo provee soporte y corrección de \"bugs\" **a las últimas 3 versiones " +"mayores** de Odoo." #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -44,18 +47,21 @@ msgid "" "called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " "published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." msgstr "" +"Usuarios hospedados en **Odoo Online** pueden usar versiones intermedias (a " +"veces llamadas *versiones SaaS*) que también reciben soporte. Estas " +"versiones no se publican para Odoo.sh o para instalaciones \"On-Premise\"." #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cuál es el estatus de soporte para mi versión de Odoo?" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta tabla muestra el estatus de soporte para todas las versiones." #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Versiones mayores en negrita.**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "Odoo Online" @@ -63,19 +69,19 @@ msgstr "Odoo en línea" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" +msgstr "On-Premise" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fecha de lanzamiento" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 @@ -126,7 +132,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Octubre 2018" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" @@ -134,7 +140,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abril 2018" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" @@ -142,11 +148,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Octubre 2017" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Fin de soporte planificado para octubre 2020*" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" @@ -187,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Octubre 2016" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" @@ -195,7 +201,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mayo 2016" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" @@ -203,7 +209,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Octubre 2015" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" @@ -211,7 +217,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Febrero 2015" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" @@ -219,19 +225,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Septiembre 2014" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|green| Versión con soporte" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|red| Fin de soporte" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" +msgstr "N/A Nunca hubo par esta plataforma" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -239,37 +245,43 @@ msgid "" "Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " "upgrade." msgstr "" +"|orange| Algunos de nuestros clientes más antiguos quizás aún usen esta " +"versión en nuestros servidores de Odoo Online, para ellos únicamente " +"apoyamos con asuntos que estén bloqueando su operación y recomendamos que se" +" actualicen a una versión posterior." #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "🏁 Versión futura, aún no disponibe" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:75 msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uso una versión más antigua de Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 msgid "" "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 y 5.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 msgid "" "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 y 1.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Considera `actualizar `_ tu base de datos." #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Qué puedo esperar del equipo de soporte?" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" +msgstr "5 días a la semana" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -278,19 +290,18 @@ msgid "" "you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" " be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" msgstr "" -"Tu subscripción online incluye **soporte ilimitado 24 horas sin costo extra," -" Lunes a Viernes**. Nuestros equipos estan localizados alrededor del mundo " -"para asegurar que tengas soporte, sin importar tu localización. Tu " -"representativo de soporte puede comunicarse contigo desde San Francisco, " -"Bélgica, o India!" +"Tu suscripción online incluye **soporte ilimitado 24 horas sin costo extra, " +"lunes a viernes**. Nuestros equipos están localizados alrededor del mundo " +"para asegurar que tengas soporte, sin importar tu ubicación. ¡Tu asesor de " +"soporte puede estar en San Francisco, Bélgica, o India!" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 msgid "" "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " "`__." msgstr "" -"Nuestro equipo de soporte puede ser contactado a través de nuestra `forma de" -" soporte online `__." +"Nuestro equipo de soporte puede ser contactado a través de nuestro " +"`formulario de soporte online `__." #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 msgid "What kind of support is included?" @@ -308,37 +319,38 @@ msgid "" "Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." " “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" msgstr "" -"Respuestas para asegurar que puedes encontrarte en tu database de Odoo " -"stándar (ej. \"No puedo cerrar my Punto de Venta\" o \"¿No puedo encontrar " -"los KPI's de ventas?)" +"Respuestas a preguntas o problemas relacionados con tu base de datos de Odoo" +" estándar (por ej., “No puedo cerrar mi Punto de Venta” o “¿Dónde puedo " +"encontrar los KPI's de ventas?”)" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "Preguntas relacionadas con tu cuenta, subscripción, o facturación." +msgstr "Preguntas relacionadas con tu cuenta, suscripción, o facturación." #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 msgid "" "Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " "misconfiguration or customization)" msgstr "" -"Resolución de problemas (bloquear problemas o comportamientos inesperados no" -" por desconfiguración o customización)" +"Resolución de \"bugs\" (problemas que estén bloqueando el servicio o " +"comportamientos inesperados que no se deban a configuraciones erróneas o " +"personalizaciones)" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 msgid "" "Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " "version" msgstr "" -"Situaciones que pueden ocurrir en una base de datos de prueba despues de " -"actualizar a la nueva versión " +"Situaciones que pueden ocurrir en una base de datos de prueba después de " +"actualizar a una nueva versión" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 msgid "" "*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " "you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" -"*Soporte de Odoo no hace cambios a tu base de datos de producción, pero te " -"entrega material y conocimiento para que lo hagas tu mismo!*" +"*Soporte de Odoo no hace cambios a tu base de datos de producción, ¡pero te " +"proporciona materiales y conocimientos para que lo hagas tú mismo!*" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 msgid "What kind of support is not included?" @@ -349,46 +361,48 @@ msgid "" "Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " "help you implement your database" msgstr "" -"Preguntas que requieren que entendamos tu proceso de negocio para así " -"ayudarte a implementar tu base de datos" +"Preguntas relacionadas a la implementación de tu base de datos que requieran" +" que entendamos tus procesos de negocio específicos" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 msgid "" "Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " "resources)" msgstr "" -"Entrenamiento en cómo usar tu Software (te direccionaremos a nuestros " -"variados recursos)" +"Entrenamiento en cómo usar el software (te dirigiremos\n" +" a nuestros variados recursos)" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo importar información o documentos a tu base de datos" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 msgid "" "Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " "database" msgstr "" -"Guía en qué configuraciones aplicar dentro de una aplicación o la base de " -"datos" +"Orientación respecto a cómo configurar las aplicaciones o la base de datos" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 msgid "" "How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " "Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" msgstr "" -"Como fijar modelos de configuración (Ejemplos incluyen: Rutas de Inventario," -" Términos de Pagos, Bodegas, etc)" +"Cómo fijar modelos de configuración (tales como rutas de inventario, " +"términos de pago, bodegas, etc.)" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" msgstr "" +"Cualquier intervención en tus propios servidores o instalaciones de Odoo" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 msgid "" "Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " "etc)" msgstr "" +"Cualquier intervención en las cuentas que tengas en otras compañías " +"(Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc.)" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -396,9 +410,9 @@ msgid "" "either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " "involving code)" msgstr "" -"Preguntas o situaciones relacionadas a desarrollos específicos o " -"customizaciones hechas por Odoo o un tercero (esto es específico sólo para " -"tu base de datos o código involvente)" +"Preguntas o asuntos relacionados a desarrollos o personalizaciones hechas " +"específicamente para tu base de datos, ya sea por Odoo o un tercero (así " +"como cualquier asunto relacionado con programación)" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -409,14 +423,14 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" "Puedes tener este tipo de soporte con un `Success Pack `__. Con un pack, uno de nuestros consultantes analizará la " -"manera que manejas tu negocio y decirte cómo puedes obtener lo mejor de tu " -"base de datos de Odoo. Manejaremos todas las configuraciones y te " -"entrenaremos en cómo usar Odoo." +"/pricing-packs>`__. Con un pack, uno de nuestros consultores analizará la " +"manera que manejas tu negocio y te dirá cómo puedes optimizar el uso de tu " +"base de datos de Odoo. Haremos todas las configuraciones y te entrenaremos " +"en cómo usar Odoo." #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Dónde encuentro ayuda?" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 msgid "Odoo Enterprise" @@ -429,46 +443,55 @@ msgid "" "matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " "server)." msgstr "" +"Usuarios con una suscripción activa de Odoo Enterprise pueden contactar al " +"equipo de soporte a través de nuestro `formulario de soporte " +"`_, sin importar el tipo de hospedaje (Odoo " +"Online, Odoo.sh, o tu propio servidor)." #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por favor incluye en tu solicitud de apoyo:" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "tu número de suscripción" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 msgid "" "the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " "Odoo.sh)" msgstr "" +"el URL de la base de datos si está hospedada en los servidores de Odoo (Odoo" +" Online u Odoo.sh)" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nuestros agentes se pondrán en contacto contigo lo antes posible." #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Community" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" msgstr "" +"*Los usuarios de Odoo Community no tienen acceso al servicio de soporte.*" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estos son algunos de los recursos con los que te puedes apoyar:" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nuestro `sitio de documentación `_." #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 msgid "" "Ask your question on the `community forum " "`_." msgstr "" +"Haz tu pregunta en el `foro comunitario " +"`_." #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -476,3 +499,6 @@ msgid "" "`_ to get the" " support and bugfix services." msgstr "" +"`Adquiere Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ para " +"obtener soporte y servicios de corrección de \"bugs\"." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 43c69f2bc..8c8ff5586 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -5,11 +5,11 @@ # # Translators: # Christophe CHAUVET , 2019 -# Cyrille de Lambert , 2019 +# Cyrille de Lambert , 2019 # Jean-Louis Bodren , 2019 # Xavier Belmere , 2019 # Frédéric LIETART , 2019 -# Benjamin Frantzen, 2019 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2019 # Guillaume Rancourt , 2019 # Florence Lambrechts , 2019 # ShevAbam, 2019 @@ -28,9 +28,15 @@ # Florent de Labarre , 2019 # Laura Piraux , 2019 # Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Christelle Pinchart , 2020 +# Jonathan Quique , 2020 +# Vallen Delobel , 2020 # Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Pafnow Pafnow , 2020 +# Jonathan Castillo , 2020 +# Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# lucasdeliege , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -39,7 +45,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: lucasdeliege , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -82,42 +88,46 @@ msgid "" "However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " "two options:" msgstr "" +"Cependant, si votre compte bancaire n'est pas synchronisé avec Odoo, vous " +"avez deux possibilités :" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importez les relevés bancaires fournis par votre banque" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 msgid "Register the bank statements manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrez vos relevés bancaires manuellement" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 msgid "Import bank statements files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importation de relevés bancaires" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" +"Odoo accepte de nombreux formats de fichiers pour importer des relevés " +"bancaires :" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Format SEPA recommandé (CAMT.053)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valeurs séparées par des virgules (.CSV)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Extrait de compte codifié belge (.CODA)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -141,6 +151,9 @@ msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " "supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) est un format de fichier plus ancien qui " +"n'est plus pris en charge depuis 2005. Si possible, préférez les fichiers " +"OFX à QIF." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 msgid "Register bank statements manually" @@ -149,6 +162,8 @@ msgstr "Enregistrez vos relevés bancaires manuellement" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." msgstr "" +"Si nécessaire, vous pouvez également enregistrer vos relevés bancaires " +"manuellement." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -200,12 +215,16 @@ msgid "" "The countries which are fully supported include the United States, Canada, " "New Zealand, Austria, and Belgium." msgstr "" +"Les pays qui sont entièrement pris en charge incluent les Etats-Unis, le " +"Canada, la Nouvelle-Zélande, l'Autriche et la Belgique." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "" "More than 30 countries are partially supported, including Colombia, India, " "France, and Spain." msgstr "" +"Plus de 30 pays sont partiellement pris en charge, y compris la Colombie, " +"l'Inde, la France et l'Espagne." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" @@ -217,11 +236,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:24 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Yodlee**: Partout dans le monde" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ponto**: Pour un nombre croissant de banques européennes" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 @@ -447,7 +466,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" @@ -1796,7 +1815,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exercice fiscal" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" @@ -1998,7 +2017,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_year`" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" @@ -2044,7 +2063,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 @@ -3241,7 +3260,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 msgid "Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Environnement" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -3615,7 +3634,7 @@ msgstr "Note de débit : ND-A 0001-00000004." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Séquences" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -3730,7 +3749,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aceptado con Observaciones." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 msgid "Invoice Taxes" @@ -3751,7 +3770,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 msgid "Responsable Inscripto." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Responsable Inscripto." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -3770,7 +3789,7 @@ msgstr "Consumidor Final." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Responsable Monotributo." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 msgid "IVA liberado." @@ -3866,11 +3885,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 msgid "Taxes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taxes." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 msgid "Zone." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zone." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 msgid "Detail each item." @@ -3882,27 +3901,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 msgid "Complete description." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Description complète." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 msgid "Unit Net Price." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prix net unitaire." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 msgid "Quantity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quantité." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 msgid "Unit of measurement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unité de mesure." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 msgid "Bonus." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bonus." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 msgid "VAT rate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taux de TVA." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" @@ -3920,7 +3939,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Types de documents spécifiques (201, 202, 206, etc.)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." @@ -3928,7 +3947,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le montant doit être supérieur à 100 000 ARS." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 msgid "" @@ -4066,7 +4085,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 msgid "How to use it in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment l'utiliser dans Odoo" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 msgid "" @@ -4488,6 +4507,8 @@ msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -4495,6 +4516,9 @@ msgid "" "contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " "puntos:" msgstr "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 msgid "Plan Contable" @@ -5429,6 +5453,8 @@ msgstr "Rapports comptables allemands" msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" +"Voici la liste des rapports spécifiques à l'Allemagne disponibles sur Odoo " +"Enterprise :" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 @@ -5857,7 +5883,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Considérations importantes lorsque vous activez le CFDI 3.3" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 @@ -10181,12 +10207,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Immobilisations" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Passifs" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 @@ -10204,7 +10230,7 @@ msgstr "Revenus" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dépense" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -10239,7 +10265,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 msgid "Code and Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Code et nom" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -10249,7 +10275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Type" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -10281,15 +10307,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapport" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Catégorie" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Types de compte" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" @@ -10321,7 +10347,7 @@ msgstr "Payable" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Carte de crédit" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" @@ -10345,16 +10371,16 @@ msgstr "Amortissement" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Coût des ventes" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autre" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hors bilan" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" @@ -10396,10 +10422,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." msgstr "" +"Veuillez vous référer à la documentation associée pour plus d'informations." #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taxes par défaut" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -10409,7 +10436,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Étiquettes" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -10420,7 +10447,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Groupes de comptes" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -10446,7 +10473,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser le lettrage" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -10467,7 +10494,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obsolète" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -10481,15 +10508,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" @@ -10644,6 +10671,10 @@ msgid "" "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." msgstr "" +"Odoo permet de gérer plusieurs entreprises au sein d'une même base de " +"données. Chaque entreprise a son propre plan comptable et ses propres " +"règles. Vous pouvez obtenir des rapports de consolidation en suivant vos " +"règles de consolidation." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -13347,7 +13378,7 @@ msgstr "Dégressif" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 msgid "Accelerated Degressive" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Accéléré Dégressif" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 @@ -13692,7 +13723,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" @@ -13981,7 +14012,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modèles de dépenses différées" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -15476,16 +15507,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le paiement intégral est dû 15 jours après la date de facturation." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**21 MFI**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**21 MFI**" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" +"Le paiement intégral est dû pour le 21 du mois suivant la date de " +"facturation." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" @@ -15622,19 +15655,19 @@ msgstr "Date d'échéance" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 msgid "February 21" -msgstr "" +msgstr "21 Février" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 msgid "300" -msgstr "" +msgstr "300" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 msgid "March 31" -msgstr "" +msgstr "31 Mars" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 msgid "700" -msgstr "" +msgstr "700" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 msgid "Product Sales" @@ -15642,7 +15675,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 msgid "1000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1000" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -15705,7 +15738,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tarification" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -15725,6 +15758,9 @@ msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" +"Si vous êtes sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et disposez de la version Entreprise, " +"vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette " +"fonctionnalité." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index 251e7e638..99feb8532 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 +# Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Email Marketing" #: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" @@ -277,4 +283,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index f0004a4aa..df47094a1 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Alexandra Jubert , 2020 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -28,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "Services sur Site" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Assistance technique" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" @@ -65,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" @@ -329,7 +331,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ventes" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" @@ -408,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Worksheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Feuilles de travail" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index 99790b8a1..0fbca3ec0 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -3,6 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Florent de Labarre , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatisation du Marketing" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avancé" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 msgid "Understanding Metrics" @@ -139,7 +146,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" @@ -271,7 +278,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cas d'utilisation" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -322,7 +329,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lancer un test" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index d748791a3..7e42909dd 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ # Richard Mathot , 2019 # Cécile Collart , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "Marketing par SMS" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 4ce63f948..25de13a31 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -4,8 +4,9 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Cécile Collart , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "Marketing social" #: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" @@ -110,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index e30b0a3f3..2fbaaf03a 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ # Eric Geens , 2019 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 # Thomas Pot , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2020 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -90,11 +90,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" @@ -1508,7 +1508,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Boekjaar" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" @@ -2855,7 +2855,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 msgid "Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Omgeving" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -3199,7 +3199,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reeksen" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -8749,12 +8749,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activa" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Passiva" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 @@ -8772,7 +8772,7 @@ msgstr "Omzet" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Declaratie" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -8817,7 +8817,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soort" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -8849,15 +8849,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapport" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Categorie" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grootboekrekeningen categorieën" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" @@ -8889,7 +8889,7 @@ msgstr "Crediteuren" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creditcard" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" @@ -8913,16 +8913,16 @@ msgstr "Afschrijving" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkoopwaarde van de omzet" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Overige" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Niet opgenomen in balans" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" @@ -8967,7 +8967,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standaard BTW" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -8977,7 +8977,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Labels" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -8988,7 +8988,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rubrieken" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -9014,7 +9014,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afletteren toestaan" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -9035,7 +9035,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vervallen" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -13436,7 +13436,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 msgid "1000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1000" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -13499,7 +13499,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prijzen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index 14f0a22e2..fcda2e93b 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +23,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-mail marketing" #: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Overzicht" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" @@ -277,4 +281,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 06c09d15b..914a1255c 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "Buitendienst" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Helpdesk" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Overzicht" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" @@ -274,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verkoop" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Worksheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Werkbonnen" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index d3c746b4d..497631990 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2020 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marketing" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geavanceerd" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 msgid "Understanding Metrics" @@ -139,7 +145,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Overzicht" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" @@ -322,7 +328,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Test starten" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 478da8eca..871489883 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "SMS marketing" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Overzicht" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 569c1a5a8..827c4c5f7 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "Social marketing" #: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Overzicht" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" @@ -109,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuratie" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index cb155ca2d..28628f565 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -9,14 +9,18 @@ # Marcelo Costa , 2020 # Cesar Silveira , 2020 # falexandresilva , 2020 -# danimaribeiro , 2020 -# Luciano Giacomazzi , 2020 -# Mateus Lopes , 2020 -# grazziano , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Silmar , 2020 # Marcel Savegnago , 2020 -# Luiz Fernando Gondin , 2020 +# Luiz Fernando , 2020 +# PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital , 2020 +# Emanuel Martins , 2020 +# Ademílson F. Tonato , 2020 +# Luciano Giacomazzi , 2020 +# danimaribeiro , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# Cezar José Sant Anna Junior , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -25,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Gondin , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: grazziano , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -95,11 +99,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formato aberto de transações financeiras (.OFX)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" @@ -1448,7 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ano Fiscal" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" @@ -2689,7 +2693,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 msgid "Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ambiente" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -3033,7 +3037,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sequências" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -8561,7 +8565,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Patrimônios" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 @@ -8584,7 +8588,7 @@ msgstr "Receita" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Despesa" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -8629,7 +8633,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -8661,15 +8665,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Relatório" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Categoria" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de Conta" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" @@ -8701,7 +8705,7 @@ msgstr "Conta a Pagar" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cartão de Crédito" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" @@ -8725,12 +8729,12 @@ msgstr "Depreciação" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Custo de Receita" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Outro" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" @@ -8779,7 +8783,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taxas padrão" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -8789,7 +8793,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marcadores" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -8800,7 +8804,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grupos de contas" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -8826,7 +8830,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite Conciliação" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -8847,7 +8851,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obsoleto" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -8995,7 +8999,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Multi Empresas" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -13241,7 +13245,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Preços" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index 105816a9d..795375362 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Silmar , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Silmar , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,15 +24,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Email de Marketing" #: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visão geral" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trabalhar com listas de e-mail" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 05139618d..bd487d2a3 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# falexandresilva , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: falexandresilva , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suporte Técnico" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" @@ -57,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visão geral" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" @@ -270,7 +276,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vendas" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index bf10561d1..e11b0a35c 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# Keli Brugalli , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Keli Brugalli , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automação de Marketing" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avançado" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 msgid "Understanding Metrics" @@ -139,7 +145,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visão geral" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" @@ -322,7 +328,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicie um teste" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index ee99e8fba..5a384e322 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visão geral" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" @@ -105,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 02964ea5e..b6254b99e 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -8,11 +8,15 @@ # Yuriy Ney , 2019 # Collex100, 2019 # Максим Дронь , 2019 -# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2019 # Viktor Pogrebniak , 2019 # Alex Puchkov , 2019 +# Ekaterina , 2020 +# Irina Fedulova , 2020 # Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 +# ILMIR , 2020 +# Vitalius Sharkhun , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -21,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -91,11 +95,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Открытый Финансовый Обмен (.OFX)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ускорьте формат обмена (.QIF)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" @@ -1753,7 +1757,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Учетный год" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" @@ -3357,7 +3361,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 msgid "Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Окружение" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -3701,7 +3705,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Последовательность" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -10406,7 +10410,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основные средства" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 @@ -10429,7 +10433,7 @@ msgstr "Доход" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расход" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -10474,7 +10478,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тип" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -10506,15 +10510,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отчёт" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Категория" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типы счетов" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" @@ -10546,7 +10550,7 @@ msgstr "Кредиторская задолженность" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кредитная карта" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" @@ -10570,12 +10574,12 @@ msgstr "Амортизация" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Себестоимость Дохода" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Другое" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" @@ -10624,7 +10628,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налоги по умолчанию" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -10634,7 +10638,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Метки" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -10645,7 +10649,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Группы счетов" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -10671,7 +10675,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Разрешить сверку" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -10692,7 +10696,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Устаревшие" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -14183,7 +14187,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Модели отложенных расходов" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -15886,7 +15890,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 msgid "1000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1000" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -15949,7 +15953,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установление цены" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -15969,6 +15973,8 @@ msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" +"Если вы на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у вас версия Enterprise, для тестирования " +"функции вы пользуетесь бесплатными пробными кредитам." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index c97aab9da..61355db75 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Collex100, 2019 # Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 +# Ekaterina , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -51,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Объем данной документации" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index 930a3f60c..fdde83ba7 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Ekaterina , 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +24,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Email-маркетинг" #: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обзор" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" @@ -277,4 +282,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 7b4b62be2..51f8298f6 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Ekaterina , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Техподдержка" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" @@ -57,7 +62,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обзор" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" @@ -270,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Продажи" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index 4fd8407ed..f0e922954 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Ekaterina , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marketing Automation" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расширенный" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 msgid "Understanding Metrics" @@ -139,7 +145,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обзор" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" @@ -271,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Используйте различные варианты" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -322,7 +328,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Launch a test" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index e0a14a573..63f01568e 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ # Translators: # Андрей Гусев , 2019 # Ivan Yelizariev , 2019 +# Ekaterina , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,11 +29,11 @@ msgstr "SMS-маркетинг" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обзор" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Списки контактов и черный список" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -45,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Список контактов" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." @@ -66,13 +67,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "История с записями журнала" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 msgid "" "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" +"Запись отправленных почтовых отправлений хранится в разговоре получателя " +"(будь то контакт или действие, например)." #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -320,6 +323,8 @@ msgid "" "Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " "to be delivered:" msgstr "" +"После создания почтовой рассылки необходимо выбрать, когда она будет " +"доставлена:" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -332,6 +337,8 @@ msgid "" "Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" " are not that many recipients." msgstr "" +"Отправить сейчас: немедленно отправляет сообщение. Рекомендуется " +"использовать этот параметр, если получателей не так много." #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -339,6 +346,10 @@ msgid "" " you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " "it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." msgstr "" +"Расписание: позволяет выбрать день и время. Лучший вариант для рассылок, " +"которые вы хотели бы отправить во время определенного мероприятия, для " +"продвижения предложения, пока оно активно, или для простого планирования " +"вашей контент-стратегии заранее." #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -347,6 +358,10 @@ msgid "" "while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " "you must remember to use a comma between them." msgstr "" +"Тест: позволяет отправить СМС-сообщение на один или несколько номеров в " +"целях тестирования. Например, для того, чтобы проверить, находится ли " +"предоставленная ссылка на верной странице и отвечает требованиям. При " +"отправке на несколько номеров необходимо ставить запятую между сообщениями." #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 msgid "Visualize reports" @@ -374,7 +389,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 msgid "Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цены и часто задаваемые вопросы" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" @@ -489,7 +504,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да." #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" @@ -563,7 +578,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Только те, которые имеют недопустимый формат." #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index bd218b36a..4251e7c86 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Ivan Yelizariev , 2019 +# Ekaterina , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "Меркетинг соцсетей" #: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обзор" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" @@ -109,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 786a8d7f0..30948c255 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ # # Translators: # Zoriana Zaiats, 2019 -# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Alina Lisnenko , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -86,11 +86,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відкрити Фінансовий обмін (.OFX)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Швидкий формат обміну (.QIF)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" @@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Звітний період" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" @@ -3343,7 +3343,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 msgid "Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Середовище" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -3687,7 +3687,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Послідовності" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -10386,12 +10386,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активи" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зобов'язання" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 @@ -10409,7 +10409,7 @@ msgstr "Дохід" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Витрати" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -10454,7 +10454,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тип" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -10486,15 +10486,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Звіт" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Категорія" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типи рахунків" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" @@ -10526,7 +10526,7 @@ msgstr "Кредитор" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кредитна картка" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" @@ -10550,16 +10550,16 @@ msgstr "Амортизація" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Собівартість продажу" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Інше" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Позабалансовий звіт" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" @@ -10604,7 +10604,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типові податки" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -10614,7 +10614,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Теги" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -10625,7 +10625,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Групи рахуків" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -10651,7 +10651,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозвольте узгодження" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -10672,7 +10672,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не використовується" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -15861,7 +15861,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 msgid "1000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1000" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -15924,7 +15924,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ціноутворення" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -15944,6 +15944,8 @@ msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " +"функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 96299a141..fd04d8740 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko , 2019 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -172,6 +172,11 @@ msgid "" "configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " "Teams`." msgstr "" +"Кожен канал продажу може мати власний псевдонім електронної пошти, щоб " +"генерувати ліди/нагоди, автоматично призначені для нього. Це корисно, якщо " +"ви керуєте кількома командами продажів з певними бізнес-процесами. Ви " +"знайдете налаштування команд продажу під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Команди продажів`." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" @@ -390,6 +395,13 @@ msgid "" "either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " "Credits`; or go to `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my Services`." msgstr "" +"Це функція купівлі в додатку, кожен створений лід буде коштувати один " +"кредит. Якщо ви оберете отримання інформації контакту, кожен контакт також " +"буде коштувати один додатковий кредит. Тут є ціни цієї `функції " +"`__, Щоб купити кредити, ви " +"можете перейти у :menuselection:`CRM --> Налаштування --> Налаштування --> " +"Купити кредити`; або перейдіть у `Налаштування --> Купівлі в додатку --> " +"Переглянути мої послуги`." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -410,6 +422,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " "<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Купівлі в додатку (IAP) " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" @@ -813,7 +827,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Збільшуйте вашу базу контактів із Автоматичним заповненням партнера" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -821,16 +835,21 @@ msgid "" "corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " "quickly get all the information you need." msgstr "" +"Автозаповнення партнера допомагає вам збільшити базу даних контактів із " +"корпоративними даними. Оберіть одну з компаній, запропоновану у випадаючому " +"списку, та швидко отримайте усю необхідну вам інформацію." #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " "Autocomplete* feature." msgstr "" +"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Контакти` та активуйте функцію " +"*Автозаповнення партнера*." #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Збільшуйте ваші контакти з корпоративними даними" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -838,29 +857,39 @@ msgid "" "it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" " will be populated with corporate data." msgstr "" +"З будь-якого модуля, після того, як ви починаєте створювати новий контакт, " +"набираючи його назву, система запропонує потенційне співставлення. Якщо ви " +"оберете його, контакт буде заповнено корпоративними даними." #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 msgid "" "For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Наприклад, після набирання *Odoo*, ви отримаєте наступну інформацію:" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 msgid "" "Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " "company name." msgstr "" +"Автозаповнення партнера також працює, якщо ви вводите номер платника ПДВ " +"компанії." #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 msgid "" "*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" " prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." msgstr "" +"*Автозаповнення компанії* - це послуга *Купівлі в модулі (IAP)*, що вимагає " +"використання передплачених кредитів. Кожен запит вартуватиме одному кредиту." #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " "Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." msgstr "" +"Щоб купити кредити, перейдіть у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Контакти " +"--> Автозаповнення партнера або Odoo IAP --> Переглянути мої послуги` та " +"оберіть пакет." #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 03c240d50..ba35c54f3 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko , 2019 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -685,6 +685,8 @@ msgid "" "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation `_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." msgstr "" +"**Вимкніть користувачів** як це пояснено у `документації `_ та **Відхиліть** комерційну пропозицію допродажу." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -788,6 +790,11 @@ msgid "" "command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " "like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" +"В даний час UIID бази даних доступний з меню **Налаштування > Технічні " +"параметри > Параметри системи**, ми радимо використовувати `генератор uuid " +"`__ або використовувати команду unіx ``uuidgen``" +" для створення нового uuid. Тоді ви можете просто замінити його, як і будь-" +"який інший запис, натиснувши на нього та використовуючи кнопку редагування." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 7b47be4b5..06f0b64c0 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko , 2019 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -34,23 +34,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Якщо ви користувач Odoo Online чи Odoo.sh..." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " "database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" msgstr "" +"Вам нічого не потрібно робити! **Odoo сама налаштовує поштові сервери вашої " +"бази даних.** Вихідні та вхідні електронні листи працюють з коробки!" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11 msgid "" "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" " use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Якшо ви не плануєте відправлення кампаній електронної пошти, що може " +"вимагати використання зовнішнього поштового сервера, просто насолоджуйтесь " +"новою базою даних Odoo." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сфера застосування цієї документації" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -59,6 +64,10 @@ msgid "" "unlike `Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " "`__." msgstr "" +"Цей документ **в основному призначений для локальних користувачів Odoo**, " +"які не отримують переваг від нестандартного рішення надсилати та отримувати " +"електронні листи в Odoo, на відміну від `Odoo Online " +"`__ та `Odoo.sh `__." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -91,6 +100,11 @@ msgid "" "device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" +"Сервери електронної пошти Office 365 не дозволяють легко надсилати зовнішні " +"електронні листи від таких хостів, як Odoo. Зверніться до `документації " +"Microsoft `__, щоби це запрацювало." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" @@ -125,10 +139,15 @@ msgid "" "secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " "`_." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви отримаєте ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Недійсні облікові дані " +"(Failure)`` будьте уважні, коли ви *Тестуєте з'єднання* в адресі Gmail, " +"активуйте функцію *Менш безпечного доступу до програми*. Доступ до посилання" +" `тут `_." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." msgstr "" +"Окрім цього, увімкніть налаштування IMAP у своєму обліковому записі Gmail." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" @@ -387,7 +406,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Усі псевдоніми налаштовуються в Odoo." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -395,6 +414,9 @@ msgid "" "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" +"Псевдоніми об’єктів можна редагувати у відповідному вікні налаштування. Щоб " +"редагувати псевдоніми catchall та bounce, спочатку потрібно активувати " +":doc:`Режим розробника <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -402,6 +424,9 @@ msgid "" "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" +"Потім перейдіть в :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні параметри --> " +"Параметри --> Параметри системи`, щоб налаштувати псевдоніми " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* та *mail.bounce.alias*)." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -411,6 +436,11 @@ msgid "" " Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням вхідні повідомлення надходять кожні 5 хвилин в Odoo на " +"власному сервері. Ви можете змінити це значення в :doc:`Режимі розробника " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Перейдіть у " +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні параметри --> Автоматизація --> " +"Заплановані дії` і знайдіть *Пошта: Послуга Fetchmail*." #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index 73ab1259a..dfd678cf9 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +24,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Email-маркетинг" #: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" @@ -277,4 +282,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 7d987424a..c36434163 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "Виїзне обслуговування" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Служба підтримки" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" @@ -274,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Продажі" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Worksheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Робочі аркуші" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index 504097440..d18c56fe3 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +24,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автоматизація маркетингу" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розширено" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 msgid "Understanding Metrics" @@ -139,7 +144,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" @@ -271,7 +276,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Використовуйте різні варіанти" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -322,7 +327,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запустити тест" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po index a5a7cec1c..c5ed0ea3e 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko , 2019 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -39,8 +39,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 msgid "" -"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " -"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." msgstr "" -"Просто перейдіть у *Налаштування* > *Загальні налаштування* > *Хмарні " -"Сповіщення Odoo (OCN)* та переконайтеся, що **Push-сповіщення** позначені." +"Просто перейдіть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування " +"--> Сповіщення Odoo Cloud (OCN)` та переконайтеся, що позначені **Пуш-" +"сповіщення**." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po index 2b9e349b4..dbbf9b7be 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "Планування" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 msgid "Create a schedule and make encoding easier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створюйте розклад та робіть кодування легко" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -36,10 +36,13 @@ msgid "" " shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" " level." msgstr "" +"Організовуйте регулярні розклади або прогнозуйте проекти на довгостроковій " +"основі. Створюйте зміни, щоб керувати своїми завданнями, розподіляти " +"працівників та залишатися організованими на високому рівні." #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:8 msgid "Organize your team by roles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Організуйте вашу команду за ролями" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -47,22 +50,29 @@ msgid "" " the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " "*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." msgstr "" +"Перейдіть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Ролі --> Створити`. Додатково " +"перейдіть у модуль *Співробітники*, оберіть відповідного співробітника і під" +" вкладкою *Робоча інформація* оберіть *Роль планування за замовчуванням*." #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:18 msgid "Make shifts recurrent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зробіть зміни періодичними" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:19 msgid "" "While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " "from the need of re-planning it." msgstr "" +"Створюючи зміну, виберіть *Повторити* та налаштуйте за необхідністю, " +"позбавляючи себе від необхідності її повторного планування." #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:28 msgid "" "Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " "possible in developer mode, from *Settings*." msgstr "" +"Повторні зміни створюються на наступні шість місяців. Модифікація можлива в " +"режимі розробника із меню *Налаштування*." #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:32 msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 416ee4bf9..f9f061bca 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko , 2019 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "SMS-маркетинг" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index b92278f71..c7fe75187 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -4,7 +4,8 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "Меркетинг соцмереж" #: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" @@ -109,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштування" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 53ef7a341..b9aea1e02 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -9,9 +9,7 @@ # v2exerer <9010446@qq.com>, 2019 # xiaobin wu , 2019 # bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2019 -# guohuadeng , 2019 # Jeanphy , 2019 -# Manga Tsang , 2019 # udcs , 2019 # zpq001 , 2019 # Jeff Yu - Elico Corp , 2019 @@ -23,17 +21,22 @@ # waveyeung , 2019 # 宣一敏 , 2019 # Richard yang , 2019 -# mrshelly , 2019 # Connie Xiao , 2019 # Gary Wei , 2019 # John Lin , 2019 # liAnGjiA , 2019 # fausthuang, 2019 # Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 -# 敬雲 林 , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Norman Chang , 2020 +# Felix Yang - Elico Corp , 2020 # 演奏王 , 2020 -# Felix Yang/杨孟泽 , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# guohuadeng , 2020 +# Manga Tsang , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# mrshelly , 2020 +# 敬雲 林 , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -42,7 +45,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Felix Yang/杨孟泽 , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -72,78 +75,78 @@ msgid "" "Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " "of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " "them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将银行对账单导入Odoo的会计模块，以便于你跟踪银行账户的资金流动，并且还方便你调节银行对账单与会计分录以保持一致。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 msgid "" "The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " "related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最简便的方法就是进行同步。如何做，请阅读相关文档：文档：银行同步" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 msgid "" "However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " "two options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "但是，如果你的银行账户无法与Odoo同步，你还有两个办法：" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入银行发送给你的对账单的电子文件" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 msgid "Register the bank statements manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动注册银行对账单" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 msgid "Import bank statements files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入银行对账单文件" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo支持银行对账单的文件格式有多种：" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SEPA推荐的现金管理格式（CAMT.053)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用逗号分割值（.CSV）" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开放金融交易格式（.OFX）" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "加快交换格式（.QIF）" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "比利时会计报告编码格式（.CODA）" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "" "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " "click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " "Statement*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入步骤，进入：菜单选择：会计->概览->银行，点击 “导入银行对账单“，或者移动到”...\"，等待出见“导入银行对账单“，点击。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下一步，选择你想导入的文件，点击”导入\"。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 msgid "" "Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " "Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 打开一个**导入工具**，使用这个工具你可以设置**格式选项**，同时这个工具还可以**对应**不同的列到你希望导入的数据。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " "supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." -msgstr "" +msgstr "加快交换格式（.QIF）是一个比较老的文件格式，2005年开始就不再支持。如果可能，尽量使用OFX文件，而非QIF文件。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 msgid "Register bank statements manually" @@ -151,45 +154,46 @@ msgstr "手工登记银行对账单" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果需要，你也可以手动输入你的银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " "*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." msgstr "" +"为了创建银行对账单，你可以到菜单选择：财务 - ->会计概览- -> 银行，点击“创建对账单”，或者在银行右上角点击三个点号，然后选择“新对账单”" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 msgid "" "Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为原始银行对帐单上每笔交易添加新行。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 msgid "" "To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " "field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为简化对帐流程，请确保填写合作伙伴字段。 您也可以在“标签”字段中编写付款参考。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 msgid "" "The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." " If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " "transactions’ amounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "期末余额和计算的余额应该一致。如果不一致，请确保交易金额没有错误。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "：文档：银行交易同步“”" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "银行同步：自动导入" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo可以直接与您的银行同步，以将所有银行对帐单自动导入到您的数据库中。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -197,34 +201,36 @@ msgid "" "Features `_, and search for " "your bank in the *Supported Banks* section." msgstr "" +"要检查您的银行是否与Odoo兼容，请转到“ Odoo会计功能`_”，然后在“支持的银行”部分中搜索您的银行。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "" "The countries which are fully supported include the United States, Canada, " "New Zealand, Austria, and Belgium." -msgstr "" +msgstr "得到完全支持的国家包括美国，加拿大，新西兰，奥地利和比利时。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "" "More than 30 countries are partially supported, including Colombia, India, " "France, and Spain." -msgstr "" +msgstr "包括哥伦比亚，印度，法国和西班牙在内的30多个国家得到了部分支持。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了连接到银行，Odoo使用了多种Web服务：" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 msgid "**Plaid**: Mainly for the U.S" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Plaid**: 主要针对美国" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:24 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Yodlee**: 全世界" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ponto**: 适用越来越多的欧洲银行" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 @@ -270,7 +276,7 @@ msgid "" "Make sure the **Automatic Import** feature is activated by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` in the *Bank & " "Cash* section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保自动导入银行对账单功能被激活，请进入菜单选择 “总账--> 配置-->设置-->”, 找到 “银行&现金”区域。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" @@ -281,13 +287,13 @@ msgid "" "If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " "you don’t have to do anything special. Just make sure that your database is " "registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您打算在Odoo Enterprise订阅中使用银行接口，则无需执行任何特殊操作。 只需确保您的数据库已在Odoo 企业版合同中注册。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:43 msgid "" "you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " "following address:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可能要检查一下是否没有防火墙/代理阻止以下地址：" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" @@ -301,7 +307,7 @@ msgstr "同步银行费用" msgid "" "First, make sure that the **Automated Bank Synchronization** is activated in" " your journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，确保在日志中激活 **自动银行同步**。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -309,27 +315,29 @@ msgid "" "then open your *Bank Journal*, click on *Edit*, and select **Automated Bank " "Synchronization** in the *Bank Feed* field." msgstr "" +"为此，请转到：菜单选择：\"会计-->配置 -->日志\"，然后打开您的 *银行日记帐*，单击 *编辑*，然后在 *银行源* 字段中选择 " +"*自动银行同步**。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 msgid "You can then connect Odoo to your bank." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，您可以将 Odoo 连接到您的银行。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank " "Account`, and follow the steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为此，请转到：菜单选择：'会计--> 配置--> 添加银行帐户'，然后按照步骤操作。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 msgid "" "Once done, go back to your *Accounting dashboard*. You should now see a " "**Synchronize Now** button on your *Bank* card. Click on this button and " "enter your bank credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，请返回 *会计仪表板*。现在，您应该在 *银行* 卡上看到一个 **立即同步**按钮。单击此按钮并输入您的银行凭据。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在此之后，您的银行源将定期同步。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 @@ -338,7 +346,7 @@ msgstr "常问问题" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time, is that normal?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "同步不能实时工作，这正常吗？" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -347,6 +355,7 @@ msgid "" "synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," " and click on the *Synchronize Now* button." msgstr "" +"由于第三方提供商以不同的时间间隔同步您的帐户，因此该过程不会实时工作。若要强制同步并获取报表，请转到 *会计仪表板*，然后单击 *立即同步* 按钮。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -355,31 +364,32 @@ msgid "" " retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " "status changes." msgstr "" +"交易记录可以在您的银行帐户中可见，但如果交易记录的状态为\"挂起\"，则不会提取。将仅检索状态为已过帐的交易记录。如果尚未发布 ，则必须等待状态更改。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 msgid "Is the Automatic Import feature included in my contract?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动导入功能是否包含在我的合同中？" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:90 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**企业版本**：是的，如果您有链接到数据库的有效企业合同。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**社区版本**：不，此功能不包括在社区版本中。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**在线版本**：是的，即使您受益于一个应用程序免费合同。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta,\" what does this mean?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有些银行有地位\"测试版\"，这是什么意思？" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -390,10 +400,12 @@ msgid "" " development process since the Provider will have real data & feedback from " "the connection." msgstr "" +"这意味着银行机构尚未得到我们的第三方提供商的全力支持。可能会出现错误或其他问题。Odoo 不支持在 Beta " +"阶段与银行发生的技术问题，但用户仍可以选择连接。与这些银行连接可以帮助开发过程， 因为提供商将拥有真正的数据和来自连接的反馈。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:103 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为什么我的事务仅在手动刷新时同步？" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -401,26 +413,26 @@ msgid "" "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," " the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " "provided." -msgstr "" +msgstr "某些银行有额外的安全措施，需要额外的步骤，如短信/电子邮件身份验证代码或其他类型的 MFA。因此，在提供安全代码之前，集成器无法提取事务。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:110 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有我的过去交易都不在Odoo，为什么？" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 msgid "Transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." -msgstr "" +msgstr "过去最多只能提取 3 个月的交易记录。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 msgid "Why don’t I see any transactions?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为什么我看不到任何交易？" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "" "When you first connect with your bank, you will be prompted to add each " "account to its own journal. If you skip this step, you will not be able to " "see your transactions in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首次与银行连接时，系统会提示您将每个帐户添加到其自己的日记帐中。如果跳过此步骤，您将无法在 Odoo 中查看您的交易。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -428,27 +440,28 @@ msgid "" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " "`_." msgstr "" +"如果您的银行帐户正确链接到日记帐，并且已过帐的交易在您的数据库中不可见，请'提交支持票证 '_ 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何更新银行凭据？" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 msgid "" "You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以在\":doc：'开发人员模式下更新凭据<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " "*Update Credentials*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 在线同步`，并打开你想要编辑的银行机构，并点击*更新凭据*。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" @@ -669,6 +682,7 @@ msgid "" "you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " "Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." msgstr "" +"在收到支票后，将它们记录在拟存入的银行账户上。当你选择银行账户（或支票日记账，如你在Odoo中配置）时，Odoo建议你使用批量存款。如计划将该支票存入银行，则选择本选项。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." @@ -701,7 +715,7 @@ msgid "" "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " "deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " "check." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择银行,，然后选择你想要添加的款项（支票）。默认情况下，Odoo建议你存入所有的支票。这样，你就可以确认不会忘记或丢失支票。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -726,7 +740,7 @@ msgid "" "If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " "contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " "deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你选择批量存款，Odoo将自动填充所匹配的支票。（下面例子中的批量存款包括2张支票）" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 @@ -748,7 +762,7 @@ msgid "" "After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" " button of your browser." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装批存款功能后，你需要重新加载页面，浏览器才会发现这项新功能。只需点击浏览器的重新加载按钮。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." @@ -769,7 +783,7 @@ msgstr "如果银行对账单的金额小于实际批存款的金额, 它可能 msgid "" "In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种情况下，在相应的银行对账单中，点击相关行并删除." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" @@ -801,6 +815,8 @@ msgid "" "default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"处理内部转移需要在科目表中添加转移科目。Odoo将根据你所在国家的科目表自动生成一个帐户。如要配置科目表并检查默认的转账科目，前往会计模块设置，并选择:menuselection:`配置" +" --> 设置` 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -855,6 +871,7 @@ msgid "" "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" +"第一步是登记内部付款。为此，进入你的会计仪表板，点击其中一个银行的 **更多** 按钮并选择 :menuselection:`新建 --> 内部转账`。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -869,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " "bank statements and reconcile`_)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你想要自动对账，备忘录非常重要（参见`导入银行对账单并对账`_）。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." @@ -900,6 +917,7 @@ msgid "" "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" +"这是因为我们没有导入银行对账单来确认付出和收到的钱。因此需要导入你的银行对账单，将付款和正确的银行对账单行进行核对。在收到银行对账单后，点击对应银行下的**新对账单**按钮，以导入其内容。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -922,7 +940,7 @@ msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要为付款选择交易对手。选择付款对应的正确银行对账单行并点击**对账**按钮。关闭对账单，完成交易。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -930,7 +948,7 @@ msgid "" "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " "both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " "happen automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "收到第二张银行对账单后，需要重复相同的步骤。注意，如果在两张对账单和付款交易中指定相同的金额和相同的备忘录，则系统将自动进行对账。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 @@ -1040,7 +1058,7 @@ msgstr "最后, 点击 **调节(Reconcile)** 完成过程." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" @@ -1058,14 +1076,15 @@ msgid "" "lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " "any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" +"将账户记录与银行对账单匹配的工作量比较大。你需要找到对应的发票，比较发票金额及合作伙伴详情与银行对账单是否相符。这些步骤需要很多时间。幸运的是，使用Odoo，你可以很容易地将发票或其他付款文件与银行对账单匹配。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "odoo中有2种对账过程方案。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们可以直接在发票上注明付款" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" @@ -1075,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "我们可以用银行对账单调整销售发票" msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记发票不需要特殊设置。我们只需安装会计应用程序就可以了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" @@ -1089,7 +1108,7 @@ msgstr "案例1 : 付款登记" msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们收到发票付款证明，是史密斯公司的2100欧元。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1099,6 +1118,7 @@ msgid "" "invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" " services to our customer." msgstr "" +"我们开了张2100欧元的发票给史密斯公司。因为我们出售的产品是服务，要求立即付款。而我们的会计只在周末处理银行对账单，所以我们在发票上做标记为支付，就可以为我们的客户提供服务。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1111,13 +1131,13 @@ msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " "method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过点击**付款登记**，我们告诉Odoo，客户已支付。我们因此需要指定金额和支付方式。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们可以找到付款信息，点击发票上:menuselection:`信息 -->开启付款` 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1139,7 +1159,7 @@ msgstr "我们开始已开给Smith & Co的3000欧元的发票。让我们也假 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们收到银行对账单，发现不仅是史密斯公司已支付款项，Buzz的92欧元也已支付。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1317,6 +1337,8 @@ msgid "" "created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" " activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" +"如Odoo配置为支持多币种，你应激活计划使用的币种。为此，进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"币种`。默认情况下，所有币种都已创建，但你应激活计划支持的币种（要激活某币种，勾选其*在用*字段）。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1422,6 +1444,7 @@ msgid "" "this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " "be converted to this currency." msgstr "" +"在上面的报告中，与Camptocamp相关的应收帐款没有用第二种货币进行管理，也就是说，每笔交易都使用本币。如需要，你可以将该客户的应收帐款设置为第二种货币，则所有的债务将自动转换该货币。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -1517,11 +1540,11 @@ msgstr "该交易将被添加到当前的现金支付登记。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 msgid "Fiscality" -msgstr "" +msgstr "财务" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "会计年度" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" @@ -1679,47 +1702,47 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_year`" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理财政年度" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" " have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " "settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在多数情况下，财政年度包括12个月。如你的公司也是如此，则只需在会计设置中定义财政年度的最后一天。默认情况下，它设置为12月31日。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " "fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " "this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" +msgstr "但是，有时也有例外。例如，如果你的公司现在处于首个财政年度，则可能超过或少于12个月。在这种情况下，需要进行一些额外配置。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " "activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用财政年度功能。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 msgid "" "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " "configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财政年度`中配置你的财政年度。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你只需创建超过或少于12个月的财政年度。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 @@ -1880,13 +1903,13 @@ msgstr "对于本文当的目的, 我们会使用以上的用例 :" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品的默认价格是8.26€, 不含税价" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "但我们想在门店或者电商网站中卖10€，含税价" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" @@ -1899,6 +1922,8 @@ msgid "" "Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " "Accounting application." msgstr "" +"你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置，但是你可以在会计应用程序中访问菜单:menuselection:`配置 -->设置`并勾选 " +"**默认销售税** 。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1979,7 +2004,7 @@ msgid "" "included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " "on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " "of this customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你和客户谈下来一个合同，不管谈下来的价格是否含税，你都可以在客户表单中设置价格表和财务状况，然后该客户的所有订单都会自动适用该规则。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -2118,7 +2143,7 @@ msgstr "对于某些财务状况，有时需要用另外两种税替换一种税 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" +msgstr "财务状况不适用于资产和递延收入。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 @@ -2180,6 +2205,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " "proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" +"完成这一步骤后，可在以下路径配置税种:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"税种`。首先，设置适当的过渡帐户，以在你登记付款之前过税。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -2188,6 +2215,7 @@ msgid "" "the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " "Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." msgstr "" +"在*高级选项*选项卡中，将*应缴税额*转为*基于付款*。然后，你必须定义*已收税款*金额，以便在收到付款时过账税款金额，以及*税基已收金额*，以便过账税基金额，确保税收报告的准确性。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" @@ -2232,7 +2260,7 @@ msgstr "应收15美元" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "临时税务账户$15" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 @@ -2272,6 +2300,7 @@ msgid "" "default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " "zero." msgstr "" +"最后两个日记账项目是中性的，但它们可确保税基金额的准确性，以保证Odoo税收报告的准确性。我们建议使用默认的收入帐户。则这笔帐的余额始终为零。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" @@ -2501,6 +2530,8 @@ msgid "" "*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." msgstr "" +"多数国家的B2C价格都是含税的。在Odoo中，你可以在销售税中勾选**含税价**，路径为 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"会计 --> 税收`。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -2563,7 +2594,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "怎样通过TaxCloud获得美国正确的税率" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2573,33 +2604,34 @@ msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " "special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" +"**TaxCloud**集成功能允许用户计算美国各地的销售税，跟踪免除销售税的产品类别，以及哪些州支持免税。TaxCloud可实时计算各州、市以及美国特别司法辖区的销售税。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在TaxCloud中" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " "website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*TaxCloud* `__地址下创建一个免费帐户。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "" "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在TaxCloud上注册你的Odoo网站，获得一个*API ID*和*API密钥*。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " "Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在TaxCloud的设置中，点击*地点*并输入你的办公室和仓库的地点。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " "where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在TaxCloud的设置中，点击*管理税务州*，以验证你收取销售税的州。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" @@ -2611,32 +2643,34 @@ msgid "" " and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " "actually uses complete street address)." msgstr "" +"前往:menuselection:`发票/会计 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`，勾选*根据美国邮编使用TaxCloud计算税率*（注意：实际使用完整的街道地址）。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入你的TaxCloud凭据。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击保存，保存你的凭据。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " "categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" " imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*默认类别*旁边的刷新图标，从TaxCloud中导入TIC（征税信息代码）产品类别。有些类别可能适用特定税率或产品/服务类型豁免。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置默认的*TIC代码*。这适用于创建的任一新产品。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" "Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" " Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品的*通用信息*选项卡上或在产品类别上设置特定的TaxCloud TIC类别。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -2644,6 +2678,7 @@ msgid "" "code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " "to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" +"确保你的公司地址是完整的（包括州名和邮编）。前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 用户和公司 --> 公司`，打开并编辑你的公司记录。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" @@ -2655,6 +2690,7 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" " installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" +"Odoo根据财务状况计算销售税（参见:doc:`application`）。在安装*TaxCloud*后即可创建在美国的财务状况。一切开箱即用。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -2662,20 +2698,21 @@ msgid "" "this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" +"你可将Odoo配置为自动检测使用该财务状况的客户。前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财务状况`，打开并编辑记录。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " "order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " "triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，当客户国家为*美国*时，此财务状况将自动设置在所有销售订单、网络订单或发票上。这将触发自动化税务计算。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " "You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " "**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加你的产品。你有两种方案获取订单的销售税。你可确认它，或保存它并从*操作*菜单选择**用TaxCloud更新税收**。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 msgid "Coupons & Promotions" @@ -2685,7 +2722,7 @@ msgstr "优惠券和促销" msgid "" "If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " "might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你使用优惠券或促销计划，与TaxCloud的集成可能有点奇怪。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -2697,6 +2734,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " "deliveries, etc." msgstr "" +"问题在于，Taxcloud在税收计算中不接受负金额行。这意味着促销计划所增加行的金额必须从其所影响行中扣除。因此，使用优惠券或促销的订单在TaxCloud财务状况中**必须**完整开具发票，你不能为部分交货创建发票。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -2711,6 +2749,7 @@ msgid "" "the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " "from a user point of view." msgstr "" +"另一个特别的奇怪之处可能是用户界面：想象一下，你从TaxCloud类别*[20110]计算机*中销售了一件产品，并且你已制定了促销计划，提供产品的50%折扣。如果该产品的税率为7%，则从TaxCloud集成计算的税率将显示3.5%。这是因为折扣已包括在发送到TaxCloud的价格中，但是在Odoo中，该折扣完全在另一行显示。结果，你的税务计算将正确的（因为全价3.5%的税费相当于半价7%的税费)，但从用户的角度来看，这可能令人惊讶。" #: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" @@ -2725,6 +2764,8 @@ msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " "this version the next modules are available:" msgstr "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2733,6 +2774,10 @@ msgid "" " to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " "Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -2741,6 +2786,10 @@ msgid "" "on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -2748,20 +2797,25 @@ msgid "" "requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " "AFIP regulations." msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Install the Argentinean localization modules" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Configure your company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure your company" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -2770,6 +2824,10 @@ msgid "" "the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " "structure of the company:" msgstr "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" @@ -2782,36 +2840,42 @@ msgid "" "considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monotributista (149 accounts)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Configure Master data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure Master data" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Electronic Invoice Credentials" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 msgid "Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Environment" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " "and Production." msgstr "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -2820,28 +2884,38 @@ msgid "" "environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " "to select the environment:" msgstr "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 msgid "AFIP Certificates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP Certificates" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " "provided by the AFIP." msgstr "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." msgstr "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -2849,6 +2923,9 @@ msgid "" "file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " "be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." msgstr "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -2857,6 +2934,10 @@ msgid "" "`Get AFIP Certificate " "`_." msgstr "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -2864,6 +2945,9 @@ msgid "" "generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " "field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." msgstr "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -2871,6 +2955,9 @@ msgid "" "the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " "`_." msgstr "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 @@ -2879,7 +2966,7 @@ msgstr "业务伙伴" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identification Type and VAT" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -2888,16 +2975,22 @@ msgid "" "for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " "default:" msgstr "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP Responsibility Type" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -2905,40 +2998,45 @@ msgid "" "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 msgid "Taxes Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taxes Types" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 msgid "Otros." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Otros." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Special Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Special Taxes" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -2947,10 +3045,14 @@ msgid "" "creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "Document Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Document Types" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -2959,6 +3061,10 @@ msgid "" "types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " "AFIP)." msgstr "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -2966,6 +3072,9 @@ msgid "" "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -2974,18 +3083,26 @@ msgid "" " on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." msgstr "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 msgid "Letters" @@ -2996,50 +3113,64 @@ msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." msgstr "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." msgstr "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 msgid "Use on Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Use on Invoices" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 @@ -3052,6 +3183,9 @@ msgid "" "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -3060,6 +3194,10 @@ msgid "" " can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -3067,10 +3205,13 @@ msgid "" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -3078,24 +3219,29 @@ msgid "" "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 msgid "Web Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Web Services" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 msgid "" "``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " "generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." msgstr "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -3105,6 +3251,11 @@ msgid "" " Bond `_." msgstr "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -3112,12 +3263,17 @@ msgid "" "international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " "the document type related is type “E”." msgstr "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -3127,6 +3283,11 @@ msgid "" "you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " "invoice report." msgstr "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -3134,22 +3295,25 @@ msgid "" "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顺序号" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -3158,6 +3322,10 @@ msgid "" "under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " "used:" msgstr "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " +"used:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 msgid "" @@ -3166,6 +3334,10 @@ msgid "" "is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " "sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." msgstr "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 @@ -3183,34 +3355,40 @@ msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 msgid "Document type assignation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Document type assignation" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "" @@ -3218,10 +3396,13 @@ msgid "" "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Electronic Invoice elements" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 msgid "" @@ -3231,44 +3412,55 @@ msgid "" "raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " "draft until the related data is corrected." msgstr "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " "and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" msgstr "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 msgid "" "Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " "10 days after the CAE is generated." msgstr "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 msgid "Result:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Result:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aceptado en AFIP." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aceptado con Observaciones." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 msgid "Invoice Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invoice Taxes" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 msgid "" @@ -3276,10 +3468,13 @@ msgid "" "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 msgid "Responsable Inscripto." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Responsable Inscripto." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -3287,30 +3482,33 @@ msgid "" "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 msgid "Consumidor Final." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consumidor Final." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Responsable Monotributo." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 msgid "IVA liberado." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IVA liberado." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 msgid "Special Use Cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Special Use Cases" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 msgid "Invoices for Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invoices for Services" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 msgid "" @@ -3318,6 +3516,9 @@ msgid "" "the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" " tab “Other Info”:" msgstr "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 msgid "" @@ -3325,10 +3526,13 @@ msgid "" " values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " "the invoice month:" msgstr "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 msgid "Exportation Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exportation Invoices" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 msgid "" @@ -3336,6 +3540,9 @@ msgid "" "used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" " type be associated:" msgstr "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 msgid "" @@ -3343,36 +3550,41 @@ msgid "" "type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " "19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" msgstr "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 msgid "Exportation document type ." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exportation document type ." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 msgid "Exempt Taxes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempt Taxes." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 msgid "" "The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " "Info --> Accounting`:" msgstr "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 msgid "Fiscal Bond" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fiscal Bond" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 msgid "" @@ -3380,6 +3592,9 @@ msgid "" "wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " "Ministry of Economy." msgstr "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 @@ -3387,54 +3602,56 @@ msgid "" "For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " "requirements:" msgstr "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 msgid "Taxes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taxes." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 msgid "Zone." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zone." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 msgid "Detail each item." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detail each item." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 msgid "Complete description." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Complete description." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 msgid "Unit Net Price." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unit Net Price." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 msgid "Quantity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quantity." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 msgid "Unit of measurement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unit of measurement." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 msgid "Bonus." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bonus." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 msgid "VAT rate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "VAT rate." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 msgid "" @@ -3445,42 +3662,56 @@ msgid "" "productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" " to their clients and / or vendors." msgstr "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 msgid "" "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" " can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" msgstr "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 msgid "" "**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " "document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" msgstr "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 msgid "" "Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " "originator document passed to the note." msgstr "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 msgid "" "The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " "A or B)." msgstr "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 msgid "" @@ -3489,16 +3720,22 @@ msgid "" "different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " "create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." msgstr "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 msgid "" "The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " "Cancellation?” as True." msgstr "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 msgid "" @@ -3506,10 +3743,13 @@ msgid "" "document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " "(false)." msgstr "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 msgid "Invoice printed report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invoice printed report" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 msgid "" @@ -3517,16 +3757,21 @@ msgid "" "the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " "CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" msgstr "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Troubleshooting and Auditing" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 msgid "" "For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " "information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," msgstr "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 msgid "" @@ -3534,6 +3779,9 @@ msgid "" "and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " "synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." msgstr "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 @@ -3548,6 +3796,10 @@ msgid "" " Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " "if necessary." msgstr "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 msgid "" @@ -3555,6 +3807,9 @@ msgid "" "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 msgid "" @@ -3562,10 +3817,13 @@ msgid "" "the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " "Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." msgstr "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 msgid "" @@ -3574,53 +3832,68 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " "Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" msgstr "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 msgid "" "**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." msgstr "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 msgid "" "**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " "it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." msgstr "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 msgid "" "**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " "post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." msgstr "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 msgid "How to use it in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "How to use it in Odoo" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 msgid "" "This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " "located next to the AFIP Authorization code." msgstr "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 msgid "" "In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " "displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." msgstr "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 msgid "Special Use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Special Use cases" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 msgid "Untaxed Concepts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Untaxed Concepts" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 msgid "" "There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " "base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." msgstr "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 msgid "" @@ -3628,10 +3901,13 @@ msgid "" "part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" " the Exempt concept:" msgstr "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 msgid "Perception Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perception Taxes" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 msgid "" @@ -3640,16 +3916,22 @@ msgid "" "product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " "the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." msgstr "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 msgid "" "You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " "it and set the correct amount." msgstr "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "After this is done the invoice can be validated." #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 msgid "Reports" @@ -3657,35 +3939,35 @@ msgstr "报告" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "VAT Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VAT Reports" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libro de IVA Ventas" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libro de IVA Compras" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 msgid "Resumen de IVA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Resumen de IVA" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 msgid "IIBB - Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IIBB - Reports" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 msgid "Colombia" @@ -3703,6 +3985,9 @@ msgid "" "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -3718,7 +4003,7 @@ msgstr "工作流" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Install the Colombian localization modules" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -3728,7 +4013,7 @@ msgstr "为此, 请访问应用程序并搜索哥伦比亚。然后单击前两 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -3736,6 +4021,9 @@ msgid "" "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:46 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:68 @@ -3751,26 +4039,34 @@ msgid "" "integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:57 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:62 msgid "Configure your report data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure your report data" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:76 msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure data required in the XML" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:82 msgid "Identification" @@ -3782,6 +4078,9 @@ msgid "" "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -3789,10 +4088,13 @@ msgid "" "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fiscal structure (RUT)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -3800,18 +4102,25 @@ msgid "" "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." msgstr "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -3819,6 +4128,9 @@ msgid "" "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -3826,6 +4138,9 @@ msgid "" "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -3836,12 +4151,20 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " "Journals`." msgstr "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:152 msgid "Users" @@ -3852,12 +4175,16 @@ msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:168 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 @@ -3870,22 +4197,29 @@ msgid "" "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "There are three types of documents:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." msgstr "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -3894,16 +4228,22 @@ msgid "" "necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:196 msgid "Invoice validation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invoice validation" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:198 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -3911,10 +4251,13 @@ msgid "" "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:214 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reception of legal XML and PDF" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -3925,24 +4268,32 @@ msgid "" "Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:224 msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "After this:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "Common errors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Common errors" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -3950,36 +4301,45 @@ msgid "" "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:258 msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Additional use cases" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:260 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Colombia (ES)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 msgid "Introducción" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introducción" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "" "La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3987,23 +4347,26 @@ msgid "" "contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " "puntos:" msgstr "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 msgid "Plan Contable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plan Contable" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 msgid "Impuestos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impuestos" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 msgid "Retenciones" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Retenciones" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -4011,28 +4374,33 @@ msgid "" "requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " "Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." msgstr "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 msgid "Flujo General" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flujo General" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" msgstr "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -4040,12 +4408,17 @@ msgid "" "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " "busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -4055,6 +4428,11 @@ msgid "" " través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " "`_." msgstr "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`_." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -4063,10 +4441,14 @@ msgid "" "información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." msgstr "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de Información para PDF" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -4074,24 +4456,29 @@ msgid "" "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." msgstr "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 msgid "" "Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " "sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contacto (Tercero)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 msgid "Identificación" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identificación" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -4100,6 +4487,10 @@ msgid "" "cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " "de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -4107,10 +4498,13 @@ msgid "" "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -4118,12 +4512,17 @@ msgid "" "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" "Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " "Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" msgstr "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -4133,6 +4532,11 @@ msgid "" "Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " "opciones." msgstr "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -4141,6 +4545,10 @@ msgid "" "necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " "--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -4149,10 +4557,14 @@ msgid "" "considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 msgid "Diarios" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diarios" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -4160,6 +4572,9 @@ msgid "" "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -4167,30 +4582,37 @@ msgid "" "ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" " Secuencia`" msgstr "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usuarios" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "Facturas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facturas" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -4198,10 +4620,13 @@ msgid "" "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 msgid "Invoice Creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invoice Creation" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -4210,28 +4635,38 @@ msgid "" "independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " "manualmente." msgstr "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" msgstr "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 msgid "" "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," " Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " "importación." msgstr "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -4240,10 +4675,14 @@ msgid "" "necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " "ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." msgstr "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 msgid "Invoice Validation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invoice Validation" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -4251,6 +4690,9 @@ msgid "" "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." msgstr "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "" @@ -4259,10 +4701,14 @@ msgid "" " que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " "inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -4273,6 +4719,12 @@ msgid "" "(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " "CUFE." msgstr "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -4280,26 +4732,33 @@ msgid "" "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " "automáticamente:" msgstr "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 msgid "" "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " "historial de la Factura." msgstr "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "" "En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " "mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 msgid "Errores Frecuentes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Errores Frecuentes" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -4308,6 +4767,10 @@ msgid "" "detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " "desplegados en el historial." msgstr "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 msgid "" @@ -4315,10 +4778,13 @@ msgid "" "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" msgstr "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 msgid "" @@ -4326,6 +4792,9 @@ msgid "" "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." msgstr "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" @@ -4427,6 +4896,13 @@ msgid "" "`_ or contact" " your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." @@ -4480,6 +4956,10 @@ msgid "" "<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " "press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -4526,7 +5006,7 @@ msgstr "**Storage**: 自动销售结转, 计算期间和累计合计 (每日、 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inalterability" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -4591,17 +5071,22 @@ msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -4610,6 +5095,10 @@ msgid "" "daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -4618,6 +5107,10 @@ msgid "" "record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -4626,6 +5119,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " "Actions`." msgstr "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" @@ -4636,6 +5133,8 @@ msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -4643,28 +5142,37 @@ msgid "" "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "More Information" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`_" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -4672,12 +5180,17 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Official Statement " +"`_" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`_" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" @@ -4685,7 +5198,7 @@ msgstr "德国" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "German Chart of Accounts" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4694,6 +5207,10 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " "section." msgstr "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 @@ -4701,20 +5218,24 @@ msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "German Accounting Reports" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 @@ -4732,7 +5253,7 @@ msgstr "利润损失" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" @@ -4750,10 +5271,15 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Italy (IT)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4763,10 +5289,15 @@ msgid "" "inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -4776,12 +5307,19 @@ msgid "" "Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -4791,6 +5329,11 @@ msgid "" "corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " "relativa :doc:`guida <../../discuss/email_servers>`." msgstr "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../discuss/email_servers>`." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -4798,6 +5341,9 @@ msgid "" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -4806,12 +5352,18 @@ msgid "" "che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -4819,20 +5371,25 @@ msgid "" "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." msgstr "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -4841,10 +5398,14 @@ msgid "" "rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -4852,6 +5413,9 @@ msgid "" "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -4860,10 +5424,14 @@ msgid "" " e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -4873,23 +5441,29 @@ msgid "" "quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -4897,24 +5471,29 @@ msgid "" "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" @@ -4929,10 +5508,16 @@ msgid "" "information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " "\"Mexico\" set." msgstr "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:17 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -4940,18 +5525,25 @@ msgid "" " account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" " list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:24 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -4961,6 +5553,11 @@ msgid "" "market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " "company in Mexico." msgstr "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -4968,14 +5565,17 @@ msgid "" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " "debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." msgstr "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:44 msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:46 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -4983,10 +5583,13 @@ msgid "" "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " "installed." msgstr "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:58 msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -4996,10 +5599,15 @@ msgid "" "3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:73 msgid "Set you legal information in the company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Set you legal information in the company" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -5008,6 +5616,10 @@ msgid "" "address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " "position on your company’s contact." msgstr "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -5015,11 +5627,15 @@ msgid "" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " "vat to **TCM970625MB1**." msgstr "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" "Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" msgstr "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -5030,10 +5646,16 @@ msgid "" " Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " "the option)." msgstr "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:101 msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -5042,11 +5664,16 @@ msgid "" "your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " "support in https://www.odoo.com/help." msgstr "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 msgid "" "Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -5055,6 +5682,10 @@ msgid "" "called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " "name does not exist)." msgstr "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -5063,10 +5694,14 @@ msgid "" "resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " "the default behavior." msgstr "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 @@ -5074,6 +5709,8 @@ msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -5081,6 +5718,9 @@ msgid "" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -5088,10 +5728,13 @@ msgid "" "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -5100,6 +5743,10 @@ msgid "" "can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -5107,6 +5754,9 @@ msgid "" "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -5116,34 +5766,43 @@ msgid "" " proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Certificate`_" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Password:** 12345678a" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure the tag in sales taxes" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -5151,12 +5810,17 @@ msgid "" "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" @@ -5167,12 +5831,16 @@ msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" msgstr "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -5180,12 +5848,17 @@ msgid "" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " "invoice by email." msgstr "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" @@ -5196,36 +5869,40 @@ msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "If the invoice is not paid." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Legal considerations**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -5233,6 +5910,9 @@ msgid "" "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -5240,10 +5920,13 @@ msgid "" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" @@ -5251,16 +5934,21 @@ msgid "" "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" @@ -5269,22 +5957,30 @@ msgid "" "calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" @@ -5293,6 +5989,10 @@ msgid "" "the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" @@ -5300,6 +6000,9 @@ msgid "" "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -5307,16 +6010,21 @@ msgid "" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" @@ -5326,20 +6034,27 @@ msgid "" " the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." @@ -5347,27 +6062,31 @@ msgstr "电算试平衡。" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "DIOT report." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Electronic Chart of account CoA" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -5375,16 +6094,21 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "How to add new accounts ?" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -5395,16 +6119,24 @@ msgid "" " automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" " xml." msgstr "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "What is the meaning of the tag ?" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" @@ -5413,6 +6145,10 @@ msgid "" "your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" @@ -5426,20 +6162,27 @@ msgid "" "exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" @@ -5447,6 +6190,9 @@ msgid "" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" @@ -5455,6 +6201,10 @@ msgid "" "give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" @@ -5462,10 +6212,13 @@ msgid "" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" @@ -5473,6 +6226,9 @@ msgid "" "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" @@ -5481,10 +6237,14 @@ msgid "" "deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " "to said data." msgstr "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Where the DIOT is presented ?" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" @@ -5492,12 +6252,17 @@ msgid "" "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" @@ -5507,10 +6272,15 @@ msgid "" " as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" @@ -5518,6 +6288,9 @@ msgid "" "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" @@ -5528,6 +6301,12 @@ msgid "" "direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" @@ -5536,41 +6315,52 @@ msgid "" "line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " "Third Parties." msgstr "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "You can find the `official information here`_." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click on \"Export (TXT)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "" "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" @@ -5580,6 +6370,11 @@ msgid "" "there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" " suppliers." msgstr "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" @@ -5587,6 +6382,9 @@ msgid "" "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" @@ -5594,6 +6392,9 @@ msgid "" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" @@ -5601,12 +6402,17 @@ msgid "" "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" @@ -5617,14 +6423,20 @@ msgid "" "before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Extra Recommended features" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contact Module (Free)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" @@ -5632,10 +6444,13 @@ msgid "" "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" @@ -5646,16 +6461,24 @@ msgid "" "automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" @@ -5664,34 +6487,41 @@ msgid "" "enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" " :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open any company you have." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" @@ -5699,14 +6529,17 @@ msgid "" "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "If you see an error like this:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The cfdi generated is not valid" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" @@ -5714,6 +6547,9 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" @@ -5721,14 +6557,17 @@ msgid "" "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Go to the company in which the error occurs." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" @@ -5737,6 +6576,10 @@ msgid "" "[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" @@ -5744,6 +6587,9 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" @@ -5751,12 +6597,15 @@ msgid "" "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Error messages**:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" @@ -5764,6 +6613,9 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" @@ -5771,6 +6623,9 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" @@ -5781,6 +6636,12 @@ msgid "" "possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" @@ -5788,17 +6649,22 @@ msgid "" "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Error message**:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" @@ -5808,10 +6674,15 @@ msgid "" "'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" @@ -5819,6 +6690,9 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" msgstr "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 @@ -5828,6 +6702,10 @@ msgid "" "is not a valid value of the atomic type " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." msgstr "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 msgid "" @@ -5835,6 +6713,9 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." msgstr "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" @@ -5844,12 +6725,19 @@ msgid "" "the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" "info`." msgstr "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" @@ -5857,6 +6745,9 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" @@ -5864,12 +6755,17 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." msgstr "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" @@ -5877,7 +6773,7 @@ msgstr "荷兰" #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" -msgstr "" +msgstr "XAF Export" #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -5887,24 +6783,31 @@ msgid "" " entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dutch Accounting Reports" #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intrastat Report (ICP)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" @@ -5912,25 +6815,27 @@ msgstr "西班牙" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spanish Chart of Accounts" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PGCE Entitades" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -5938,34 +6843,41 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." msgstr "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spanish Accounting Reports" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" @@ -5973,7 +6885,7 @@ msgstr "瑞士" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5981,6 +6893,9 @@ msgid "" "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -5988,10 +6903,13 @@ msgid "" "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -6001,10 +6919,15 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " "Reports` and tick this box :" msgstr "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Reports` and tick this box :" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Currency Rate Live Update" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -6013,10 +6936,14 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " "you want." msgstr "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Updated VAT for January 2018" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -6024,16 +6951,21 @@ msgid "" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -6043,12 +6975,19 @@ msgid "" "\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." msgstr "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -6057,16 +6996,22 @@ msgid "" "time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " "transactions." msgstr "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -6074,52 +7019,61 @@ msgid "" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Tax Name**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Rate**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Label on Invoice**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Tax Scope**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Tag**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 @@ -6129,11 +7083,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7%" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% achat" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 @@ -6142,7 +7096,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7.7%" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 @@ -6160,42 +7114,42 @@ msgstr "采购" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% invest." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 @@ -6205,11 +7159,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7%" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% achat" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 @@ -6218,35 +7172,35 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7%" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% invest" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 @@ -6262,38 +7216,42 @@ msgstr "销售" msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% Incl." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7% Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% Incl." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -6301,6 +7259,9 @@ msgid "" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 @@ -6324,6 +7285,7 @@ msgid "" "performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " "Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" +"管理预算是经营企业的重要组成部分。预算帮助相关人员意识到使用资金的方式，并指导他们组织和优先安排工作，以达到财务目标。预算可以计划想要的财务结果，然后根据计划来衡量实际表现。Odoo使用一般账户和分析账户来管理预算。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -6359,20 +7321,20 @@ msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" " know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "预算位置是指你想要保留预算的帐户清单（通常是支出或收入帐户）。你需要对它们进行定义，以便Odoo了解在哪些账户获取预算信息。。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "预算位置是对预算中“实际金额”一栏可记录内容的一种限制。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " "least one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个预算位置可包含从总分类账（主要会计科目表）中分配给它的任意数量的科目，但必须至少有一个科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -6381,12 +7343,13 @@ msgid "" "not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " "not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" +"如果你所记录交易已分配的分析科目*是*包含在预算行中，但同一预算行的其中一个总账科目*不*包含在预算位置中，它不会出现在该预算行的“实际金额”栏。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "某些预算位置可能已经安装在你的会计科目表中。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -6435,6 +7398,8 @@ msgid "" "Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" " partner." msgstr "" +"Odoo需要知道与具体预算相关的成本或费用。因此，我们需要将发票和费用链接到分析账户。创建分析账户，需进入会计模块并点击 " +":menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析科目 --> 打开图表`。创建一个名为史密斯公司项目的新账户并选择相关的合作伙伴。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" @@ -6495,13 +7460,13 @@ msgstr "你可以在任何时间检查你的预算。查看进化, 让我们录 msgid "" "If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and/or purchase line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你使用分析账户，请记住，你需要在发票和/或采购行指定科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 msgid "" "For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关于订单发票和采购订单的信息请看：:doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." @@ -6527,13 +7492,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动逆转会计分录" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 msgid "" "You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " "date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可能想要自动逆转特定日期的会计分录。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -6544,13 +7509,14 @@ msgid "" "accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " "occurred." msgstr "" +"例如，在登记准备金时使用这项功能（例如，坏账准备金）。在为准备金做会计分录时，你输入的金额只是估计金额。在财政年度结束时才能得出确切金额。因此，你到时候会希望逆转会计分录，以便输入发生的实际损失。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 msgid "" "For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " "journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " "reversed at that date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为此，你只需在会计分录上勾选“自动逆转”框，并定义逆转日期。会计分录将在该日期逆转。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" @@ -6690,6 +7656,7 @@ msgid "" "product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " "select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" +"我们还需要为客户买一个软件。在购买应用程序中，创建一个软件产品的购买订单。在产品行上，我们可以将成本链接到分析账户上。指定订单行，选择正确的分析账户。确认销售。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -6849,6 +7816,7 @@ msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " "material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" +"有关如何根据时间和材料创建销售订单的更多信息，请参阅:doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -8250,7 +9218,7 @@ msgstr "付款登记" msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and set the currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在会计应用程序中，前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。登记收付款，设置币种。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 @@ -8391,6 +9359,8 @@ msgid "" "with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " "ever." msgstr "" +"Odoo 13提供了一个功能强大、使用简便的报告框架。创建新报告（如税务报告、资产负债表或损益表，并有具体的分组和布局）, " +"以适应你的需求，现在比以往更容易。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" @@ -8402,6 +9372,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" " activated." msgstr "" +"如要访问财务报告创建界面，需启用:doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" @@ -8419,7 +9391,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在输入名称后，需要配置两项其他参数：" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" @@ -8431,21 +9403,21 @@ msgstr " **分析期间**: " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基于日期范围（例如损益）" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基于单个日期（例如资产负债表）" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基于日期范围的“老账”和“总计”列及前3个月（例如，业务伙伴账龄余额表)" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基于日期范围，以及现金收付制方法（例如现金流量表）" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" @@ -8788,27 +9760,27 @@ msgstr "会计科目" msgid "" "The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " "record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." -msgstr "" +msgstr " **会计科目表(COA)**是指一个组织的总分类账中记录财务事项的所有科目列表。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 msgid "" "The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " "reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这些科目通常按财务报告中的出现顺序列出。大多数时候，它们列示为如下：" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "资产负债表科目" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "资产" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "负债" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 @@ -8826,17 +9798,17 @@ msgstr "收入" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "费用" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" "When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," " in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在浏览会计科目表时，你可在左边的列中按数字筛选科目，并按科目类型分组。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 msgid "Configuration of an Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置科目" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -8846,72 +9818,73 @@ msgid "" "already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " "directly or set it according to your company's needs." msgstr "" +"你在创建数据库时选择的国家（或数据库上的其他公司）确定了默认安装了哪个**财务本地化包**。它们包括已经按照对应国家规定配置的标准会计科目表。你可以直接使用它们或根据你公司的需要设置它们。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 msgid "" "It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" " Journal Entry has been posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发布会计分录后，就无法再修改公司的**财务本地化**。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要创建新科目，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 会计科目表`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 msgid "Code and Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "代码和名称" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "" "Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " "indicates the account's purpose." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个科目通过其**代码**和**名称**来进行识别，它们也体现了科目的目的。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "类型" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 msgid "" "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" " purposes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "正确配置**科目类型**至关重要，因为它将应用到多种目的：" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关于科目目的和行为的信息" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成具体国家的法律和财务报告" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设定结束会计年度的规则 " #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 msgid "Generate opening entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成结账分录" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 msgid "" "To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " "and select the right type among the following list:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要配置科目类型，打开**类型**字段的下拉选择器并在列表中选择合适类型：" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "报表" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "类别" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "科目类型" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Receivable" @@ -8943,7 +9916,7 @@ msgstr "应付" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "信用卡" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Current Liabilities" @@ -8967,20 +9940,20 @@ msgstr "折旧" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收入成本" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Other" -msgstr "" +msgstr "其他" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "资产负债表" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "资产、递延费用和递延收入自动化 " #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -8989,67 +9962,69 @@ msgid "" "` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " "` entries." msgstr "" +"某些科目类型显示显示新字段**自动化**创建:ref:`资产`分录、:ref:`递延费用`分录和:ref:`递延收入`分录。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**自动化**字段可有三种选择：" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**否：**这是默认值。系统不会进行任何自动化。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " "corresponding form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建分录草稿，但未验证。你必须首先填写对应的表单。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " "transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " "validated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**创建并验证：**你还必须选择一种模式。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即验证分录。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请参阅相关文档，获取更多信息。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认税金" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 msgid "" "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " "for a product sale or purchase." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择一个**默认税**，当此帐户被选择用于产品销售或购买时将适用。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "标签" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 msgid "" "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." " By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " "Statement*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "某些会计报告要求在相关账户上设置*标签*。默认情况下，你可以在*现金流量表*使用的标记中进行选择。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "科目组" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" "**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" " a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " "Balance**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**科目组**用于在一个大科目下面列出多个*子科目*，以合并**试算表**等报告。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -9058,6 +10033,7 @@ msgid "" "Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " "the right Account Group." msgstr "" +"如要创建新科目组，打开想要配置为子科目的科目，点击*群组*下拉选择器，选择*创建并编辑...*，填写表单并保持。然后，设置该科目组下面的所有子科目。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -9065,53 +10041,55 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " "*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." msgstr "" +"如要显示科目组的**试算表**报告，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 报告 --> " +"试算表`，然后打开*选项*菜单并选择**层级结构和小计**。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "允许对账" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 msgid "" "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" " method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "某些科目，如用于记录某支付方式交易的科目，可用于会计分录对账。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 msgid "" "For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " "reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " "card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，用信用卡支付的发票在与付款对账后可以*标记为已支付*。因此，用于记录信用卡付款的帐户需要配置为*允许对账*。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为此，勾选**允许对账**框并保存。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "废弃" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" " on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如科目内已记录了交易，则无法删除该科目。你可通过**弃用**功能使其不可用。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为此，勾选**弃用**框并保存。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" @@ -9225,6 +10203,8 @@ msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "`_" msgstr "" +"`通过文档了解Odoo的会计交易 " +"`_" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" @@ -9235,7 +10215,7 @@ msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo支持权责发生制和现金收付制的报告。这允许你在交易发生时报告收入/费用（即权责发生制），或者收付款时（即收付实现制）报告。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" @@ -9246,7 +10226,7 @@ msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo允许在同一个数据库管理几个公司。每个公司有自己的科目表以及规则。依据你的合并规则, 你可以得到合并报告。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -9284,6 +10264,7 @@ msgid "" "modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." msgstr "" +"Odoo会计应用程序支持超过50个国家。Odoo核心会计应用程序实施所有国家共用的会计准则。每个国家还有特定的模块，例如科目表、税收或银行接口。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" @@ -9294,7 +10275,7 @@ msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "盎格鲁 - 撒克逊会计准则（美国、英国、以及爱尔兰、加拿大、澳大利亚和新西兰等其他英语国家）在产品售出/交付完成时报告销货成本。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." @@ -9389,7 +10370,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计算你欠税务机关的税金" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -9415,6 +10396,7 @@ msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "`_" msgstr "" +" `查看计价方法对交易的影响 `_" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" @@ -9427,6 +10409,7 @@ msgid "" "end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" +"留存收益是你企业留存的部分收入。Odoo实时自动计算你的当年盈利，所以不需要进行年终分录或逆转。留存收益通过自动将损益表报告到资产负债表计算得出。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" @@ -9866,7 +10849,7 @@ msgstr "过程概述" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从客户发票到付款收集" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9987,7 +10970,7 @@ msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票通常包括商品和/或服务的数量和价格、日期、客户、唯一的发票号码和税务信息。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -10181,7 +11164,7 @@ msgstr "资产负债表" msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "资产负债表汇总了公司在一定时期内的负债、资产和所有者权益。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -10676,7 +11659,7 @@ msgstr "开发票给顾客, 只需单击客户销售订单的发票按钮。（ #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:170 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:173 msgid "Reimburse the employee" @@ -10947,6 +11930,8 @@ msgid "" "validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" +"如需在账单上登记付款，在此点开任何供应商发票:menuselection:`采购 --> " +"供应商发票`。在验证供应商发票后，即可登记付款。将**支付方式**设置为**支票**，并验证付款对话框。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" @@ -10977,7 +11962,7 @@ msgstr "如需批量打印,从列表中选择所有支票, 点击顶部“打印 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "核对银行对账单" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -10991,7 +11976,7 @@ msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要检查未贷记的支票，请打开付款列表并筛选出已发送状态。审查日期在2周前的付款。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" @@ -11020,11 +12005,11 @@ msgstr "付款登记后, 点击* *确定* *。确认后,就可以直接* *打印 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`打印支票`_" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`核对银行对账单`_" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" @@ -11383,11 +12368,11 @@ msgstr ":doc:`check` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "非流动资产和规定资产" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11396,13 +12381,14 @@ msgid "" " than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" " their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" +"**非流动资产**，又称为**长期资产**，是指预计一年后实现的投资。它们表现为资本化资产，而不是作为支出出现在公司的资产负债表上。根据其性质，它们可能会经历**贬值**。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" "**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" " bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " "equipment, land, and software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**固定资产**是一种非流动性资产，包括为其生产方面购买的财产，如建筑物、车辆、设备、土地和软件。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -11413,16 +12399,19 @@ msgid "" "Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" " us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" +"举例来说，假设我们花$ 27,000买了一辆车。我们计划在五年内摊销它，之后以$ 7,000将它卖出。根据线性或直线折旧法，每年支出$ " +"4,000为**折旧费用**。五年后，在资产负债表上报告的**应计折旧**数额为$ 20,000，所以还有$ " +"7,000为**不可折旧价值**或报废资产价值。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " "automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会计应用程序以*草稿模式*自动创建所有折旧分录，处理折旧事宜。然后再定期过账。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo支持以下**折旧方法**：" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 msgid "Linear" @@ -11442,7 +12431,7 @@ msgstr "增速递减" msgid "" "The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " "up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "服务器每天一次检查是否有分录需要过账。因此，你所做变更可能需要24小时才能从*草稿*变为*已过账*。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 @@ -11454,11 +12443,11 @@ msgstr "先决条件" msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" " default expense account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这类交易应过账到**资产科目**，而不是默认费用科目。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 msgid "Configure an Assets Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置资产科目" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 @@ -11467,51 +12456,51 @@ msgid "" "To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " "on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要在**会计科目表**中配置科目，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 会计科目表`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "科目类型必须为*固定资产*或*非流动资产*。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 msgid "Post an expense to the right account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将费用过账到正确的科目" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在账单草稿上选择科目" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在账单草稿上，就你所购买的所有资产选择合适的科目。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为特定产品选择不同的费用科目" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Expense Account**, and save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始编辑产品，前往*会计*选项卡，选择合适的**费用科目**，并保存。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 msgid "" "It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries ` for these products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以为这些产品:ref:`自动创建资产分录`。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更改已过账日记账项目的科目" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 @@ -11520,35 +12509,36 @@ msgid "" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " "click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" +"为此，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要修改的日记账项目，点击科目并选择合适的一项。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 msgid "Assets entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "资产分录" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 msgid "Create a new entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新分录" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " "mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**资产分录**自动以*草稿模式*生成所有日记账分录。然后在合适的时间逐一过账。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 资产`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**选择相关采购**，将现有日记账项目关联到这条新分录。某些字段会自动填充，该日记账项目目前列在*相关采购*选项卡下。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -11556,19 +12546,19 @@ msgid "" "button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" " shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" " at which date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，点击*计算折旧*（在*确认*按钮旁边），生成**折旧面板**的所有值。该面板显示Odoo将执行资产折旧的所有分录和日期。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "什么是“即时按比例分配”？" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " "most accurately possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**即时按比例分配**功能有助于尽可能准确地折旧你的资产。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -11576,32 +12566,32 @@ msgid "" "based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " "Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " "depreciations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用此功能，折旧面板的第一个分录是根据*按比例日期*和*第一折旧日期*之间剩余的时间，而不是折旧之间的默认时间来计算的。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 msgid "" "For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" " amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " "also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，以上折旧面板的首次折旧金额为$ 241.10，而不是$ 4,000.00。最后分录金额也相应减少，为$ 3758.90。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有哪些不同的折旧方法" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " "the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " "amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**线性折旧方法**将初始可折旧价值除以计划折旧数。所有折旧分录的金额相同。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 msgid "" "The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " "the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " "lower amount than the previous entry." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**递减折旧方法**将每个分录的可折旧值乘以**递减系数**。每个折旧分录的金额低于前一个分录。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -11609,17 +12599,17 @@ msgid "" "Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " "method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " "one afterward." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**加速递减折旧方法**使用递减方法，但最低折旧等于线性方法。这种方法确保了在开始时快速贬值，然后按常数折旧。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购日记账的资产" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 msgid "" "You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在**采购日记账**中从特定的日记账项目创建资产分录。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -11628,35 +12618,37 @@ msgid "" "record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " ":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." msgstr "" +"为此，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要记录为资产的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见:ref:`journal-assets-account）。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " "same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，点击*操作*，选择**创建资产**，并用与:ref:`创建新分录`相同的方法填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 msgid "Modification of an Asset" -msgstr "" +msgstr "修改某项资产" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 msgid "" "You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可修改某项资产的价值，增加或降低其价值。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 msgid "" "To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " "Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " "click on *Modify*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为此，打开想要修改的资产，并点击**修改折旧**。然后，在表单中填入新的折旧值并点击*修改*。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 msgid "" "A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" " and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " "Depreciation Board." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**价值减少**将新会计分录过账到**减值**并修改折旧面板中列出的所有未来的*未过账*会计分录。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -11664,23 +12656,23 @@ msgid "" "to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " "Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " "Button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**价值增加**要求你填写与科目变动相关的其他字段，并创建新的资产分录**增值**。通过智能按钮可访问总增加资产分录。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "固定资产处置" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 msgid "" "To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " "from the Balance Sheet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**出售**或**处置**资产意味着必须将它从资产负债表中删除。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 msgid "" "To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," " and fill out the form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为此，打开想要处置的资产，点击*出售或处置*，并填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -11688,30 +12680,30 @@ msgid "" "of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " "difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " "amount it is sold for." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，Odoo会计应用程序生成处置资产所需的所有日记账分录，包括出售损益，它基于资产在销售时的账面价值和它出售的金额之间的差额。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 msgid "" "To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " "Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要记录出售资产的情况，你必须首先将相关客户发票过账，以便将出售的资产与它关联。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 msgid "Assets Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "资产模型" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 msgid "" "You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " "particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可创建**资产模型**，以更快创建资产分录。如果你经常购买相同类型的资产，这项功能特别有用。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要创建模型，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 资产模型`，点击*创建*并按创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -11719,16 +12711,17 @@ msgid "" "from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " "clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" +"你也可从:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 资产`打开*已确认资产分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将资产模型应用到新分录" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 msgid "" "When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " "with the right asset account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建新资产分录时，在**固定资产科目**中填写正确的资产科目。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 @@ -11737,22 +12730,22 @@ msgid "" "New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " "the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " "model." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与该科目链接的所有模型的新按钮出现在表单顶部。点击模型按钮，根据该模型填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 msgid "Automate the Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动化资产" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " "Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " "expenses that are credited on it automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你创建或编辑类型为*非流动资产*或*固定资产*的科目时，你可将其配置为为自动记入该科目的费用创建资产。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**自动化资产**字段可有三种选择：" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -11760,26 +12753,28 @@ msgid "" "draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " "the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." msgstr "" +"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*资产分录*草稿，但未验证。你必须首先在:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"资产`填写对应的表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " "Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " "entry* is created and immediately validated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**创建并验证：**你还必须选择一种资产模型（参见: `资产模型`_）。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即验证*资产分录*。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" "account`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，你可将此科目选择为某产品默认的**费用科目**，以自动化其采购。（参见:ref:`product-assets-account`）。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" @@ -11882,14 +12877,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "递延费用和预付款 " #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 msgid "" "**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " "expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " "products or services yet to receive." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**递延费用**和**预付款**（又称为**预付费用**）都是未消耗产品或服务所发生但尚未收到的成本。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -11899,13 +12894,14 @@ msgid "" " or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " "the future." msgstr "" +"这些费用是支付费用的公司的**资产**，因为它已经为产品和服务付费但尚未收到或尚未使用产品和服务。公司不能将其列于当前**损益表**或*利润表*，因为未来将实际支出该款项。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 msgid "" "These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这些未来费用必须在公司资产负债表上进行递延，直到即刻或一定时期内可在损益表上**确认**。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -11915,63 +12911,65 @@ msgid "" "on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " "recognized as an expense." msgstr "" +"例如，假设我们为一年的保险费一次性支付$ " +"1200。我们现在已经支付了费用，但还没有使用服务。因此，我们将此新费用过账到*预付费科目*并决定每月确认一次。未来12个月，每月确认$ 100的费用。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " "in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " "posted periodically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会计应用程序处理递延费用和预付款项的方法是将它们分散在多个分录中，它们以*草稿模式*自动创建，然后定期过账。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " "than on the default expense account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这类交易应过账到**递延费用科目**，而不是默认费用科目。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置递延费用科目" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "科目类型必须为*流动资产*或*预付款*。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " "expenses must be deferred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在账单草稿上，就需要递延费用的所有产品选择合适的科目。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以自动创建这些产品的费用分录（参见`自动化递延费用`_）。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "递延费用分录" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 msgid "" "A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " "*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the expense is recognized." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**递延费用分录**以*草稿模式*自动生成所有会计分录。然后在费用的全部金额被确认后逐一过账。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延费用`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**选择相关采购**，将现有日记账项目关联到这条新分录。某些字段会自动填充，该日记账项目目前列在*相关费用*选项卡下。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -11979,37 +12977,37 @@ msgid "" "button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " "shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" " at which date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，点击*计算递延*（在*确认*按钮旁边），生成**费用面板**的所有值。该面板显示Odoo将执行费用确认过账的所有分录和日期。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " "most accurately possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**即时按比例分配**功能有助于尽可能准确地确认你的费用。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用此功能，费用面板的第一个分录是根据*按比例日期*和*第一确认日期*之间剩余的时间，而不是确认之间的默认时间来计算的。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 msgid "" "For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" " $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " "and has an amount of $ 29.03." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，以上费用面板的首次费用金额为$ 70.97，而不是$ 100.00。因此，最后分录金额也相应减少，为$ 29.03。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购日记账的递延分录" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在**采购日记账**中从特定的日记账项目创建递延分录。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -12018,13 +13016,15 @@ msgid "" "defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " "account of a posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" +"为此，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要递延的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见: `更改已过账日记账项目的科目`_）。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " "form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，点击*操作*，选择**创建递延分录**，并用与`创建新分录`_相同的方法填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" @@ -12034,7 +13034,7 @@ msgstr "递延费用模型" msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " "entries faster." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可创建**递延费用模型**，以便更快地创建递延费用分录。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -12042,6 +13042,7 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" +"如要创建模型，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 递延费用模型`，点击*创建*并按创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -12049,31 +13050,32 @@ msgid "" "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" +"你也可从:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延费用`打开*已确认递延费用分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将递延费用模型应用到新分录" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建新递延费用分录时，在**递延费用科目**中填写正确的确认科目。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动化递延费用" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你创建或编辑类型为*流动资产*或*预付款*的科目时，你可将其配置为为自动记入该科目的费用进行递延。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**自动化递延费用**字段可有三种选择：" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -12082,6 +13084,8 @@ msgid "" "first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" +"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*递延费用分录*草稿，但未验证。你必须首先在:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 -->" +" 递延费用`填写对应的表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -12089,13 +13093,14 @@ msgid "" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" +"**创建并验证：**你还必须选择一种递延费用模型（参见: `递延费用模型`_）。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即验证*递延费用分录*。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " "Expense Account for specific products`_)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，你可将此科目选择为某产品默认的**费用科目**，以完全自动化其采购。（参见: `为特定产品选择不同的费用科目`_）。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" @@ -12158,7 +13163,7 @@ msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从**应用程序**，搜索**采购**模块并安装。由于一定的关联关系，安装采购模块将自动安装**库存**和**会计**应用程序。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" @@ -12169,13 +13174,13 @@ msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中创建产品对于快速高效的采购必不可少。只需前往采购应用程序下的产品子菜单，并点击创建。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当创建产品时，注意 **产品类型** 字段，这很重要：" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -12198,7 +13203,7 @@ msgid "" "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " "management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " "product type to **Service**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于那些不经常采购且不需要库存评估和管理的产品，建议创建一个**杂项** 产品。如果你创建类似产品，建议设置产品类型为**服务**。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" @@ -12238,12 +13243,14 @@ msgid "" "see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" +"如果你采购了你管理库存的可库存产品，在采购单被确认后你需要从库存应用程序中接收产品。在 " +"**库存仪表板**，你可以看到一个按钮直接链接到产品的转移，这个按钮在以下显示为红色：" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按这个路线导航，你将看到所有等待接收的订单清单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -12254,6 +13261,7 @@ msgid "" " under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " "following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" +"如果你有许多待确定的订单，使用右上方搜索栏的筛选功能。你可基于供应商（合作伙伴）、产品、源文档（又称为采购订单参考）进行筛选。你也可在**分组**中按不同的标准来对订单进行分组。从这个列表中选择一个项目会打开如下页面，然后你就可以接收产品了。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." @@ -12269,6 +13277,7 @@ msgid "" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" +"当你收到以前采购的**供应商账单**时，确认记录在采购应用程序下的**控制菜单**中。如果你已经注册了一个采购订单，则需要创建一个新的供应商账单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -12282,13 +13291,14 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" +"在创建供应商账单之前，你首先需要选择正确的供应商，这将带出相关的会计或价格表信息。在此，你可选择指定一个或多个采购订单来填充采购供应商账单。当你从列表中选择一个采购订单时，Odoo会带出该采购订单相关的所有未开发票的产品并自动填充下列信息。如你很难找到正确的供应商账单，可通过键入供应商参考号或你的内部采购订单号进行搜索。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " "prices)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当发票仍未草稿状态时，你可根据需要进行修改（即添加或删除产品行、修改数量和价格等）。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" @@ -12329,7 +13339,7 @@ msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你收到的账单和Odoo自动填充的数量不符，也许是由以下原因引起的：" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -12345,7 +13355,7 @@ msgstr "供应商给你开了你还没有收到产品的发票, 如果开票控 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商未将你之前订购的产品开票。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -12364,7 +13374,7 @@ msgstr "如果你不能找到和供应商账单关联的定购单, 也许是由 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商已经为这个采购订单开票，因此选择时它不会再出现。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -12373,7 +13383,7 @@ msgstr "公司里某人忘了给这个供应商记录这个采购单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商要你支付未订购的东西。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 msgid "How product quantities are managed" @@ -12424,6 +13434,7 @@ msgid "" "deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" +"当然建立一个供应商账单并选择合适的采购订单，你可以继续选择增加的采购订单。Odoo将根据你选择的采购订单增加行项目。如果你没有从首个采购订单删除之前的行项目，供应商账单将会链接到所有合适的采购单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" @@ -12436,7 +13447,7 @@ msgstr "客户发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "提供现金折扣" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12446,10 +13457,12 @@ msgid "" " in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " "period." msgstr "" +"现金折扣是你提供给客户的激励，以驱动 他们在特定的账期内付款。例如，付款截止日是开开票后30天，你可以为在开票后5天内付款的客户提供2%的折扣。 " +"这个方法可以大幅度改良你的平均收款周期。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置现金折扣" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -12459,10 +13472,12 @@ msgid "" "price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " "valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" +"如要设置现金科目，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 管理 --> " +"付款条件`并点击*创建*。添加具有相应值的*百分比*类型项（例如，总价的98%指2%的折扣）和优惠的有效期天数。你还可根据需要更改默认余额项。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始提供现金折扣" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -12472,10 +13487,11 @@ msgid "" "having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " "calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" +"现金，你可以建立一个客户发票并选择你增加的现金折扣政策。一旦发票生效。Odoo将自动分解应收账款到两个不同到期日的分期付款计划。因为折扣价已经计算好了，你的支付控制将变的简单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "授权现金折扣" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -12483,7 +13499,7 @@ msgid "" "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " "the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " "click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户执行支付条款就会获得现金折扣。当你处理银行对账单时，将收款数据与会计分录匹配。然后，选择还存在的现金折扣，点击“建立勾消”以调节一致。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -12494,21 +13510,22 @@ msgid "" "your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" " default." msgstr "" +"你还可以创建一个专用的对账模型，使流程更容易。在这种情况下，你应该根据发票适用的税收规定向模型添加税收功能。也就是说，如果你需处理多种税率，则要创建多个对账模型。请注意，根据本地化情况，你可能已有可用的默认现金折扣模型。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记全额付款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " "the payment with the two related journal entries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种情况下，客户未满足支付条款，且无法享受现金折扣。当处理银行对账单时，将付款与两个相关会计分录匹配。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash Rounding" @@ -12518,94 +13535,94 @@ msgstr "现金舍入" msgid "" "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " "currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当货币或硬币的最低实物面值高于最小的记账单位时，需要进行**现金舍入**。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 msgid "" "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " "total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " "made in cash." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，某些国家要求公司在以现金支付时，将发票总额四舍五入到最接近的五美分。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " "*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*现金舍入*，然后点击*保存*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " "click on *Create*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 现金舍入`，并点击*创建*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 msgid "" "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " "Method*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这里定义你的*舍入精度*、*舍入策略*和*舍入方法*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo支持两种**舍入策略**。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" " to define which account records the cash roundings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**添加舍入线**：在发票上添加*舍入*线。你可定义哪个科目记录现金舍入。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**修改税收金额**：在税收部分应用舍入。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 msgid "Apply roundings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用舍入" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 msgid "" "When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " "*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " "Method*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在编辑发票草稿时，打开*其他信息*选项卡，前往*会计信息*部分，并选择适当的*现金舍入方法*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "贷项凭单和退款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 msgid "" "A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " "that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**贷项凭单**或**贷项通知单**是指向客户签发并告知其贷记一定金额的文件。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产生贷项凭单的原因很多，例如：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 msgid "a mistake in the invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票有误" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "退货或拒绝服务" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" -msgstr "" +msgstr "交付的货物损坏" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " "validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " "need to send money back to your customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "签发贷项凭单是取消、退款或修改已验证发票的唯一合法途径。之后如需向客户退回款项，请勿忘记*登记付款*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 msgid "Issue a Credit Note" -msgstr "" +msgstr "签发贷项凭单" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -12614,20 +13631,22 @@ msgid "" "on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " "Invoice’s form." msgstr "" +"你可前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> " +"贷项凭单`，并点击*创建*，从头开始重建一份贷项凭单。填写贷项凭单与发票表单的方式相同。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 msgid "" "However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " "invoices they are related to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "但是，多数时候，贷项凭单从其相关的发票中直接生成。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为此，打开*客户发票*并点击*添加贷项凭单*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 msgid "You can choose between three options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可从三种方案中进行选择：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 @@ -12648,59 +13667,59 @@ msgstr "全部退款并创建新的草稿发票" msgid "" "Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " "document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "贷项凭单编号以“R”开头，然后是其相关的文件编号（例如，RINV/2019/0004）。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 msgid "" "Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " "information from the original invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo已经创建了一份贷项凭单草稿，并按原发票预填了所有必要信息。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " "modify any detail on the credit note." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种方案可进行部分退款，或修改贷项凭单的任何细节。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 msgid "" "This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " "*Paid*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是已经标记为*已付款*的发票唯一可用的方案。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " "original invoice with it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo创建贷项凭单，自动验证并与原发票对账。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " "invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种方案可进行全额退款或取消已验证的发票。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " "original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " "same details from the original invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo创建贷项凭单，自动验证并与原发票对账，然后创建一份新的发票草稿并预填原发票的相同详情。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种方案可用于修改已验证发票的内容。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" -msgstr "" +msgstr "记录供应商退款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 msgid "" "**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " "credit notes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**供应商退款**与发票贷项凭单的记录方法相同。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -12709,22 +13728,24 @@ msgid "" "*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " "Credit Note*." msgstr "" +"你可前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 供应商 --> " +"退款`，并点击*创建*，从头开始创建一份贷项凭单，或打开已验证的*供应商账单*，并点击*添加贷项凭单*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " "zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从发票创建贷项凭单可创建**逆转分录**，将原发票生成的日记账项目归零。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是发票的会计分录示例：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 msgid "" "And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " "original invoice above:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是生成并用于逆转以上原发票的贷项凭单会计分录：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Revenues" @@ -12734,7 +13755,7 @@ msgstr "递延收入" msgid "" "**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" " by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**递延收入**或**未实现收入**是指客户为产品预付的款项，但尚未交付产品或提供服务。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -12743,13 +13764,14 @@ msgid "" "report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " "Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" +"这类付款对收到的公司而言属于**负债**，因为它仍欠客户这些产品或服务。公司不能将其列于当前**损益表**或*利润表*，因为未来才能实际确认该款项。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" "These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这些未来收入必须在公司资产负债表上进行递延，直到即刻或一定时期内可在损益表上**确认**。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -12759,59 +13781,62 @@ msgid "" "a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." msgstr "" +"例如，假设我们按$ " +"350的价格售出了五年延保服务。我们现在已经收款，但尚未确认。因此，我们将此新收入过账到递延收入科目并决定每年确认一次。在未来5个月中，每年确认$ " +"70的收入。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " "entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " "periodically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会计应用程序处理递延收入的方法是将它们分散在多个分录中，它们以*草稿模式*自动创建，然后定期过账。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " "than on the default income account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这类交易应过账到**递延收入科目**，而不是默认收入科目。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置递延收入科目" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " "Liabilities*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "科目类型必须为*流动负债*或*非流动负债*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 msgid "Post an income to the right account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将收入过账到正确的科目" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发票草稿上选择科目" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" "On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " "the incomes must be deferred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发票草稿上，就需要递延收入的所有产品选择合适的科目。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为特定产品选择不同的收入科目" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Income Account**, and save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始编辑产品，前往*会计*选项卡，选择合适的**收入科目**，并保存。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以自动创建这些产品的收入分录（参见`自动化递延收入`_）。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -12819,30 +13844,31 @@ msgid "" " Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" " the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" +"为此，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 销售`打开你的销售日记账，选择你想要修改的日记账项目，点击科目并选择合适的一项。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "递延收入分录" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" "A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" " *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the income is recognized." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**递延收入分录**以*草稿模式*自动生成所有会计分录。然后在收入的全部金额被确认后逐一过账。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延收入`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**选择相关采购**，将现有日记账项目关联到这条新分录。某些字段会自动填充，该日记账项目目前列在*相关销售*选项卡下。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -12850,37 +13876,37 @@ msgid "" " to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " "all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " "date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，点击*计算收入*（在*确认*按钮旁边），生成**收入面板**的所有值。该面板显示Odoo将执行收入确认过账的所有分录和日期。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " "most accurately possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**即时按比例分配**功能有助于尽可能准确地确认你的收入。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用此功能，收入面板的第一个分录是根据*按比例日期*和*第一确认日期*之间剩余的时间，而不是确认之间的默认时间来计算的。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "" "For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" " $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " "has an amount of $ 65.78." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，以上收入面板的首次收入金额为$ 4.22，而不是$ 70.00。因此，最后分录金额也相应减少，为$ 65.78。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售日记账的递延分录" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" " Journal**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在**销售日记账**中从特定的日记账项目创建递延分录。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -12889,6 +13915,8 @@ msgid "" "sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " "posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" +"为此，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"销售`打开你的销售日记账，选择你想要递延的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见: `更改已过账日记账项目的科目`_）。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" @@ -12898,7 +13926,7 @@ msgstr "递延收入模型" msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " "entries faster." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可创建**递延收入模型**，以便更快地创建递延收入分录。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -12906,6 +13934,7 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" +"如要创建模型，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 递延收入模型`，点击*创建*并按创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -12913,31 +13942,32 @@ msgid "" "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" +"你也可从:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延收入`打开*已确认递延收入分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将递延收入模型应用到新分录" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建新递延收入分录时，在**递延收入科目**中填写正确的确认科目。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动化递延收入" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你创建或编辑类型为*流动负债*或*非流动负债*的科目时，你可将其配置为为自动记入该科目的收入进行递延。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**自动化递延收入**字段可有三种选择：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -12946,6 +13976,8 @@ msgid "" "first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" +"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*递延收入分录*草稿，但未验证。你必须首先在:menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 -->" +" 递延收入`填写对应的表单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -12953,23 +13985,24 @@ msgid "" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" +"**创建并验证：**你还必须选择一种递延收入模型（参见: `递延收入模型`_）。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即验证*递延收入分录*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，你可将此科目选择为某产品默认的**收入科目**，以完全自动化其销售。（参见: `为特定产品选择不同的费用科目`_）。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo学院：递延收入（确认） `_" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "向发票添加EPC二维码" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -12978,34 +14011,35 @@ msgid "" "applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" +"欧洲支付委员会快速响应代码，又称为**EPC二维码**，是一种二维条形码，客户可用**手机银行应用程序**扫描该二维码并启动**SEPA贷记转账(SCT)**，并立即支付发票。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." -msgstr "" +msgstr "除了使用方便和速度快之外，它还大大减少了输入错误可能导致的付款问题。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 msgid "" "This feature is only available in several European countries such as " "Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这项功能仅在奥地利、比利时、芬兰、德国和荷兰等欧洲国家可用。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**SEPA二维码**功能。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置你的银行账户日记账" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" "Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" " IBAN and BIC." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保在Odoo中正确配置你的*银行账户*，检查IBAN和BIC是否正确。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -13013,48 +14047,50 @@ msgid "" "open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " "the *Bank Account* tab." msgstr "" +"为此，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"日记账`，打开*银行日记账*，然后在*银行账户*选项卡下填写*银行账户*和*银行*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "签发带EPC二维码的发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" "EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " "them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " "available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只要你向位于此功能可用的国家的客户发出此类发票，EPC二维码将自动添加到你的发票中。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> 发票`，并创建新发票。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 msgid "" "Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " "the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在过账之前，打开*其他信息*选项卡。Odoo将自动填写*银行账户*字段和IBAN。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " "your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保填写的账户是你想要用来接收客户付款的账户，因为Odoo将用此字段生成EPC二维码。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 msgid "" "If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " "indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " "invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你想要签发不含EPC二维码的发票，只需在发票的*其他信息*选项卡的*银行账户*字段中删除IBAN。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " "`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo学院：在欧洲客户的发票上添加二维码 `_" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" @@ -13127,7 +14163,7 @@ msgstr "该过程适用与服务类型的产品和实物类产品" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" @@ -13152,7 +14188,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" @@ -13192,7 +14228,7 @@ msgstr "固定的产品/服务, 从销售订单来了链接到该合同" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已采购材料（将重新开具发票）" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" @@ -13214,11 +14250,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" @@ -13233,7 +14269,7 @@ msgstr "对于订阅, 发票会定期地, 自动地生成。生成发票频率 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" @@ -13286,7 +14322,7 @@ msgstr "**修理**: 为售后服务开票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款条件和分期付款计划 " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13295,116 +14331,117 @@ msgid "" "supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " "time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" +"**付款条件**重新组合销售完成和支付的所有条件。它们可以应用到销售订单、客户发票和供应商账单，主要是为了确保正确、及时付款。这些条件包括：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 msgid "The due date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "截止日期" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 msgid "Some discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "某些折扣" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 msgid "Any other condition on the payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关于付款的所有其他条件" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "" "Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" " for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " "installment plans." -msgstr "" +msgstr "定义付款条件可以自动计算发票和账单的付款到期日。这对管理分期付款计划特别有用。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 msgid "" "An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " "with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**分期付款计划**允许客户支付发票的部分金额，由卖方事先确定付款金额和日期。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**付款条件举例：**" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Immediate Payment**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**立即付款**" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "需在开具发票当日支付全款。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**15天**（或**净15天**）" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "开具发票日期后15天支付全款。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**21 MFI**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**21 MFI**" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在开具发票日期当月的21日支付全款。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within " "ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " "following the invoice date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "2% :doc:`现金折扣`，如在10天内收到付款。否则，在开具发票日期当月月底前支付全款。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 msgid "" "Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " "a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " "payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款条件应与分多次付款区分开来。如果对于特定订单，你分两部分向客户开具发票，这不是付款条件或分期付款计划，而是开具发票的政策。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " "click on *Create*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 付款条件`并点击*创建*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 msgid "" "The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " "invoice, or bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**发票说明**是在销售订单、发票或账单上显示的文字。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 msgid "" "In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " "to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**条件**部分，你可添加一组规定，我们将其统称为*条件*，以定义支付的金额和截止日期。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 msgid "" "To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " "*Due Date Computation*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要添加条件，点击*添加行*，并定义*类型*、*值*和*截止日期计算*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "条件按设置的顺序进行计算。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**余额**应始终用于最后一行。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 msgid "" "In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " "of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在下面的例子中，在开具发票当日应支付30%，余额应在下月底之前支付。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" @@ -13412,72 +14449,72 @@ msgstr "使用付款条款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款条件可在以下各项的**付款条件**字段中定义：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Contacts**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**联系人**" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " "and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " "under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在联系人的新销售订单、发票、账单上自动设置特定付款条件。它可在*销售和采购*选项卡下联系人*表单视图*中修改。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Quotations**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**报价**" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" " quotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于从报价生成的所有发票自动设置特定付款条件。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Customer Invoices**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**客户发票**" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对发票设置特定付款条件。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Vendor Bills**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**供应商账单**" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" "To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" " to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " "*Due Date* is enough." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对账单设置特定付款条件。这项功能对于管理多次分期付款的供应商条件非常有用。否则，只需设置*截止日期*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 msgid "" "Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " "with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "包含特定付款条件的发票生成不同的*会计分录*，针对不同的*截止日期*计算一个*日记账项目*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 msgid "" "This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " "each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这使得*跟进*和*对账*更加简便，因为Odoo考虑了每一个截止日期，而不仅仅是余额的截止日期。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 msgid "" "In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " "following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" " the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在下面的例子中，开出一张$1000的发票，付款条件如下：在开具发票当日应支付30%，余额应在下月底之前支付。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" "The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " "*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "应收账款科目上的$1000被分成两个不同的*日记账项目*。它们都有自己的**截至日期**。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 msgid "Due date" @@ -13485,33 +14522,33 @@ msgstr "到期日期" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 msgid "February 21" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2月21日" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 msgid "300" -msgstr "" +msgstr "300" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 msgid "March 31" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3月31日" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 msgid "700" -msgstr "" +msgstr "700" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 msgid "Product Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品销售" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 msgid "1000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1000" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 msgid "" "This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " "payments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "它有助于轻松对账并准确跟进逾期付款。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" @@ -13521,60 +14558,60 @@ msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts` " msgid "" "`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " "`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo学习：条款及条件(T&C)和付款条件 `_" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "邮寄发票(Snailmail)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 msgid "" "Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" " inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " "reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在电子邮件收件箱总是被挤得满满当当的时候，直接邮寄是吸引个人关注的好方法。Odoo可直接从数据库向全球各地邮政寄送发票和跟进报告。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 msgid "Set up Snailmail" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置Snailmail" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " "the feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> Snailmail`并启用此功能。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 msgid "" "If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" " under *Default Sending Options*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你想将本选项设为默认功能，在*默认发送选项*下面启用*通过邮政发送*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 msgid "Send your invoices by post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "邮寄发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 msgid "" "Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " "Post*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开发票，点击*发送和打印*按钮并选择*通过邮政发送*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 msgid "" "Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " "includes a country, before sending the letter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正确设置客户地址，写明所在国家，然后发送信函。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "价格" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" "*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " "stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Snailmail*是一项*应用程序内购买(IAP)*服务，需要预付费邮票（=信用）才能运行。发送一份文件消耗一张邮票。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -13582,18 +14619,20 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" +"如要购买邮票，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> " +"Snailmail`并点击*购买信用*，或前往:menuselection:`设置 --> Odoo IAP`并点击*查看我的服务*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用信用来测试这项功能。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 msgid "" "Click `here `_ to know about our " "*Privacy Policy*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击`此处 `_，了解我们的*隐私政策*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" @@ -13601,7 +14640,7 @@ msgstr "客户付款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "批量付款：SEPA直接借记(SDD)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -13611,18 +14650,19 @@ msgid "" "authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " "automatically." msgstr "" +"SEPA指单一欧元支付区，是欧盟为简化欧元转帐发起的支付集成倡议。利用**SEPA直接借记**，客户可签署**委托书**，授权你自动从其银行账户收取未来付款。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" "You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " "containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可将客户委托书记录在Odoo中，并生成包含通过SDD委托待支付款项的XML文件。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SDD得到了所有SEPA国家的支持，其中包括欧盟的28个成员国以及其他国家。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 @@ -13630,6 +14670,8 @@ msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries `_." msgstr "" +"`全部SEPA国家列表 `_。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -13638,27 +14680,29 @@ msgid "" "of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " "responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" +"前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`并启用**SEPA直接借记(SDD)**功能。输入你公司的**债权人识别码**。此号码由你的银行或负责交付的主管部门提供。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SEPA直接借记委托书" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 msgid "Create a mandate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建委托书" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SEPA直接借记委托书是由客户签字，授权你直接从其银行账户收取资金的文件。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 msgid "" "To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " "Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " "form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要创建新委托书，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> 直接借记委托书`，点击*创建*，并填写新委托书表单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -13667,31 +14711,32 @@ msgid "" "**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " "mandate." msgstr "" +"首先，点击*打印*，导出PDF文件。然后需要你的客户签署本文件。完成后，在**原始文件**字段上传签署的文件，并点击*验证*，开始运行委托书。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 msgid "" "First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " "recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " "your own *Bank Account* settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，确保在你自己的*银行账户*设置的*会计*选项卡下，找到债权人联系表单，正确输入**IBAN银行账户详情**。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭或撤销委托书" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 msgid "" "Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " "this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " "*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*结束日期*后，直接借记委托书将自动关闭。如此字段留空，那么该委托书在*已关闭*或*已撤销*之前将保持*活动*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 msgid "" "Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" " means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " "automatically with an SDD payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**关闭**，将委托书的结束日期改为当前日期。这意味着在当前日期之后开具的发票不会通过SDD付款自动处理。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -13700,83 +14745,84 @@ msgid "" "that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" " file." msgstr "" +"点击**撤销**，立即禁用该委托书。之后则无法登记任何SDD付款，无论发票日期是何时。但是，已登记的付款仍将包含在下一个SDD XML文件中。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 msgid "" "Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " "a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " "a new mandate from scratch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "委托书*已关闭*或*已撤销*之后，无法重新激活。如客户再次要求通过SDD付款，你必须重新创建新委托书。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过SDD批量付款收款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" "All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " "automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在向客户开具的所有新过账发票中，包含活动委托书的发票将自动登记付款并将状态标记为*已支付*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 msgid "" "If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " "still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " "choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果未付款发票可以通过新委托书进行支付，仍有可能在此设置。打开发票，点击*登记付款*并选择*SEPA直接借记*为付款方式。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成SEPA直接借记XML文件以提交付款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" "To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " "file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要向银行提交SDD付款，你应首先生成可直接上传到银行接口的**XML文件**。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" " specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo生成的文件遵守SEPA客户对银行实施指南 要求的SEPA直接借记**PAIN.008.001.02** 规范，确保与银行兼容。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要为挂起的SDD支付生成XML文件，请转到*会计仪表板*上的相关*银行日记账*，然后点击*通过直接借记收集*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 msgid "" "Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" " file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在列表中选择想要纳入SDD XML文件的所有付款，然后点击*操作*并选择*创建批量付款*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " "then download the SDD XML file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，Odoo会转到你的*批量付款*表单。点击*验证*，然后下载该SDD XML文件。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，将本文件上传到你的银行以处理付款。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 客户 --> 批量付款`，检索所有已生成的SDD XML文件。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo学院：SEPA直接借记委托书(SDD) `_" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" @@ -14195,25 +15241,25 @@ msgstr ":doc:`followup` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" -msgstr "" +msgstr "跟进发票并更快收款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " "send the appropriate reminders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于你的企业而言，在逾期付款时收取款项非常重要。Odoo将帮助你识别延迟付款，并可发送适当的提醒。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理跟进工作" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" " customer that has already paid you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们建议你在启动跟进流程之前核对银行对账单。这将避免在客户已经付款之后再次向其发送对账单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -14222,13 +15268,15 @@ msgid "" "easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" " on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" +"你需要跟进的逾期发票默认在:menuselection:`会计 --> 销售 --> " +"跟进报告`。你可在此以电子邮件形式发送提醒或打印为信件。然后，你可点击*完成*按钮，查看需要关注的下一项跟进事务。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " "set on the statement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "或者，如果现在还未到提醒的时间，点击*稍候提醒我*。你可根据对账单的*下次提醒日期*设置收到报告。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -14237,16 +15285,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " "Follow-up`." msgstr "" +"如要避免短时间内发送过多提醒，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 付款跟进`，更改每次报告之间间隔的天数。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可在跟进报告上将客户标记为次级、正常或优级债务人，设置客户的信度等级。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "批量发送提醒" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -14256,10 +15305,11 @@ msgid "" "containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " "automatically generated." msgstr "" +"为减轻跟进流程的工作量，你可从跟进报告页面批量发送提醒邮件。选择需要处理的所有报告，点击*操作*，然后点击*流程跟进*。系统将自动生成一份PDF文件，其中包括你需要打印的所有跟进信函。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计划跟进流程" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -14268,6 +15318,8 @@ msgid "" "under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " "Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" +"如要计划跟进流程，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`并在*客户付款*部分启用*跟进级别*功能。然后，点击你的设置页面新出现的*跟进级别*按钮。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -14277,12 +15329,13 @@ msgid "" "action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " "the stage of the process." msgstr "" +"Odoo中默认可用的跟进计划包括多项操作，但你可根据自己的需要自定义。根据具体的逾期天数，计划发送邮件、信件或采取人为操作。你还可根据流程阶段编辑使用的声明模板。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你想在实际逾期日期之前收到提醒，可将逾期天数设为负数。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 98198dc6d..11282777f 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ # 演奏王 , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # guohuadeng , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -22,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: guohuadeng , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -47,14 +49,14 @@ msgid "" "The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " "qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " "assigning to the right sales people." -msgstr "" +msgstr "系统可生成线索而不是商机，以便在将*线索*转化为*商机*之前增加一个资格鉴定步骤，并分配给适当的销售人员。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 msgid "" "You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " "sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " "channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可从CRM设置启用这一模式。它默认适用于你的所有销售渠道。但可从配置表单将它设置为适用于特定渠道。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 @@ -107,29 +109,29 @@ msgid "" " same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" " into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " "information present on the first opportunity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果不同商机的邮件地址相同，Odoo将自动建议合并商机。在合并商机时，Odoo将信息合并到首先创建的商机，首个商机中呈现的信息优先。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" "No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " "chatter and the information fields for easy access." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不丢失任何信息：其他商机中的数据将记录在聊天和信息字段中，方便访问。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 msgid "" "Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " "leads even if the system doesn't propose it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你发现重复内容，即使系统并未提示，你也可自行合并商机或线索。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 msgid "" "Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " "to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是在列表视图下的具体操作方法。选择想要合并的商机或线索，页面将出现操作按钮。然后，你可选择合并。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可以合并2个以上商机或线索。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" @@ -156,6 +158,8 @@ msgid "" "configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " "Teams`." msgstr "" +"每个销售团队都可以有自己的电子邮件别名，以生成自动分配给它的线索/商机。如果你需要管理有特定业务流程的多个销售团队，这项功能非常有用。你可在:menuselection:`配置" +" --> 销售团队`下面找到销售团队配置的相关内容。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" @@ -184,7 +188,7 @@ msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" msgid "" "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " "your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过已安装的CRM应用程序，你可利用Odoo网站上即时可用的联系人表单，自动生成线索/商机。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -207,31 +211,32 @@ msgid "" "contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " "leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" msgstr "" +"当访客使用联系人表单与你联系时，你可能需要向访客了解更多情况，因此你需要在网站上创建自定义联系人表单。这些联系人表单可以在系统中生成多种类型的记录（邮件、线索/商机、项目任务、服务台工单等）" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 msgid "" "You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " "Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要安装免费的*表单生成器*模块，仅在Odoo企业版中可用。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 msgid "" "First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," " drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " "fields you wish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，进入你希望放置联系人表单的页面。在编辑模式下，将表单生成器拖动到该页面，你就可以添加需要的所有字段。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " "lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，所有新的联系人表单都会发送邮件，您可以在*更改表单参数*中切换到线索/商机生成。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 msgid "" "If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " "added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果同一访客使用联系人表单两次，则第二次输入的内容将添加到聊天的第一个线索/商机中。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" @@ -243,10 +248,11 @@ msgid "" "assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " "CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." msgstr "" +"在使用联系人表单时，在将表单分配给合适的销售人员之前，需要有一个资格鉴定步骤。如要进行此项操作，在CRM设置中启用*线索*并参见:doc:`转换`。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "" +msgstr "线索挖掘" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -256,16 +262,17 @@ msgid "" "country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" " make them relevant to your business." msgstr "" +"对于任何公司而言，获得优质线索对于保持公司业务增长至关重要。线索挖掘功能可让你直接从数据库中从头开始生成线索。根据国家、公司规模、行业等标准锁定线索来源，确保生成线索的相关性。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启动本功能，前往:menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**线索挖掘**功能。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始生成线索" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -275,12 +282,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " "button." msgstr "" +"现在，你的管道中出现了一个**生成线索**新按钮。你也可从:menuselection:`配置 --> " +"线索挖掘请求`并通过:menuselection:`线索 --> 线索`找到**生成线索**按钮，即可创建线索挖掘请求。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 msgid "" "From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " "be able to pick your criteria will pop up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这里点击**生成线索**按钮，在弹出的窗口中可设置条件。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -290,6 +299,8 @@ msgid "" "information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " "`__," msgstr "" +"在选择目标公司及其联系人时，你可以根据职位或资历选择得到的联系人。在获取联系人信息时，请注意了解最新的欧盟法规，请在`Odoo GDPR " +"`__，了解通用数据保护条例的更多信息。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -299,16 +310,17 @@ msgid "" "pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " "multiple countries." msgstr "" +"你可决定根据公司规模（员工人数）筛选得到的线索。你可选择线索来自于哪个国家，也可同时选择多个国家。你还可选择线索来自于哪个行业，或同时选择多个行业。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 msgid "" "You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " "to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可选择将线索分配给哪个销售人员和销售团队。你也可添加标记，追踪生成的线索。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成的线索包含公司名称。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 @@ -324,24 +336,28 @@ msgid "" "either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " "Credits`; or go to `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my Services`." msgstr "" +"这是一项应用程序内购买功能，每条生成的线索将花费一个信用。如果你选择获取联系人信息，每个联系人也会花费我们一个额外信用。以下是这项`功能 " +"`__的定价。如要购买信用，你可前往:menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置 --> " +"购买信用`；或前往`设置 --> 应用程序内购买 --> 查看我的服务`。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " "consumed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "蓝框会自动告知你将消耗的信用数量。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用信用来测试这项功能。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 msgid "" ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " "<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`应用程序内购买(IAP) <../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" @@ -677,72 +693,74 @@ msgstr "在手机上使用软电话的缺点是，您的呼叫不会记录在 Od #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用合作伙伴自动填充功能扩大你的联系人群体" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 msgid "" "Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " "corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " "quickly get all the information you need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "合作伙伴自动填充功能可提供企业数据，帮助你扩大联系人数据库。在下拉列表中选择一家公司，即可获得你需要的所有信息。" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " "Autocomplete* feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 联系人`并启用*合作伙伴自动填充*功能。" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为联系人增加企业数据资料" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 msgid "" "From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " "it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" " will be populated with corporate data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无论在任何模块中，只要你键入名称并开始创建新联系人，系统将提示可能的匹配名称。如果你选择它，系统将为联系人填入相关企业数据。" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 msgid "" "For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，在键入*Odoo*后，你将得到以下信息：" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 msgid "" "Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " "company name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你键入VAT编号而不是公司名称，也可使用合作伙伴自动填充功能。" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 msgid "" "*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" " prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*合作伙伴自动填充*是一项*应用程序内购买(IAP)*服务，需要使用预付费信用。每项请求都会消耗一个信用。" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " "Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." msgstr "" +"如要购买信用，前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 联系人 --> 合作伙伴自动填充或Odoo IAP --> " +"查看我的服务`并选择一个服务包。" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 msgid "" "If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " "clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你的信用已耗尽，在点击系统提示的公司后，只会填充网站链接和logo信息。" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用信用来测试这项功能。" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 msgid "" "Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " "`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`在此 `_了解我们的*隐私政策*。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" @@ -954,30 +972,30 @@ msgstr "在Odoo, 配置应该在用户的偏好来实现。" msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SIP登录/浏览器扩展是你以前在sip.conf文件中配置的数字（在我们的示例中：1060）。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SIP密码是你在sip.conf文件中选择的密码。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 msgid "" "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " "configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的办公室电话分机不是必填字段，但如果你想将电话从Odoo转移到sip.conf文件中配置的外部电话，则使用需要填写。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可在一般设置的“集成”部分完成本配置。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PBX服务器IP应与你在http.conf文件中定义的IP相同。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -985,6 +1003,7 @@ msgid "" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " "defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" +"WebSocket应为ws://localhost:XXXX/ws，其中“localhost”应于之前定义的IP相同，且“XXXX”应为http.conf文件中定义的端口。" #: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 msgid "Analyze performance" @@ -1299,7 +1318,7 @@ msgstr "跟踪潜在客户访问" msgid "" "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " "interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "跟踪您的网站页面将为您提供更多有关网站访问者兴趣的信息。" +msgstr "跟踪您的网页将为您提供更多有关网站访问者感兴趣的信息。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index c0ae677df..6521e30f9 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ # 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 # 洋 汪 , 2019 # george liu , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: george liu , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -47,7 +48,7 @@ msgid "" "Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" " manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " "database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保你作为需要管理的数据库管理员接入- 很多操作需要远程识别你的身份。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 msgid "Several actions are available:" @@ -93,11 +94,11 @@ msgstr "下载数据库的即时备份；请注意，我们每天都根据我们 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid ":ref:`Domains `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`域名 `" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置自定义域名，以通过其他URL访问你的数据库。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Delete `" @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgid "" "Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " "that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" " the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将你的数据库升级到新版本Odoo是一项复杂操作，需要时间和谨慎操作。最重要的是，你在升级生产数据库之前必须全面测试该流程。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -143,6 +144,7 @@ msgid "" " database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " "multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." msgstr "" +"升级过程可能需要一些时间，尤其是你拥有多个应用程序或管理敏感数据的应用程序时（例如，会计、库存等）。一般而言，数据库“越小”，升级越快。仅使用CRM的单一用户数据库比使用会计、销售、采购和制造的多公司、多用户数据库升级快。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -154,44 +156,45 @@ msgid "" "they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " "a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." msgstr "" +"遗憾的是，我们无法预计每项升级请求需要的时间，因为Odoo.com将至少手动测试每项数据库升级一次，而且需要逐一修改/调整对标准Odoo应用程序（例如，通过定制或通过服务包）的改动。这可能导致整个过程变慢，因为我们需要按提出请求的顺序逐一处理。尤其是在主要新版本发布之后的几个月，升级请求处理速度可能显著延迟。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从你的角度来看，升级过程非常简单：" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你请求测试升级" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 msgid "" "Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " "database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**你**验证所有测试后，你将升级实际的数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 msgid "" "The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " "same." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请求测试或生产（*实际*）升级的过程是相同的" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 msgid "" "First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " "access the `database management page `__." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，确保接入你想要升级的数据库并访问`数据库管理页面 `__。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 msgid "" "You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " "database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你必须访问想要升级的数据库的设置应用程序并打开活动会话，才能看到按钮。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 msgid "" "On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " "If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在想要升级的数据库所在行，点击“Cog”菜单。如有Odoo的更新版本，你会看到“升级”按钮。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -201,6 +204,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " "released a more recent version during your tests)." msgstr "" +"你可以选择升级的目标版本。默认情况下，我们为你的数据库选择了可用的最高版本；如你已开始测试升级，我们将自动选择你已经测试的版本（即使我们在你测试过程中发布了更新的版本）。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -208,7 +212,7 @@ msgid "" "generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " "request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" " and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击“测试升级”按钮，将生成升级请求。每个数据库每次只能提出一项请求；如果已经提出请求，你会看到“升级列队”字样，而不能提出另一项请求。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -220,6 +224,7 @@ msgid "" "made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " "should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." msgstr "" +"测试升级将创建数据库的副本，升级并在成功后自动提供给你。如果这是针对该数据库首次测试请求，Odoo.com将进行手动测试阶段，可能需要一些时间（最长达数周）。之后的请求不会经过此手动测试步骤，通常在数小时之内即可完成。在测试数据库可用后，你将收到邮件，其中包含测试数据库的URL。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -231,6 +236,8 @@ msgid "" "sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " "test database through our `Support page `__." msgstr "" +"**测试数据库是整个升级过程中最重要的步骤！**即使我们手动测试了所有升级，我们也不知道你的工作流程。Odoo新版本标准工作流程的变更可能要求你改变内部流程，或你通过Odoo定制自定义的内容现可正常运行。*你应负责确保一切正常运行！*你可通过我们的`支持页面" +" `__报告测试数据库的问题。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -238,7 +245,7 @@ msgid "" " (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " "is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " "prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保在最终升级前（即前一天）对升级进行最后测试，以确保一切顺畅运行。在升级后无法降级，升级时间推迟总比在升级之后发现问题导致无法运行更好！" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -249,13 +256,14 @@ msgid "" " and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " "the process is completed." msgstr "" +"一切准备妥当并已验证所有测试后，你可再次点击升级按钮并点击升级（带有小火箭的按钮！）确认，将你的生产数据库切换到新版本。你的数据库将在10分钟内下线并开始自动升级；整个过程完成后，你将收到确认邮件。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 msgid "" "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " "30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " "migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在升级过程中，你的数据库将下线（大数据库一般需要30分钟到数小时），请将迁移安排在非营业时段。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 msgid "Duplicating a database" @@ -266,7 +274,7 @@ msgid "" "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " "databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " "database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们平台上的免费用户没有权限进行数据库的复制、重命名、自定义DNS等操作。付费数据库和“一个应用程序免费”数据库可进行复制。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -280,7 +288,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" " database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在复制数据库时未勾选“用于测试目的”，所有外部通信仍将启用：" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" @@ -290,7 +298,7 @@ msgstr "电子邮件已送出" msgid "" "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " "example)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款已处理（例如，在电子商务或订阅应用程序中）" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" @@ -327,6 +335,8 @@ msgid "" "`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " "to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." msgstr "" +"如要重命名数据库，确保接入你想要重命名的数据库，访问`数据库管理页面 " +"`__并点击**重命名**。你需要输入数据库的新名称，然后点击**重命名数据库**。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 msgid "Deleting a Database" @@ -343,6 +353,7 @@ msgid "" "backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " "backup may be several hours old at that point." msgstr "" +"如你删除数据库，所有数据将永久丢失。删除即时完成，且适用所有用户。我们将以你在删除之前对数据库进行即时备份，因为最后自动保存的每日备份可能已是数小时之前。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -350,40 +361,41 @@ msgid "" "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " "button." msgstr "" +"从`数据库管理页面 `__，在你想要删除的数据库所在行，点击“删除”按钮。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 msgid "" "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仔细阅读警告信息，在完全了解删除数据库造成的影响之后，方可继续：" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 msgid "" "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " "automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "几秒种后，数据库将被删除，页面将自动重新加载。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 msgid "" "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你需要重新使用这个数据库名称，它即刻可用。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " "Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如数据库已过期或关联到订阅，则无法删除。在这些情况下，联系`Odoo支持 `__" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 msgid "" "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要删除你的账户，请联系`Odoo支持 `__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本地部署数据库管理" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 msgid "Register a database" @@ -428,6 +440,8 @@ msgid "" " Account `__ or with your Account" " Manager" msgstr "" +"请检查你的`Odoo账户 " +"`__或者通过你的账户管理员检查订阅信息是否有“正在处理中”的标注" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" @@ -446,6 +460,8 @@ msgid "" "`__ with the button \"Unlink " "database\"" msgstr "" +"你可通过`Odoo合同 " +"`__的“取消关联数据库”按钮，自行取消关联旧数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -471,6 +487,8 @@ msgid "" "`__, a short message will appear " "specifying which database is problematic:" msgstr "" +"如果不属于上述情形，可以用多个数据库共享同一个UUID。请在`Odoo合同 " +"`__中勾选，然后会出现提示，指出有问题的数据库：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -488,28 +506,28 @@ msgstr "为便于查找，我们用UUID辨别数据库，因此每个数据库 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查网络和防火墙设置" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 msgid "" "The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" " servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " "outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "升级通知必须能够到达Odoo订阅验证服务器。换句话说，确保Odoo服务器能够在以下打开传出连接：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "services.odoo.com在端口443（或80）" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "较老部署的services.openerp.com在端口443（或80）" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 msgid "" "Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " "Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你在启用数据库后，必须确保这些端口打开，因为升级通知每周运营一次。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 msgid "Error message due to too many users" @@ -538,6 +556,7 @@ msgid "" "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation `_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." msgstr "" +"按照`文档 `_的说明**取消激活用户**并**拒绝**向上销售报价。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -621,6 +640,9 @@ msgid "" "command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " "like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" +"可以通过:menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 系统参数`访问数据库的UUID，我们建议使用 `uuid生成器 " +"`__ " +"或Unix命令``uuidgen``来生成一个新的UUID。你就可以点击该UUID并使用编辑按钮来替换原先的记录。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" @@ -684,7 +706,7 @@ msgstr "当你想更新任一用户的状态时,请确保你拥有足够的**管 msgid "" "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " "showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中，点击**设置**。页面将显示数据库中活跃的用户。点击 **管理用户**。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 @@ -712,7 +734,7 @@ msgid "" "In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " "you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " "on Archive." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的用户名单中，单击想要取消激活的用户。进入用户表单后，点击操作下拉菜单，然后点击存档。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 msgid "The user is now deactivated." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 73fa42142..83b432c5b 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ # fausthuang, 2019 # Kate Lee , 2019 # 演奏王 , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 演奏王 , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -36,23 +37,23 @@ msgstr "‎如何使用我的邮件服务器在 Odoo 中发送和接收电子邮 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您是Odoo Online或Odoo.sh的用户..." #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " "database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你什么也不需要做！**Odoo为你的服务器设置了自己的邮件服务器。**接收和发送电子邮件功能开箱即用！" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11 msgid "" "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" " use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "除非你计划发送大量邮件，可能需要使用外部邮件服务器，否则只需享受你的新Odoo数据库即可。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本文档的范围" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -61,6 +62,9 @@ msgid "" "unlike `Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " "`__." msgstr "" +"本文件**主要针对Odoo本地部署的用户**，他们无法像`Odoo Online " +"`__和`Odoo.sh " +"`__那样，直接通过开箱即用的解决方案在Odoo上收发邮件。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -87,6 +91,9 @@ msgid "" "device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" +"Office 365邮件服务器无法方便地从Odoo这样的主机发送外部邮件。请参阅`微软文档 `__，了解如何设置。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" @@ -117,10 +124,13 @@ msgid "" "secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " "`_." msgstr "" +"如你在Gmail地址*测试连接*时收到``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials " +"(Failure)``警告，启用*安全性较低的应用程序访问*选项。你可`在此访问 " +"`_直接链接。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此外，请启用Gmail账户的IMAP设置。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" @@ -182,6 +192,8 @@ msgid "" " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" +"如果已经为SPF设置TXT记录，在通过Odoo Online发送邮件的余名中添加“include:_spf.odoo.com”，通过G " +"Suite发送的则可为：v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -204,7 +216,7 @@ msgstr "为一个域添加多个SPF记录可能导致邮件被分类为垃圾。 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "允许DKIM" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -215,14 +227,16 @@ msgid "" "a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" +"如果你的邮件服务器启用了DKIM（域密钥标识邮件），你也需要进行同样的操作。对于Odoo " +"Online和Odoo.sh，你需要向“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”添加DNS“odoo._domainkey”CNAME记录。例如，对于“foo.com”，它们应有一条“odoo._domainkey.foo.com”记录，这是值为“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”的CNAME。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理入站消息" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo依赖通用的电子邮件别名来获取入站消息。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -230,6 +244,7 @@ msgid "" "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" +"从Odoo所发邮件对应的**回复邮件**通过catchall别名（**catchall@**）接入原来的讨论线程（以及所有关注者的收件箱）。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -238,36 +253,38 @@ msgid "" "`__ to opt-out invalid " "recipients." msgstr "" +"**退回的邮件**接入**bounce@**，以便在Odoo上追踪。这项功能特别用于`Odoo邮件营销 " +"`__，可取消选择无效的收件人。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**原始邮件**：几个业务对象有自己的别名，从入站邮件中创建Odoo新纪录：" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售渠道（在`Odoo CRM `__中创建潜在商机或机会），" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "支持渠道（在`Odoo服务台 `__创建工单），" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "项目（在`Odoo项目 `__中创建新任务），" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "职位（在`Odoo招聘 `__中创建求职者），" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "etc." @@ -278,17 +295,17 @@ msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据你的邮件服务器，可能有几种方法来获取邮件。最简单也最推荐的方法是在邮件服务器中按Odoo别名管理邮件地址。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的邮件服务器中创建相应的电子邮件地址（catchall@、bounce@、sales@等）。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在一般设置中设置你的域名。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -298,6 +315,7 @@ msgid "" "Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" +"如果你使用本地部署的Odoo，请在Odoo中为每个别名创建一个*入站邮件服务器*。你也可以在一般设置中进行操作。根据你的电子邮件提供商的设置填写表单。将*对入站邮件执行的操作*留空。在填写完毕所有信息后，点击*测试和确认*。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -309,10 +327,14 @@ msgid "" "domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" +"如果你使用Odoo " +"Online或Odoo.sh，我们建议将入站邮件重定向到Odoo的域名，而不是仅使用你自己的邮件服务器。这样，你将不会延迟接收入站邮件。实际上，Odoo" +" " +"Online每小时仅收取一次外部服务器的入站邮件。你应在电子邮件服务器中将所有电子邮件地址的重定向设置为Odoo的域名（例如，*catchall@mydomain.ext*设为*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*）。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo中所有别名都是可自定义的。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -320,6 +342,8 @@ msgid "" "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" +"对象别名可从各自的配置视图中编辑。如要编辑catchall和bounce别名，首先需要启用:doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -327,6 +351,8 @@ msgid "" "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" +"然后前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 参数 --> 系统参数`定义别名（*mail.catchall.alias*和* " +"mail.bounce.alias*）。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -336,6 +362,9 @@ msgid "" " Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" +"默认情况下，Odoo本地部署每5分钟获取一次入站邮件。你可在:doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`中更改这项值。前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 " +"--> 自动化 --> 定时操作`并寻找*Mail: Fetchmail Service*。" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" @@ -402,6 +431,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " "settings." msgstr "" +"并在Odoo的:menuselection:`设置--> 一般设置--> Twitter讨论集成`中复制这些值，然后点击**保存**，保存相应设置。" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" @@ -479,10 +509,11 @@ msgid "" "any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " "throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." msgstr "" +"打勾标记一封邮件，即代表将该项目标记为**已读**，并从收件箱中删除。如需将一个项目保存并供将来参考或操作，用星标标记并将它加入到**已加星标**文件夹中。你可在讨论中添加任何邮件或通知，或者在整个Odoo中添加任何特定项目的聊天，以便在这里跟踪它。" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为何使用Odoo讨论" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -499,30 +530,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过计划活动来提高条理性" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 msgid "" "Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " "reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " "undertake." -msgstr "" +msgstr "制定活动计划是跟踪工作情况的最佳方式。它可以提醒你需要完成的工作，安排后续活动的时间。" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 msgid "" "Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" " your priorities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在Odoo中随时随地查看自己的活动。方便管理所有优先事项。" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 msgid "" "Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " "views. Here is an example for opportunities :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可通过聊天或在看板视图中计划和管理活动。请看下面的例子：" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置你的活动类型" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -530,27 +561,29 @@ msgid "" "call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" +"Odoo中包括了一些默认的活动类型（通话、邮件、会议等）。但你也可以在:menuselection:`设置 --> 一般设置 --> " +"活动类型`中，设置新类型。" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安排会议" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "" "Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " "the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " "open to let you select a time slot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "活动计划具体到某一天。如需设置小时，选择*会议*活动类型。在安排会议时，你可打开日历并选择一个时间段。" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 msgid "" "If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " "their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果需要在其他活动类型中使用日历计划，请将其*类别*设定为*会议*。" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安排一系列活动" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -558,16 +591,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " "following steps as *Recommended next activities*." msgstr "" +"Odoo可帮助你轻松安排一系列常规活动。前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 活动类型`并将以下常见步骤设置为*推荐的下一项活动*。" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 msgid "" "Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " "The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，当一项活动完成后，你可选择*完成并安排下一项*。系统将自动向你提供下一项活动。" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" +msgstr "希望你通过制定活动计划变得更有条理！" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index e2a53b1ef..aba64e553 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ # Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 # liAnGjiA , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -21,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -593,7 +594,7 @@ msgstr "点击*已发布*智能按钮可以从详情页访问web页面（反之 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何高价销售产品的替代物（追加销售）" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -691,6 +692,10 @@ msgid "" "`__ that " "you like." msgstr "" +"Authorize.Net是北美地区最受欢迎的电子商务支付平台之一。与大多数其他与Odoo兼容的支付收单机构不同，Authorize.Net只能用作`支付网关" +" " +"`__。这样你可使用自己喜欢的`支付处理机构和商户" +" `__。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" @@ -700,44 +705,44 @@ msgstr "创建Authorize.Net帐户" msgid "" "Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " "'Get Started'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击“开始”，创建`Authorize.Net账户 `__。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 msgid "" "In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" " both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " "press the related option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果想要将Authorize.net用作支付网关和商户，请在定价页面按*立即注册*。如想使用自己的商户，按下相关选项。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成注册步骤。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 msgid "" "The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " "account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "账户默认设置为测试账户。你可通过这个测试账户从Odoo处理测试交易。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "准备好之后，切换到**生产**模式。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置Odoo" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 msgid "" "Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " "Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从:menuselection:`网站、销售或会计 --> 设置 --> 付款收单机构`，在Odoo中激活Authorize.Net。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 msgid "" "Enter both your **Login ID** your **API Transaction Key** and your **API " "Signature Key**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入你的**登录名**、**API交易密钥**和**API签名密钥**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -748,13 +753,16 @@ msgid "" "Credentials & Keys` in the Authorize.net dashboard. Note that you need " "*both* a Transaction key and and Signature key." msgstr "" +"如要从Authorize.Net获取凭据，你可按Authorize.Net帮助中的指示`API凭据和密钥 " +"`__，在Authorize.net进入并访问菜单:menuselection:`账户" +" --> 设置 --> API凭据和密钥`。注意， 你*同时*需要交易密钥和签名密钥。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:45 msgid "" "Once both keys are set up, you can then generate a Client Key by clicking " "the \"Generate Client Key\" button. Note that these 3 keys are necessary for" " the setup to work correctly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在两组密钥设置好之后，你可点击“生成客户密钥”按钮，生成客户密钥。注意，这3组密钥对于正确设置系统必不可少。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:51 msgid "Go live" @@ -764,36 +772,37 @@ msgstr "激活" msgid "" "Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " "merchant interface and activate the **Enabled** state." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的配置现已就绪！可以在商户界面显示Authorize.Net，然后激活**已启用**状态。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:59 msgid "" "Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " "production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you switch from " "testing to production or vice-versa." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Authorize.net为测试和生产模式提供的凭据不同。如要从测试模式切换到生产模式或反之，请勿忘记在Odoo中更新凭据。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:65 msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" +msgstr "评估Authorize.Net作为支付解决方案" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:66 msgid "" "You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " "account `__." msgstr "" +"你可创建`开发人员账户 `__，免费测试并评估Authorize.Net。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 msgid "" "Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" " as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建账户之后，你将收到沙盒凭据。根据上面的介绍在Odoo中输入凭据，确保仍在*测试*模式下。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:72 msgid "" "You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " "`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可登录`Authorize.Net沙盒平台 `__，配置你的沙盒账户。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -801,6 +810,8 @@ msgid "" " the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " "`__." msgstr "" +"如要执行虚拟交易，你可使用`Authorize.Net测试指南 " +"`__中提供的虚拟卡号。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:80 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:206 @@ -890,7 +901,7 @@ msgstr "如何激活" msgid "" "Once the payment method is ready, make it visible in the payment interface " "by switching the state to **Enabled**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款方法就绪后，切换到**已启用**状态，让它显示在付款界面上。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" @@ -950,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "如何：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 msgid "" "Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "切换到 :doc:`开发人员模式 <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." @@ -983,6 +994,8 @@ msgid "" "based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " "such matter. `Contact us `_." msgstr "" +"这种定制服务可由我们的技术专家根据你的要求按需提供。我们的业务顾问可与你联系并讨论相关事宜。`联系我们 " +"`_" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" @@ -1077,6 +1090,7 @@ msgid "" "until you get paid into your bank account (see " ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards`)." msgstr "" +"如果选择了这种模式，系统会要求你选择一个付款日记账户以便记录你账簿上的付款。此付款与发票系统连接，支付之后立即进行标记。银行账户收到付款后请选择**银行账户**，如未做选择，可以为收款方创建一个特定的日记账（类别=银行）。这样你就可以跟踪中间账户的在线支付情况，直至银行账户收到款项（参见:doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards）。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" @@ -1103,7 +1117,7 @@ msgstr "对于其他收款方，你可以在其自己的界面（非Odoo）中 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置你的Paypal账户" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1112,10 +1126,11 @@ msgid "" "definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " "where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." msgstr "" +"Paypal在世界各地都可以用，而且非常受欢迎。它不收取任何订阅费，创建帐户也非常容易。因为我们大力推荐Odoo新手使用Paypal。它就像我们无缝流程的一部分，将客户带到Paypal网站完成支付。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paypal账户" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1126,26 +1141,28 @@ msgid "" "settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " "configuration steps." msgstr "" +"通过Paypal收款需要公司账户。创建一个`Paypal公司账户 `_或将你的个人账户升级到公司账户。前往Paypal设置并点击*升级到公司账户*。然后完成其余的配置步骤。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paypal中的设置" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:26 msgid "" "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " "seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，我们来看如何设置Paypal账户，以创建与Odoo之间的无缝客户体验。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:28 msgid "" "Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " "Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登录并打开设置。前往:menuselection:`产品和服务 --> 网站支付`并点击**网站偏好**上的**更新**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:34 msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动返回" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1154,17 +1171,18 @@ msgid "" "the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " "``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." msgstr "" +"*自动返回*在客户完成支付后将其自动重新跳转返回Odoo。勾选*自动返回*并输入你的域名和后缀``/shop/confirmation``作为*返回URL*（例如，``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``）。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:41 msgid "" "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " "it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " "Odoo databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这个URL在Paypal中要求，但在实际中并不使用，Odoo在每笔事务中都会传输。如你管理多个销售渠道或Odoo数据库，请勿担心。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:49 msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支付数据传输(PDT)" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -1173,21 +1191,22 @@ msgid "" "must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " "You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." msgstr "" +"*支付数据传输*在支付处理完毕后向Odoo发出支付确认。否则，Odoo无法结束销售流程。这项设置也必须启动。保存时，将生成*身份令牌*。你稍后将被要求在Odoo中输入身份令牌。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:59 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paypal账户可选项" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " "they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " "lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们建议你在客户付款时不要提示他们登录Paypal账户。允许他们用借记卡/信用卡支付，否则你可能失去某些业务。确保启用这项设置。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:68 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "即时付款通知(IPN)" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -1198,50 +1217,56 @@ msgid "" "guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " "receipt." msgstr "" +"支付数据传输(PDT)会发送订单确认，但仅发送一次。因此，在它发送时，你的站点必须正在运行；否则，就无法收到该信息。因此我们首先建议启用*即时付款通知*(IPN)。通过IPN，我们基本可以确保发送订单确认，因为IPN会重新发送确认，直到你的站点确认已收到。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:77 msgid "" "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " "*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用IPN，返回*网站支付*菜单并在*即时付款通知*中点击*更新*。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:79 msgid "" "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " "(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." msgstr "" +"需要设置的*通知URL*是你的余名+“payment/paypal/ipn”（例如，``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``）。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支付信息格式" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:87 msgid "" "If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " "characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " "encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你为客户名称、地址等使用重音字符（或基本拉丁字符以外的任何其他字符）。您必须配置Odoo发送给Paypa的支付请求的编码格式。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 msgid "" "If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如不配置此项设置，某些交易可能在无通知的情况下失败。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 msgid "To do so, open:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要进行此项操作，打开：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 msgid "" "`this page for a test account `__" msgstr "" +"`本页用于测试账户 `__" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:99 msgid "" "`this page for a production account `__" msgstr "" +"`本页用于生产账户 `__" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -1251,13 +1276,13 @@ msgstr "然后点击*更多选项*，将两个默认的编码格式设为**UTF-8 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的Paypal账户已就绪！" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 msgid "" "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" " Account Optional* needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你允许客户不创建Paypal账户情况下进行支付，必须打开*Paypal账户可选项*。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -1266,6 +1291,9 @@ msgid "" "payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/ #encrypted-" "website-payments-ewp>`_." msgstr "" +"关于加密网站付款和EWP设置错误 ，请查看`Paypal文档 `_。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" @@ -1279,7 +1307,7 @@ msgstr "激活" msgid "" "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " "apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从销售、账单和电子商务应用程序的配置栏或从*支付收单机构*配置菜单激活*Paypal*。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:133 msgid "Credentials" @@ -1287,23 +1315,23 @@ msgstr "授权认证" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:135 msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo需要三种Paypal凭证：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*邮件ID*是你在Paypal的登录电子邮件地址。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 msgid "" "*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " ":menuselection:`Profile --> About the business`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*商户ID*在你的Paypal账户设置中，路径为:menuselection:`简介 --> 关于公司`。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 msgid "" "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" " here above." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如前所述，*Paypal PDT令牌*位于*网站支付*配置中。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" @@ -1314,19 +1342,20 @@ msgid "" "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " "cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " "your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以向顾客额外收费以冲抵Paypal向你收取的手续费。转到Paypal后，你的顾客将看到订单要额外收取费用。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 msgid "" "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，进入Odoo Paypal配置的配置选项卡并点击*添加额外费用*。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:157 msgid "" "You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." msgstr "" +"你可参考`Paypal费用 `__进行设置。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -1334,17 +1363,19 @@ msgid "" "/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " "paying with credit cards." msgstr "" +"`欧盟贸易商 `_不允许因使用信用卡支付而收取额外费用。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "上线" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 msgid "" "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" " publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" " it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的配置已就绪。主要切换到*生产*模式。然后点击支付方式旁边的*已发布*按钮，发布支付方式。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -1353,26 +1384,27 @@ msgid "" "*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " "processed." msgstr "" +"Paypal现在电子商务、销售和发票应用程序中均可用。客户点击*现在支付*即会重定向到Paypal网站。在支付完成后，他们将返回Odoo确认页面。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "测试环境" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 msgid "" "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " "accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可利用Paypal沙盒账户，在Odoo中测试整个支付流程。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " "your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用你的Paypal凭据登录`Paypal开发人员站点 `__。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:191 msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这将创建两个沙盒账户：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -1380,12 +1412,16 @@ msgid "" "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "`__)." msgstr "" +"一个企业账户（用作商户，例如，`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__）。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:195 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." msgstr "" +"一个默认个人账户（用作购物者，例如，`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com " +"`__）" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -1395,6 +1431,7 @@ msgid "" "automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " "generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." msgstr "" +"用商户账户登录Paypal沙盒并按同样的配置指令操作。在Odoo中输入你的沙盒凭据并确保Paypal仍设置为*测试环境*。同时确保电子商户设置中未激活自动开单功能，以免在完成后虚拟交易后生成发票。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:203 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index a598681d6..f84263167 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Datasource International , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,104 +23,104 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "邮件营销" #: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "操作邮件列表" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 msgid "" "Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" " they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " "and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "邮件名单就像是公司营销部门的金矿，它可以提供销售线索、测试性产品的焦点小组和提供满意度反馈的消费者。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 msgid "Create Mailing lists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建邮件列表" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " "the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " "unsubscribing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`邮件列表 --> 邮件列表 --> 创建`。启用*公开*选项，以便在用户退订时看到列表。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 msgid "" "Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" " *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建邮件列表后，你可点击*创建*，手动添加联系人。如果之前的工具已创建邮件列表，则可*导入*联系人列表。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将邮件列表关联到我的网站" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 msgid "" "Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " "advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建名为新闻通讯的邮件列表，你可通过这项策略针对有兴趣的订阅者发布广告及沟通新想法。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 msgid "" "Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " "mailing list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往你的*网站*，添加*新闻通讯*并选择各自的邮件列表。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查邮件列表的所有联系人" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" " all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " "created here." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入:menuselection:`邮件列表 --> 邮件列表联系人`并查看你的邮件列表下的所有联系人名单，以及你在此单独创建的联系人。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 msgid "" "Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" " or will be part of." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开联系人查看所在的邮件列表或添加不同的邮件列表。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`send_emails`" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理取消订阅和黑名单" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 msgid "" "It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " "unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " "that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "允许收件人从邮件列表中取消订阅是最佳实践做法，也是法律的要求，因为你不希望受众认为你的公司采用了不诚实或骚扰的手段。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用黑名单功能" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " "*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用选项*取消订阅时显示黑名单选项*。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 msgid "" "Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " "be redirected to the following page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，当用户在邮件上点击*取消订阅*链接时，他将被转向以下页面：" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -125,59 +129,61 @@ msgid "" " the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " "send it only to a personal email." msgstr "" +"在使用测试功能时，点击取消订阅按钮后，你将被送到错误页面（错误403 - " +"访问被拒绝）。如你想要确保链接正常运行，你可以创建群发邮件，然后仅将它发给个人邮件。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 msgid "" "In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " "lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" " *any* more emails from you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "除了取消订阅特定邮件列表，用户还可将自己加入黑名单，意思是他不再接收你发送的*任何*邮件。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 msgid "" "The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" " users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "邮件列表必须配置为*公开*，用户才能看见。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " "addresses will be shown." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入:menuselection:`配置 --> Blacklist黑名单`，将显示列入黑名单的邮件地址。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 msgid "" "When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当打开记录时，作为*日志注释*，保存描述历史。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`mailing_lists`" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送邮件营销并管理营销活动" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 msgid "" "Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " "consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" " with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子邮件能够有效地以低成本覆盖大量消费者，同时可按照需要的方式自定义邮件内容。它是可测量的行动导向渠道。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择合适目标并创建邮件信息" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`邮件 --> 创建`。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 msgid "" "Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " "specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择*联系人*作为*收件人*，可添加特定标准以匹配特定联系人，筛选出你的目标。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -186,20 +192,22 @@ msgid "" "numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " "`_." msgstr "" +"试用版数据库每天仅限发送50封邮件；Odoo.SH云平台仅限发送200封邮件。联系Odoo支持可扩大上限。如需联系Odoo支持，请`点击此处 " +"`。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 msgid "" "Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " "dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " "to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*邮件正文*部分，选择一种布局并通过拖放和双击内容进行修改。注意，你也可以选择*空白*模板选项，从头创建邮件内容。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 msgid "" "Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " "you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" " sender (*Send From*)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*设置*下，你可以指定其他人负责发送邮件。如要进行此操作，请将使用的邮件地址改为发件人（*发送自*）。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -208,35 +216,36 @@ msgid "" " Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " "mailing list or contacts as recipients." msgstr "" +"通过*回复至*单选按钮，你可选择收集关于各个收件人记录或特定邮件地址的回答。请注意，如果你将邮件联系人、邮件列表或联系人作为收件人，则此选项不可用。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "测试、发送或预约邮件" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 msgid "" "*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." " Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " "will delete the email." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*保存*：邮件将分配到看板视图的*草稿*栏。这个阶段可对邮件进行修改。*放弃*选项将删除邮件。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 msgid "" "Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " "contacts to avoid errors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*测试*并将邮件发送给一个或多个测试联系人，以免出现错误。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 msgid "" "*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " "*queue* column in the kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*发送*将在下次运行时触发邮件，将邮件放入看板视图的*列队*栏。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 msgid "" "*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " "the *queue* column in the kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*预约*用于选择日期和时间，将邮件放入看板视图的*列队*栏。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -246,26 +255,27 @@ msgid "" "day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " "*Retry*." msgstr "" +"每日限额适用于所有应用程序发送的*所有邮件*。因此，如果一天结束后，你仍有未发送的邮件，请注意，它们*不会*在第二天自动发送。你必须打开邮件并点击*重试*，才能发出邮件。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 msgid "Manage campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理营销活动" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " "Campaigns*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*邮件营销活动*。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 msgid "" "The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" " efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." -msgstr "" +msgstr "营销活动选项可用于整理营销工作，并可集中查看相关标准。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往*营销活动*并点击*创建*，开始创建营销活动。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -274,7 +284,8 @@ msgid "" "channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " "All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." msgstr "" +"如你使用短信和社交媒体营销应用程序，以及推送通知功能，你会看到为这些渠道创建内容的选项。你在这些应用程序中也会看到*营销活动*菜单。所有应用程序均已集成，都可以使用。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index c881b21b8..3426c6b64 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ # e2f , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # 敬雲 林 , 2020 +# Emily Jia , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 敬雲 林 , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr "费用" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 msgid "How to set expense types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置费用类型" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -39,38 +41,39 @@ msgid "" "the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " "real cost per expense." msgstr "" +"跟踪费用的第一步是从*配置*菜单中配置公司允许的费用类型（在Odoo中作为产品管理）。当特定费用以固定价格报销时，在产品上设置成本。否则，将成本保存为0.0，员工将报告每项费用的实际成本。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是一些配置示例：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 msgid "Restaurant:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "餐馆：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "成本：0.00（在每一笔费用上将记录服务单的费用）" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "私车旅行：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "成本：0.30（公司为每英里报销固定价格）" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "酒店：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 msgid "Others:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "其他：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "成本：0.0" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -81,6 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " "behaviour." msgstr "" +"请勿忘记针对每个费用类别设置费用税（及账户，如你使用Odoo会计）。使用*含税价格*配置税收一般是很好的做法（参见：:doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`）。这样，员工报告的费用已包含税收，这通常是期望的行为做法。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -89,10 +93,12 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " "in different units of measure (advanced)*." msgstr "" +"*销售*应用程序可为费用类型规定计量单位（单位、英里、晚，等等）。前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`并勾选*某些产品售出/购入的计量单位可能不同（高级）*。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何记录费用" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 msgid "Manually" @@ -102,41 +108,41 @@ msgstr "手工" msgid "" "As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " "from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为员工（用户访问权限为员工），你可从:menuselection:`我的费用 --> 需提交的费用`记录费用。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 msgid "" "Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " "Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " "hotel nights)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择相关产品，输入你支付的总金额（数量 = 1）或单位价格（如数量可计算，例如，酒店晚数）。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 msgid "Enter the expense date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入费用日期。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 msgid "" "Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " "the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择你自己支付账单（并希望报销）或是公司直接支付（例如，如你使用公司信用卡）。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 msgid "" "Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " "of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " "the accountant validate it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置账单参考，根据要求添加说明并从讨论串添加收据照片/扫描件。这将有助于经理和会计验证。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从邮件一键点击" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 msgid "" "Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " "snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "员工通过简单的电子邮件即可记录费用。添加收据截图并通过邮件发送，或简单转发账单即可！" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -145,17 +151,19 @@ msgid "" "@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " "emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." msgstr "" +"只需在:menuselection:`费用 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`设置邮件别名（例如，*费用*@mycompany.odoo.com）。为了安全起见，只接受经过认证的员工邮件（员工详情表中的*工作邮件*）。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 msgid "" "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " "product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " "expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果邮件主题在括号内写明产品的内部参考名称（例如，[食品]），系统自动设置费用产品。还可在邮件主题中键入费用金额，将其设置在费用中。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何向经理提交费用" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -166,22 +174,25 @@ msgid "" "created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" +"如你已准备好向经理提交费用（例如，在出差结束后或每月一次），前往菜单:menuselection:`我的费用 --> " +"需提交的费用`。从列表视图中选择所有费用并点击:menuselection:`操作 --> " +"向经理提交`。保存新创建的费用报告（即费用组），并等待经理审批。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 msgid "" "You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " "on the form view of an expense." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可在费用表单视图中通过*向经理提交*，逐一提交费用。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 msgid "" "All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " "--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需查看所有已提交的费用报告:menuselection:`费用 --> 我的费用 --> 费用报告`。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何审批费用" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -189,23 +200,25 @@ msgid "" " the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " "Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." msgstr "" +"HR和团队经理从顶部菜单:menuselection:`审批 --> " +"待审批的费用报告`即可查看所有费用报告概览。这类用户必须至少拥有*费用*应用程序的*管理人员*访问权限。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 msgid "" "They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " "providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用集成沟通工具，他们可以审核费用报告，批准或拒绝，并提供反馈。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 msgid "" "As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " "members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " "employees." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为团队经理，你可轻松查找团队成员的费用报告。你必须在这些员工的详情单中被设置为经理。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在会计中过账费用 " #: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -215,6 +228,8 @@ msgid "" " post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" +"在经理批准费用报告后，会计部门前往:menuselection:`费用 --> 会计 --> " +"需过账的费用报告`并检查会计、产品和税收。他们可点击*日记账过账*，把相关的日记账分录到你的帐簿上。要进行此项操作，用户必须拥有以下访问权限：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" @@ -232,10 +247,11 @@ msgid "" " the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " "is using Odoo." msgstr "" +"如要进行费用过账，必须为员工设置*家庭地址*。如在过账时收到相关的阻止消息，点击员工，进入*个人信息*选项卡并在地址簿中选择/创建员工的联系人。如对方使用Odoo，则已自动创建联系人。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何为员工报销" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -243,28 +259,29 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " "record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." msgstr "" +"你可前往:menuselection:`费用 --> 会计 --> 需支付的费用报告`，查看所有费用报告。如要记录付款或用支票支付，点击*登记付款*。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看如何在Odoo中轻松管理付款流程：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何向客户重新开具费用发票" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 msgid "" "If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" " customers automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你追踪到客户项目的费用，您可以自动对客户进行收费。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 msgid "Setup" @@ -272,68 +289,68 @@ msgstr "设置" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在费用设置中启用**客户开单**。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 msgid "" "Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " "your Expense types:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入产品配置菜单并对所有费用类型设置开单方法：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 msgid "" "Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已订购数量：根据已订购数量开具费用账单" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 msgid "" "Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " "quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已交付数量：根据已交付数量开具费用账单" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按成本：按实际成本开具费用账单。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 msgid "" "At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " "order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按销售价格：按销售订单上设定的固定售价开具费用账单。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 msgid "Create an order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建订单" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 msgid "" "As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " "to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " "added automatically once posted by the accountant." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为销售人员，针对向客户交付的服务创建并确认销售订单。如你在订单中未添加任何费用，在会计过账后将自动添加。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将费用关联到销售订单。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "费用提交、验证和过账" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 msgid "" "As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" " approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" " are already able to set one when submitting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为经理，确保在审批费用报告的每一个支出项目上都设置了分析帐户。如果缺少，单击行添加。员工在提交时也可以设置。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为会计，登录日记账分录。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票费用" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -341,7 +358,9 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " "in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." msgstr "" +"现在，你可以为订单开具发票。前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 开具发票 --> " +"销售`，即可开具发票。费用已自动添加到订单行。这类项目用蓝色显示（即开具账单）。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "（即开具发票）。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index ba3a8d542..8dd136c3d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Felix Yuen , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Felix Yuen , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,45 +28,47 @@ msgstr "现场服务" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "服务台" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从服务台工单计划现场干预" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" " interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " "field services tasks from tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现场服务与服务台应用程序基础，使你的服务台团队可直接管理干预请求。你可从工单计划现场服务任务，加快工作流程。" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 msgid "Enable the feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用本功能" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " "Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" +"前往:menuselection:`服务台 --> 配置 --> 服务台团队 --> 编辑`并启用:menuselection:`现场干预 --> " +"保存`。" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 msgid "" "Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " "Intervention* from tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，如果服务台团队有需要，他们可选择从工单*计划干预*。" #: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "向客户开具时间和材料发票" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -73,55 +76,55 @@ msgid "" "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " "complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will " "be charged for the exact right hours and material used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "追踪某项任务花费的具体时间，让客户现场签署工时单报告。在工作完成后立即向客户开具发票，让你和客户放心将按花费的准确时数和材料收费。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" -msgstr "" +msgstr "获取任务花费的准确时间" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 msgid "" "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " "*Resume* when you would like to continue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*开始*，启动计时器。你可随时*暂停*并根据需要*恢复*。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 msgid "" "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " "add a description." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作完成后，点击*停止*，确认花费的总时间并添加描述。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "签署并发送报告及验证库存调拨" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 msgid "" "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，填写*工时单*并点击*产品*，添加已使用的产品。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 msgid "" "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你需要对同一活动记录额外时间，点击*开始*。记录的事件将被加在已创建并签署的工时单上。然后，为增加的时间创建新发票。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 msgid "" "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*标记为完成*可关闭任务，并就干预活动开具发票。它还将验证库存调拨，保持库存更新。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 msgid "" "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*签署报告*将生成详细的工时单报告供客户签字。点击*发送报告*即可通过邮件发送。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your time and material" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据时间和材料开具发票" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -129,123 +132,125 @@ msgid "" "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." msgstr "" +"在:menuselection:`所有任务 --> " +"待开票`下，查看全部标记为已完成但未开票的任务列表。这项功能非常方便，可让会计人员轻松查看所有已完成的任务。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 msgid "" "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择所有任务并前往:menuselection:`操作 --> 创建发票`即可对所有任务开票。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" #: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "跟踪库存情况" #: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现场服务与库存应用程序集成，可跟踪使用的材料并自动更新库存情况。" #: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 msgid "Set up your Field Service project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置现场服务项目" #: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`现场服务 --> 配置 --> 项目`并启用*任务的产品*选项。" #: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 msgid "" "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，将干预任务使用的材料添加到工时单，在任务*标记为已完成*后，库存调拨自动验证，库存评估自动更新。" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理员工的日程和休假" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " "employees schedules and interventions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与*休假*应用程序集成可快速查看员工可用性。它将避免员工日程和干预任务之间的冲突和错误。" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "轻松查看员工休假情况" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 msgid "" "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" " in your Gantt view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无需进行任何配置。在*休假*应用程序中验证员工时间后，你的甘特视图中的这些天数将变灰。" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 msgid "" "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." -msgstr "" +msgstr "它还将适应员工的工作日历。例如：如员工是兼职（周一至周三）。那么除了周末，周四和周五也将变灰。" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "轻松管理员工日程" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 msgid "" "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " "existing one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从甘特视图中（在*按用户、项目或工时单计划*），单击加号图标，添加新任务，或点击放大镜计划现有任务。" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 msgid "Unassigned tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "未分配任务" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你需要计划干预任务，但不知道谁能承担该任务，你可以让它处于未分配状态。它仍将显示在甘特视图中。只需拖放负责人员，即可向他分配任务。" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 msgid "" "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " "dynamic database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按团队或按工作现场创建项目，拥有更准确、更具动态性的数据库。" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 msgid "Planning an Itinerary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计划行程" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 msgid "" "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " "activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " "the workload more efficient." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据活动的时间顺序和最佳路线显示行程，使员工的生活更容易，工作量更有效率。" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中直接显示行程" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*地图视图*中进入*设置*并点击*获取令牌*。" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -255,57 +260,59 @@ msgid "" "the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public " "token*." msgstr "" +"点击:menuselection:`开始免费映射 --> 填写用户名、邮件和密码字段 --> 同意服务条款和隐私政策 --> " +"开始`。你将被重定向到你的账户。向下滚动页面并找到*访问令牌*。复制*默认公共令牌*。" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "返回Odoo，将它粘贴到:menuselection:`令牌 --> 保存`。" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " "route." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你的地图将根据排定的时间和最佳路线显示行程。" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 msgid "" "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " "without a Mapbox account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是一项可选功能，因为即使没有Mapbox账户你也仍然能够访问地图视图。" #: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从任务创建报价" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 msgid "" "Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " "service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " "easy for employees." -msgstr "" +msgstr "允许从任务创建报价可带来更高效的服务，因为它留出了预防行动的空间，让员工工作流程更顺畅。" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，前往:menuselection:`现场服务 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用选项*额外报价*。" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 msgid "" "Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " "Quotations*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 项目`并启用*额外报价*。" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你现在可直接从任务创建*新报价*。" #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从销售订单创建现场干预" #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -313,7 +320,7 @@ msgid "" " seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " "receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " "price to be approved before the work even starts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "让销售团队打开现场干预任务可为客户创建无缝体验。这让客户在工作开始之前，先收到根据需要使用的材料和服务费提出的报价。" #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -323,26 +330,29 @@ msgid "" "Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" " --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." msgstr "" +"前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 产品 --> 创建`或编辑已有干预任务。选择:menuselection:`一般信息 --> " +"产品类型：服务`；:menuselection:`销售 --> 服务开单政策：任务工时单 --> 服务跟踪：在现有项目中创建任务 --> 项目 --> " +"工时单模板 --> 保存`。" #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " "respective project you have chosen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你*确认**报价*后，将在你选择的各个项目中创建任务。" #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 msgid "" "One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" " Templates* under the same project and product, for example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最大的好处之一在于你在同一项目和产品瞎可有不同的*工时单模板*。" #: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Worksheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工时单" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自定义工时单报告" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -350,41 +360,43 @@ msgid "" " have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " "speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " "summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将客户报告即*工时单*个性化可针对不同类型的干预任务添加不同描述。它能加快员工工作流程，为客户提供任务的详细摘要，便于现场审核并签字。" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " ":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`现场服务 --> 配置`并启用:menuselection:`工时单模板 --> 保存`。" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 msgid "Designing worksheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设计工时单" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " "*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" " the *Studio* application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 工时单模板`，点击*创建*并开始*设计工时单模板*。你将被重定向到*定制*应用程序。" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 msgid "" "With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " "tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " "overview of the work done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*定制*应用程序中，拖放字段并根据你的需求创建定制报告。完成后，点击*关闭*并获取已完成工作概览。" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 msgid "" "*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " "used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " "that given template and generates a graph." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*工时单*可查看任务已使用/已完成的工时单时间。*分析*将检查该模板下的所有工时单并生成图形。" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 msgid "" "`Studio Basics `_" msgstr "" +"`定制应用程序的基础知识 `_" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index d4dd1c0a9..f9b9a0564 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ # liAnGjiA , 2019 # 凡 杨 , 2019 # John An , 2019 +# Miao Zhou , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: John An , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -35,13 +37,13 @@ msgstr "身份验证" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OAuth" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "因Azure OAuth接口实现的特殊要求，目前微软Azure OAuth身份校验与Odoo暂不兼容。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" @@ -52,6 +54,8 @@ msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "`_." msgstr "" +"连接到你的Google账号并前往`Google API Dashboard " +"`_." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -102,57 +106,57 @@ msgstr "完成后会收到两条信息（你的客户端ID和客户端密码） #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何允许用户通过LDAP账户登录" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在通用设置中安装LDAP模块" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击设置LDAP服务器中的**创建**。" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择将要使用LDAP的公司" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**服务器信息**中，输入您服务器的IP地址及其监听的端口" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你的服务器兼容，请勾选**用户TLS**。" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**登录信息**中，输入用于查询服务器的帐户ID和密码。如果留空，服务器将匿名查询。" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**过程参数**中，在LDAP命名中输入你的LDAP服务器余名（例如，``dc=example,dc=com``）。" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**LDAP筛选器**中，输入``uid=%s``" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**用户信息**中，如果你希望Odoo在第一次使用LDAP登录时创建用户配置文件，请勾选*创建用户*。" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**模板用户**中，为创建的新配置文件指定模板。如果留空，管理配置文件将用作模板。" #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" @@ -362,6 +366,7 @@ msgid "" "difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" +"Odoo可自动检测特定列是否为日期，并且它还将从一组最常用的日期格式中猜测使用的日期格式。尽管这一过程可用于很多日期格式，但某些日期格式却无法识别。月和日倒置可能引起混淆；对于“01-03-2016”这样的格式，我们很难判断哪部分代表月份，哪部分代表日。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -477,6 +482,8 @@ msgid "" "modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " "the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" +"如果你在电子表格应用程序中编辑和保存CSV文件，分隔符将应用你的计算机的区域设置。我们建议你使用OpenOffice或LibreOffice " +"Calc，因为它们允许修改全部三个选项（:menuselection:`'另存为'对话框 --> 勾选'编辑筛选器设置' --> 保存`）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -484,6 +491,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " "Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" +"微软Excel在保存时只允许修改编码（:menuselection:`'另存为'对话框 --> 点击'工具'下拉列表--> 编码选项卡`）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" @@ -498,6 +506,7 @@ msgid "" "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" +"某些字段定义了与另一个对象的关系。例如，联系人的国家是“国家”对象记录的链接。如果你想导入这样的字段，Odoo必须重新创建不同记录之间的链接。为帮助你导入这样的字段，Odoo提供了三种机制。你必须在每个要导入的字段中使用且仅使用一种机制。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -580,12 +589,16 @@ msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for categories " "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" +":download:`类别的CSV文件 " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Products " "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" +":download:`产品的CSV文件 " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" @@ -632,6 +645,8 @@ msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " "<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" +":download:`制造商、零售商的CSV文件 " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -649,12 +664,15 @@ msgid "" "``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " "quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" +"如果你先导入包含多个订单行的销售订单；你需要在CSV文件中为每个订单行保留一个特定行。第一个订单行将按相对于订单的信息在同一行导入。所有其他订单行都需要一个额外的行，它在字段中没有相对于的订单的任何信息。例如，你可以根据演示数据导入某些报价的``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV``文件。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 msgid "" ":download:`File for some Quotations " "<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" +":download:`某些报价的文件 " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -667,6 +685,8 @@ msgid "" ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" +":download:`采购订单及各自的订单行 " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -679,6 +699,8 @@ msgid "" ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" +":download:`客户及各自的联系人 " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" @@ -737,6 +759,7 @@ msgid "" "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" +"如要管理表单之间的关系，你可使用Odoo的“外部ID”工具。一条记录的“外部ID”是指这条记录在其他应用程序中的唯一标识符。“外部ID”必须在所有对象的所有记录中具备唯一性，因此在“外部ID”前面加上应用程序或表单名称是很好的习惯。（如“company_1'”或“person_1”，而不仅仅只有“1”）" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 msgid "" @@ -746,6 +769,8 @@ msgid "" " (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " "PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" +"举例来说，如果你的SQL数据库中有公司和人员两个需要导入的表单。每位人员属于一家公司，因此你必须重新创建人员与其所在公司之间的链接。（如你想测试本例，请使用:download:`PostgreSQL数据库的转储" +" <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>）" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 msgid "" @@ -755,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr "首先会导出全部公司及其\"外部 ID\"。在PSQL环境中写入 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这条SQL命令将创建以下CSV文件：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -765,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "在PSQL环境中使用以下SQL命令为个人创建CSV文档并链接 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "它将生成以下CSV文件：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 msgid "" @@ -776,6 +801,7 @@ msgid "" "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" " who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" +"从本文件可以看出，Fabien和Laurence在Bigees公司工作（company_1），Eric在Organi公司工作。人员与公司的关系通过公司的外部ID来确定。我们必须将表单名称作为“外部ID”的前缀，以免人员与公司的ID之间出现冲突（person_1和company_1在原始数据库中的ID都是1）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 msgid "" @@ -788,95 +814,95 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 msgid "Developer Mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开发人员模式" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活开发人员（调试）模式" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 msgid "" "The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." -msgstr "" +msgstr "开发人员或调试模式允许你访问额外和高级工具。" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 msgid "Through the Settings application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过设置应用程序" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 激活开发人员模式`。" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 msgid "" "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" " the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*激活开发人员模式（带资产）*由开发人员使用；*激活开发人员模式（带测试资产）*由开发人员和测试人员使用。" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 msgid "" "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " "available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦激活，*停用开发人员模式*选项就可用。" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 msgid "Through a browser extension" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过浏览器扩展" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 msgid "" "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " "Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " "toolbar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往Web浏览器的设置和扩展，并搜索*Odoo Debug*。 一旦安装了扩展，将在工具栏上显示一个新图标。" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 msgid "" "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " "the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" " a single click." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于*Odoo Debug*扩展，单击可启用模式的正常版本，而双击将启用资产。若要停用，请单击。" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 msgid "Through the URL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过URL" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在URL中，在*web*后添加``?debug=1``或``?debug=true``。" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "开发人员：键入``?debug=assets``并激活带资产的模式。" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 msgid "Locate the mode tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "找到模式工具" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 msgid "" "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " "button, located on the header of your pages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "开发人员模式工具可从位于页面标题的*打开开发人员工具*按钮访问。" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用程序内购买" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关于应用程序内购买(IAP)服务的一般指南" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用程序内购买(IAP)提供了通过Odoo获得额外服务的通路。例如，它可以让我直接从数据库发短信或邮寄发票。" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "购买信用" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -884,16 +910,18 @@ msgid "" "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" +"每项IAP服务都需要预付费信用，并有自己的定价。如需查询我的当前余额或为我的账户重置，前往:menuselection:`设置 --> Odoo IAP" +" --> 查看我的服务`。" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果我使用Odoo Online (SAAS)并有企业版，我可以获得免费信用，用于测试IAP功能。" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IAP账户" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -903,10 +931,13 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" +"使用IAP服务的信用存储在IAP账户内，每项服务和数据库都有特定的IAP账户。默认情况下，所有公司都有IAP账户，但也可限制为特定公司。激活:doc:`开发人员模式" +" <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`，然后前往:menuselection:`技术设置 --> " +"IAP账户`。" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IAP门户" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -915,10 +946,11 @@ msgid "" "there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" +"IAP门户是重组我的IAP服务的平台。访问路径为:menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> Odoo IAP --> 查看我的服务`。" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在信用降低后收到通知" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -929,32 +961,35 @@ msgid "" "every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " "by email!" msgstr "" +"如要在需要充值时收到通知，通过:menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> Odoo IAP --> " +"查看我的服务`进入我的IAP门户，展开服务并标记接收阈值警告选项。然后，我将填写信用的最低金额和电子邮件地址。现在，一旦信用达到规定限值，系统会自动向我发送电子邮件提醒！" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可用的IAP服务" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据数据库的托管类型，可以提供不同的服务：" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" +"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*：只能使用Odoo提供的IAP服务（即短信、Snailmail、Reveal和合作伙伴自动填充功能）；" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Odoo.sh和Odoo企业版（本地部署）*：可同时使用Odoo和第三方应用程序提供的服务。" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "提供我自己的服务" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -964,6 +999,8 @@ msgid "" "find more information at: `In-App Purchase " "`_" msgstr "" +"我非常欢迎通过Odoo应用程序提供我自己的IAP服务！这是通过持续服务，而不是单一初次购买获得经常性收入的机会。请在此了解更多信息：`应用程序内购买 " +"`_" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" @@ -1012,6 +1049,7 @@ msgid "" "Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " "information." msgstr "" +"请记住，每个额外用户将增加你的订阅费。有关更多信息，请参阅我们的`定价页面 `_。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1115,7 +1153,7 @@ msgstr "Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何生成Unsplash访问密钥" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -1123,14 +1161,16 @@ msgid "" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" " Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" +"**作为SaaS用户**，你可以直接使用Unsplash。你无需按照本指南来设置Unsplash信息，因为你将以透明的方式使用我们自己的Odoo " +"Unsplash密钥。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为**非Saas**用户生成Unsplash访问密钥" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在`Unsplash.com `_上创建用户。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -1138,10 +1178,11 @@ msgid "" "`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" +"前往你的`应用程序仪表板 `_ 并点击**新应用程序**。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "接受条件并点击**接受条款**。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1150,33 +1191,35 @@ msgid "" "that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " "**Create application**." msgstr "" +"你将被提示插入**应用程序名称**和**描述**。请将\"**Odoo:** " +"\"作为你的应用程序名称前缀，以便Unsplash将它识别为Odoo实例。完成后，点击**创建应用程序**。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你将被重定向到你的应用程序详细信息页面。向下滚动并找到你的**访问密钥**。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " "50 Unsplash requests per hour." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**作为非SaaS用户**，你将无法注册生产Unsplash密钥，仅限于使用测试密钥，它每小时只能发送50个Unsplash请求。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何生成Unsplash应用程序ID" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你应该首先使用本教程创建并设置你的Unsplash应用程序：:doc:`unsplash_access_key`。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1184,6 +1227,8 @@ msgid "" "`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" +"前往你的`应用程序仪表板 `_ " +"并在**你的应用程序**下点击新创建的Unsplash应用程序。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -1191,10 +1236,11 @@ msgid "" "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" msgstr "" +"你将被重定向到你的应用程序详情页面。在你的浏览器URL中可以看到**应用程序ID**。URL类似于``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " "requests per hour restriction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**作为非SaaS用户**，你将无法注册生产Unsplash密钥，仅限于使用测试密钥，它每小时只能发送50个Unsplash请求。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index ed382e15c..e45c6dc57 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -5,15 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # 演奏王 , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 演奏王 , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,8 +35,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "本文档总结了 Odoo Online 的服务、我们的成功包实施方法以及开始使用我们产品的最佳做法。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "1. SPoC（[单一联络点]）和顾问" +msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgstr "SPoC（*单一联络点*）和顾问" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -79,28 +81,24 @@ msgid "" "training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " "collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " "that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"`__, `The elearning " -"platform `__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." +"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " +"platform `_ and the testing of functionalities." msgstr "" -"[培训培训师方法]：Odoo 顾问向 SPoC 提供职能培训，以便他可以将这些知识传授给他的协作者。为了使这种方法取得成功，SPoC " -"还必须通过\"Odoo 文档 " -"`__、\"电子学习平台 \" " -"参与自身技能提升。`和功能测试。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "2. 项目范围" +"**培训培训师的方式**：Odoo顾问为单一联络点提供职能培训，以便他将相关知识继续传递给协作者。为确保这种方式的成功，单一联络点必须通过自学:doc:`Odoo文档" +" <../index>`、`电子学习平台 `_和功能测试促进自身技能提升。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "Project Scope" +msgstr "项目范围" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" "To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " "necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " "project implementation is pursuing." msgstr "为了确保所有相关利益干系人始终保持一致，只要项目实施进行，就有必要定义并使项目范围不断发展。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 msgid "" "**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " "the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " @@ -110,7 +108,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "[对初始项目范围的明确定义]：对初始需求的明确定义对于确保项目顺利运行至关重要。事实上，当所有利益攸关方都有着相同的愿景时，需求的演变和由此产生的决策过程就更加简单和明确。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 msgid "" "**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " "phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" @@ -120,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "[逐步实施项目]：赞成在几个连贯的阶段实施，允许定期生产发布，最终用户不断接管Odoo，这证明了其随着时间的推移的有效性。这种方法还有助于识别差距，并在实施初期采取纠正措施。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 msgid "" "**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " "environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " @@ -134,18 +132,18 @@ msgstr "" "[优先采用标准功能]：Odoo " "提供了一个实施轻微改进（定制）或更重要的改进（开发）的绝佳环境。不过，为了优化项目交付时间，为用户提供其新工具的长期稳定性和可伸缩性，将尽可能频繁地采用标准解决方案。理想情况下，如果软件的改进仍然应该实现，其实现将在生产标准试验后进行。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "3. 管理期望" - #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "Managing expectations" +msgstr "管理期望" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 msgid "" "The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " "future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" " account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "实施的现实与未来用户的期望之间的差距是一个关键因素。从项目开始，就必须考虑到三个重要方面：" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 msgid "" "**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " "responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," @@ -157,7 +155,7 @@ msgstr "" "[与项目方法保持一致]：明确划分角色和责任，明确描述操作模式（验证、解决问题等）对于 Odoo " "实施的成功至关重要。因此，强烈建议在项目开始时花一些时间与这些主题保持一致，并定期检查情况是否仍然如此。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 msgid "" "**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " "of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" @@ -175,7 +173,7 @@ msgstr "" " 和顾问将适用 80-20 规则：关注 80% 的表达需求，并找出成本/收益比率方面最不利目标的其余 " "20%（这些比例当然会随时间而变化）。因此，如果注意到全球救济，将更耗时的操纵纳入一个比较耗时的操纵将被认为是可以接受的。为了追求同样的目标，也可以提议改变业务流程。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 msgid "" "**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " "what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " @@ -184,21 +182,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "[规范总是 EXPLICIT]：预期内容与交付内容之间的差距通常是项目中冲突的根源。为了避免出现这种微妙情况，我们建议使用几种类型的工具* ：" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 msgid "" "**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " "features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " "filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "[GAP 分析]：将请求与 Odoo 提出的标准功能进行比较，将有可能确定由开发/定制或业务流程变化填补的空白。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" "**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " "between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " "and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**用户故事**：这项技术清晰分割了单一联络点之间的责任，主要说明内容、原因和人员，以及回复处理方式问题的顾问。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 msgid "" "`The Proof of Concept `__ A " "simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " @@ -207,13 +205,13 @@ msgstr "" "概念证明简化版本，`__ " "是预期对预期变化的主要行达成一致的内容的原型。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 msgid "" "**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" " the changes related to the interface." msgstr "[模型]：在与概念证明相同的理念中，它将与与界面相关的更改保持一致。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 msgid "" "To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " "limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " @@ -223,17 +221,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在这些工具中，将完全透明地了解软件和/或其环境的可能性和局限性，以便所有项目利益相关者清楚地了解项目中可以预期/实现的内容。因此，我们将避免在事先核实其真实性的情况下，以假设为基础开展工作。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 msgid "" "*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " "adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "[当然，这个列表可以由其他工具完成，这些工具可以更充分地满足项目的现实和需求]" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "4. 传播战略" - #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +msgid "Communication Strategy" +msgstr "传播策略" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 msgid "" "The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " "the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " @@ -241,7 +239,7 @@ msgid "" "follow those principles:" msgstr "快速入门方法的目的是确保最终用户快速拥有该工具。因此，有效的沟通对于这种方法的成功至关重要。因此，它的优化将引导我们遵循以下原则：" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 msgid "" "**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " "that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " @@ -252,45 +250,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "[共享项目管理文档]：确保项目中的所有利益相关者都具有相同的知识水平的最佳方法是提供对项目跟踪文档的直接访问（项目管理器）。本文档将至少包含一个任务列表，作为明确定义优先级和管理器的实现的一部分。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 msgid "" "The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " "detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "项目管理器是一个共享的项目跟踪工具，允许详细跟踪正在进行的任务和项目的总体进度。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 msgid "" "**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " "time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" msgstr "[报告基本信息]：为了将文档时间缩短到要点，我们将遵循以下良好做法：" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" msgstr "会议记录将限于决策和验证;" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 msgid "" "Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " "reached;" msgstr "只有在达到重要流程时，才会建立项目状态;" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 msgid "" "Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "将组织关于标准或定制解决方案的培训课程。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "5. 定制和开发" - #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "Customizations and Development" +msgstr "定制和开发" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 msgid "" "Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " "capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " "and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" msgstr "Odoo 是一种以灵活性和重要进化能力而闻名的软件。然而，大量的发展与快速和可持续的实施相矛盾。因此，建议：" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 msgid "" "**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " "taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," @@ -306,7 +304,7 @@ msgstr "" "[开发只有一个很好的理由]：在成本效益比为正时（每天节省时间等），必须始终做出开发决策。例如，最好实现重大开发，以减少日常操作的时间，而不是每季度只执行一次操作。人们普遍认为，解决方案越接近标准，迁移过程越轻越流畅，双方的维护成本就越低。此外，经验告诉我们，在使用标准" " Odoo 数周后，60% 的初始开发请求被丢弃（请参阅\"将标准作为优先级采用\"）。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 msgid "" "**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " "change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" @@ -315,18 +313,18 @@ msgid "" "business processes of the company." msgstr "[替换，无需复制]：有一个很好的理由决定更改管理软件已经作出。在此背景下，实施时机是接受甚至改变软件使用方式和公司业务流程层面的变革时机。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "6. 测试和验证原则" - #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "测试和验证原则" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 msgid "" "Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" " test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " "needs of the company." msgstr "无论在实施中是否取得了发展，测试和验证解决方案与公司运营需求的对应关系都至关重要。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" "**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " "for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " @@ -334,33 +332,33 @@ msgid "" "requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "[角色分配]：在这种情况下，顾问将负责提供与规定规格相符的解决方案;SPoC 必须测试和验证交付的解决方案是否符合操作现实的要求。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 msgid "" "**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " "noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "[变更管理]：当需要对解决方案进行更改时，注意到的差距是由以下原因造成的：" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " "a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "规范与交付解决方案之间的区别 - 这是顾问负责的更正" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 msgid "**or**" msgstr "[或]" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " "reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." msgstr "规范与操作现实的必要性之间的区别 - 这是 SPoC 的责任。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "7. 数据导入" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 +msgid "Data Imports" +msgstr "数据导入" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 msgid "" "Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " "be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " @@ -370,14 +368,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "导入事务数据历史记录是一个重要问题，必须适当地回答，以使项目顺利运行。事实上，这项任务可能非常耗时，如果其优先级没有很好地定义，则防止生产及时发生。为此尽快完成，将视其为：" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 msgid "" "**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " "importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " "moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." msgstr "[不导入任何内容]：通常情况下，在反射后，导入数据历史记录被认为没有必要，这些数据被保存在 Odoo 之外并合并，以便以后报告。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 msgid "" "**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " "the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " @@ -387,7 +385,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "[在投入生产之前导入有限数量的数据]：当数据历史记录与正在处理的信息相关时（例如，采购订单、发票、未结项目），需要从使用的第一天起提供此信息。生产是真实的。在这种情况下，将在生产启动之前进行导入。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 msgid "" "**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " "integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " @@ -397,16 +395,16 @@ msgstr "" "[在生产启动后导入]：当数据历史记录需要与 Odoo " "集成，主要用于报告目的时，很明显，这些数据可以追溯性地集成到软件中。在这种情况下，解决方案的生产启动将先于所需的导入。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "8. 支持" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "支持" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 msgid "" "When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " "questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你的项目进入生产阶段后，我们的支持团队将受理你的疑问或技术问题。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "参见:ref:`support-expectations`。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 2d3843858..4e5ef1e70 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ # 演奏王 , 2019 # 敬雲 林 , 2020 # as co02 , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: as co02 , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "服务台" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 msgid "" "After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "售后功能：退款、优惠券、退货、维修、现场干预" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -42,21 +43,22 @@ msgid "" " app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " "repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" +"随着我的业务发展，为服务台团队提供工具，以便轻松、高效记录、跟踪和管理提出的问题至关重要。Odoo服务台应用程序可通过工单页面生成信用票据，处理退货，发放优惠券，进行维修和计划现场干预。" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置售后服务" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" " Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " "Interventions*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 服务台团队`并企业售后选项：*退款、退货、优惠券、维修和现场干预*。" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从工单生成信用票据" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -65,6 +67,7 @@ msgid "" "corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " "generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" +"我可使用信用票据为客户退款或调整应收金额。为此，我只需进入我的工单页面，点击*退款*并选择对应的*发票*。点击*逆转*，将生成信用票据，我留在*服务台*应用程序中即可*过账*。" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" @@ -74,11 +77,11 @@ msgstr "允许通过工单进行退货" msgid "" "The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " "be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如在工单页面选择*退货*选项，则将把客户退货返回仓库。" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从工单发放优惠券" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -86,38 +89,41 @@ msgid "" "Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " "*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." msgstr "" +"首先，你需在*销售或网站*应用程序中设置*优惠券计划*。在*服务台*应用程序中，打开我的工单并点击*优惠券*，选择:menuselection:`优惠券计划" +" --> 生成`。" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从工单处理维修事宜" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" "Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" " be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " "step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在我的工单页面点击*维修*选项，页面将显示新的维修订单。根据需要填写其他字段并选择下一步。" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从工单计划现场干预" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" "At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " "same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " "Intervention*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在工单页面，我可以像在*现场服务*应用程序中一样，配置现场干预任务，点击*计划干预*。" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" +"`优惠券 `_" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" #: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" @@ -128,51 +134,51 @@ msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." -msgstr "" +msgstr "允许客户关闭工单让客户有了自主性，尽可能避免对是否已解决问题的误解。让交流和行动更有效率。" #: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置功能" #: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" "To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " "Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要配置此项功能，前往:menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队 --> 编辑`并启用*工单关闭*。" #: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" "In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " "closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要指定工单关闭之后将迁移至哪个阶段，前往:menuselection:`概览 --> 工单`。" #: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" "You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " "both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " "*Closing Stage*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可创建新的看板视图或使用现有视图。两种方式均可前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 编辑阶段`并启用*关闭阶段*。" #: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" "If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " "transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " "set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如未指定关闭阶段，默认情况下，工单将被转至最后阶段；或者，如你将多个阶段设置为关闭，工单将被放入第一个阶段。" #: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 msgid "The Costumer Portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户门户" #: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 msgid "" "Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，当用户登录门户后，*关闭工单*选项可用。" #: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "获取关于客户所关闭工单的报告" #: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -180,6 +186,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " "Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" +"如要对客户关闭的工单进行分析，前往:menuselection:`报告 --> 工单 --> 筛选 --> 添加自定义筛选 --> 由合作伙伴关闭 " +"--> 应用`。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" @@ -233,7 +241,7 @@ msgstr "‎如何为每个团队设置不同的阶段‎" msgid "" "First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，你需要启用:doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -288,6 +296,8 @@ msgid "" "documentation `here " "`_." msgstr "" +"提交工单的最后一个选项是通过API连接。`在此 " +"`_查看文档。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" @@ -313,146 +323,146 @@ msgstr "‎如果您选择了 \"随机\" 或 \"平衡\" 分配方法, 您的票 msgid "" "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "他们将在此开始处理并解决工单！完成后，他们将工单移至已解决阶段。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我如何将工单标记为加急？" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 msgid "" "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " "Kanban view or on the ticket form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工单上可以看到星标。你可在工单上选择一个或多个星标，表明工单紧急程度。你可在看板视图或工单表单中进行此操作。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 msgid "" "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " "activate the setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要为员工设置服务级协议政策，首先在*设置*下启用设置。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在此选择“配置SLA政策”并点击“创建”。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 msgid "" "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要填写服务台团队、工单最低优先层级（星标）和工单目标等信息。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工单被阻止或已准备好进行处理怎么办？" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 msgid "" "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如工单无法解决或已被阻止，你可调整工单的“看板状态”。你有3种选择：" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" +msgstr "灰色 - 正常状态" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" +msgstr "红色 - 已阻止" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "绿色 - 准备好进入下一阶段" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "" "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " "Ticket form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "和代表紧急程度的星标类似，你可在看板视图或工单表单中调整其状态。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我的员工如何凭工单记录时间？" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 msgid "" "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " "timesheets will log against." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，进入“设置”并选择“工单工时卡”选项。你可在显示的字段中选择记录项目的工时卡。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 msgid "" "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在你已选择一个项目，你可以保存。如你范湖工单，你将看到名为“工时卡”的新选项卡。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 msgid "" "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " "ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的员工可在此添加行，以便添加对此工单所做的工作。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何让客户评价他们获得的服务" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，你必须在“设置”下启动评分设置" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 msgid "" "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " "an email to the customer asking how their service went." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，当工单被移动到已解决或已完成阶段时，它会向客户发送邮件，要求其评价获得的服务。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "记录工单时间并开具发票" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 msgid "" "You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " "in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " "spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以与客户签订服务合同，以便在出现问题时为他们提供帮助。为此，Odoo将帮助你记录解决问题所花的时间，以及向客户开具发票。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "所需的模块" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " "needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " "them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要记录工单时间并开具发票，需要以下模块：服务台、项目、工时卡、销售。如果你还没有其中某些模块，前往应用程序模块，搜索并点击*安装*。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始提供“服务台”服务" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第1步：开启一个服务台项目" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 msgid "" "To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " ":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " "the *Timesheets* feature is activated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要为“服务台”服务开启专门项目，首先前往:menuselection:`项目 --> 配置 -->设置`并确保启用*工时卡*功能。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 msgid "" "Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " "it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，进入仪表板，创建新项目并允许它使用工时卡。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第2步：召集服务台团队" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -462,48 +472,50 @@ msgid "" " activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " "previously created as well." msgstr "" +"如要建立一个负责服务台的团队，前往:menuselection:`服务台 --> 配置 --> " +"服务台团队`并创建一个新团队或选择现有团队。在表单中，勾选*工单工时卡*，启用该功能。注意还需选择你之前已经创建的服务台项目。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第3步：启动服务台服务" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 msgid "" "Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" " *Units of Measure* feature is activated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，如要启动新的服务台服务，首先前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并确保启用*计量单位*功能。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " "Make sure that the product is set as a service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，前往:menuselection:`产品 --> 产品`并创建新产品。确保将该产品设置为服务。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 msgid "" "Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " "unit will do." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们建议你在这里将*计量单位*设置为*小时*，但你也可设置任意单位。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 msgid "" "Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " "*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " "configuration :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "之后，在产品表单*销售*选项卡下面选择你的发票管理。在这里，我们建议以下配置：" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你已准备好开始接受工单！" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "解决问题并记录花费的时间" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第1步：下单" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -513,10 +525,12 @@ msgid "" " recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " "the sale." msgstr "" +"现在，你在服务台模块，刚收到客户提交的工单。如要下新订单，前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> " +"订单`并为你之前记录的服务台服务产品创建订单。设置协助客户所需的小时数并确认销售。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第2步：将任务关联到工单" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -524,35 +538,35 @@ msgid "" "task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" " the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" " and select the task on its form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你访问专门的服务台项目，会注意到已自动创建订单的新任务。如要将该任务与客户工单关联，前往服务台模块，访问该工单并在其表单上选择任务。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第3步：记录帮助客户所用的时间" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 msgid "" "The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " "performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " "*Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作完成，客户问题已解决。如要记录执行此任务所用的小时数，返回工单表单并添加到*工时卡*选项卡之下。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 msgid "" "The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " "Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工单上记录的小时数也会自动出现在工时卡模块和对应的任务上。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第4步：向客户开具发票" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 msgid "" "To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" " had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " "appear as the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要向客户开具发票，返回销售模块并选择相应订单。注意工单表单上记录的小时数现在显示为已交付数量。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -562,14 +576,14 @@ msgstr "‎剩下要做的就是从订单中创建发票, 然后对其进行验 #: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从项目任务中直接将服务台小时数转为发票" #: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." -msgstr "" +msgstr "直接将服务台工单记录的应计费时间拉入销售订单，并通过项目任务开具发票。它有助于控制向客户收取的费用并提高效率。" #: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" @@ -583,17 +597,19 @@ msgid "" "timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " "the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" +"前往:menuselection:`服务台 --> 配置 --> 服务台团队 --> " +"编辑`并启用*工单工时卡*和*时间重开发票*选项。在*工单工时卡*下，选择工单（和工时卡）默认关联的*项目*。打开*外部链接*启用*从任务开单*功能。" #: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建销售订单和发票" #: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " "*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你在*工时卡*选项卡下面添加服务台工单花费的时间之后，即可点击其名称访问任务。" #: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*创建销售订单*并继续创建发票。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 706ef1da1..054a3d036 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ # liAnGjiA , 2020 # Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 # Gary Wei , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -25,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gary Wei , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -47,52 +48,52 @@ msgstr "日常作业" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用条码来做库存调整" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用条形码来做库存调整，你首先需要打开*条形码*应用程序。然后，在应用程序中，点击*库存调整*。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要全面使用条形码功能，你可下载*库存命令*表。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*库存调整*后，Odoo将自动创建。注意，如有多个地点，你需首先指定进行库存调整的地点。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如没有多个地点，你可开始扫描库存调整中包含的不同产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如有5件相同物品，可将它扫描5次或用键盘设置数量。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "除了使用条形码扫描仪，如有必要，你还可手动添加产品。为此，点击*添加产品*并手动填写信息。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描后，手工确认库存或者通过扫描**确认**条码进行确认。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 @@ -121,10 +122,11 @@ msgid "" "the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" +"条形码可用于各种不同情况。最为大家熟知的用例是在销售点批量销售产品时，顾客可自行称重，获取打印的条形码并贴在产品上。这个条形码包括产品重量，可用于计算价格。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建条形码命名规则" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -134,19 +136,22 @@ msgid "" "<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" +"Odoo支持条形码命名规则，它决定了已编码信息的映射和解读方式。你可在:doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`配置你的条形码命名规则。为此，前往:menuselection:`库存" +" --> 配置 --> 条形码命名规则`。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在此创建条形码命名规则，然后添加一行创建你的首个规则。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "第一步是指定**规则名称**，例如，带3位小数的重量条形码。然后，你需指定条形码命名规则的类型，在本例中是已称重产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -157,44 +162,45 @@ msgid "" " simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" +"条形码模式是定义条形码结构的正则表达式。在本例中，21定义了将应用规则的产品，也是产品条形码开头的数字。这5个“点”代表产品条形码的后几位数字，用于识别有关产品。“N”代表整数部分，“D”代表小数部分。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该编码用于指定应用规则得出的条形码编码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可定义不同规则并按顺序排定优先等级。系统将应用与扫描条形码匹配的第一条规则。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置产品" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品条形码应以“21”开头。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这5个“点”是产品条形码的其他数字，用于识别产品；" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如定义了D或N，条形码中应包含0。在本例中，我们配置的是“21.....{NNDDD}”，因此需要5个零。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在EAN-13中，最后一个数字是校验数，使用EAN13生成器可确定你的情况应是哪个数字。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -204,16 +210,17 @@ msgid "" "create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" +"如果你称了1.5千克的意大利面，你将打印出以下条形码2112345015002。如在POS中扫描此条形码，或在条形码应用程序中接收产品时，Odoo将自动为该意大利面产品创建新的一行，数量为1.5千克。POS则将根据该数量计算价格。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "规则类型" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**定价产品**：POS用于识别产品并指定价格。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -221,80 +228,80 @@ msgid "" "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " "discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**打折产品**：可根据适用的折扣创建一个条形码。然后，在POS中扫描产品，再扫描折扣条形码，将基于产品的正常价格计算折扣。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**称重产品**：POS（根据重量计算价格）和库存中用于识别产品及指定其重量。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**客户**：用于识别客户，例如在忠诚度计划中使用。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**收银员**：用于在进入POS时识别收银员。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**地点**：在启用多个位置的情况下，用于识别调拨的地点。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**包裹**：在启用包裹功能的情况下，用于识别调拨的包裹。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**批次**：用于识别调拨的产品批号。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**信用卡**：不需要手动修改，使用Mercury模型现有的数据。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**单位产品**：用于在POS和调拨过程中识别产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如条形码样式包含.*，表明它可包含任意数量的数字字符。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调拨过程" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "简单调拨" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从*条形码*应用程序中处理调拨，第一步是进入*操作*页面。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可前往对应的操作类型并手动选择想要输入的调拨产品，或扫描调拨产品的条形码，进入现有的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -302,13 +309,13 @@ msgid "" "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " "products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " "the stock moves." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在此，你可扫描现有调拨中包含的产品和/或向其添加新产品。在扫描完毕所有产品后，你可确认调拨，进入库存移动环节。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如仓库中有多个不同存储地点，你可为不同的操作类型添加额外步骤。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 @@ -323,12 +330,14 @@ msgid "" "location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" +"当收到库存产品时，你需要扫描其条形码，以便在系统中识别它。完成后，你可以让它进入调拨的主库位，例如WH/Stock， " +"或者扫描库位条形码，使其进入主库位下的子库位。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在本例中，如果你让产品进入WH/Stock，只需扫描下一件产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 @@ -340,7 +349,7 @@ msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在交付产品时，如果源库位与调拨最初设置的拨通，则需扫描源库位。然后，你可开始扫描从这个特定库位交付的产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -348,13 +357,13 @@ msgid "" "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " "your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在扫描完毕不同产品后，你可扫描其他库位，如WH/Stock，交货单上将添加另一页。通过*前一项*和*下一项*按钮，你可在不同页面之间切换。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可确认调拨操作了。为此，点击*下一步*，然后进入调拨操作的最后页面。你可在此确认所有操作。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 msgid "Internal Transfers" @@ -365,55 +374,55 @@ msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在多个库位之间进行内部调拨时，你首先需要扫描产品的源库位。然后，你应扫描产品本身，再扫描目标库位的条形码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如内部调拨的源库位和目标库位已正确无误，则无需扫描。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已追踪产品的调拨" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你按批号/序列号处理产品，你有两种操作方法：" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你处理包含所有产品的序列号/批号，你应扫描该批号/序列号的条形码，Odoo将增加产品数量，设置其批号/序列号。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如不同产品的批号/序列号相同，你可首先扫描产品条形码，然后扫描批号/序列号条形码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从头开始创建调拨" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要从*条形码*应用程序创建调拨，你首先需要打印操作类型条形码。为此，你可从应用程序的主页下载*库存条形码表*。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，你可扫描需要创建新文档的库存。然后，系统将创建空白文档，你可扫描产品并填充该文档。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" @@ -461,6 +470,8 @@ msgid "" "with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" +" " +"**蓝牙扫描器**能与智能手机或者平板电脑进行配对，如果你想要移动设备但又不想投入太多，使用蓝牙扫描器就是不错的选择。你可使用智能手机登陆Odoo，并把智能手机和蓝牙扫描器配对，即可在仓库中扫描作业，你可不时查看智能手机并“手动”使用软件。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -472,6 +483,10 @@ msgid "" "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" +"在繁忙的业务中，**移动电脑扫描器** " +"是最简便的解决方法。它由一个小型电脑和一个内置条码扫描器构成。这是一种非常高效的的解决方案，但你需要确保该设备能流畅运行Odoo。最近使用Android" +" + Google Chrome浏览器或者Windows + IE " +"Mobile浏览器的模式可以实现该功能。但是，由于市面上有各种不同的型号和配置，你必须先进行测试。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" @@ -510,7 +525,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中启用条形码" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -520,6 +535,7 @@ msgid "" "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" +"条形码扫描功能可节省在键盘、鼠标和扫描器之间切换所花费的时间。为产品、分拣地点等指定适当的条形码，让你能几乎完全只用条码扫描器控制软件，提高工作效率。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 @@ -561,33 +577,34 @@ msgid "" "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" +"如要使用本功能，你应首先通过:menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 条码扫描器`启用*条形码*功能。勾选此功能后，你可点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置产品条码" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可通过*库存*应用程序，轻松地为不同产品分配条码。为此，前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 配置产品条码`。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可在产品表单中直接创建并为产品分配条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "注意，将条码直接添加到产品变体中，而不要添加到模板产品中。否则，你将无法区分它们。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置库位条码" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -596,29 +613,30 @@ msgid "" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" +"如果你管理多个库位，可为每个库位分配一个条码，并贴在库位上。你可在:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`为库位配置条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可从*打印*菜单，打印为库位分配的条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" -msgstr "" +msgstr "条码格式" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." -msgstr "" +msgstr "多数零售产品使用EAN-13条码。这种条码需要适当授权才能使用。你必须向国际物品编码协会交费后才能获得EAN代码顺序。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "但Odoo支持所有字符串的条码，所以你也可以定义内部使用的条码格式。" #: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 msgid "Warehouse Management" @@ -718,11 +736,11 @@ msgstr "该进程不在后台运行。我们假设你创建了一个销售订单 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从供应商直接向客户发送产品（直运）" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "什么是直运？" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -730,35 +748,35 @@ msgid "" "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " "system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " "stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." -msgstr "" +msgstr "直运提供可将订单商品直接从供应商发给客户。在常规发货系统中，产品从供应商发到你的仓库，然后在客户下单后从仓库发给客户。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "" "With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " "your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." " Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在直运模式中，无需保有库存。当客户在门店下单后，商品直接从供应商发给客户。因此，产品无需经过你的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "实施直运模式需要考虑的要点" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " "stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "直运仅适合你无法或不愿意保有库存的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" "One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " "drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " "space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "其中一个原因是你在直运商品上获得的利润率往往较低，因此仅适合需要占用大量库存空间的商品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "直运最适合小众产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -766,38 +784,38 @@ msgid "" " suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " "more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " "product is unique, then it makes sense!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "大需求量的产品往往由大供应商提供，价格可能比你优惠，因此使用费用更高的发货方式从经济上看不合算。但如果你的产品非常独特，情况就不同了！" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." -msgstr "" +msgstr "避免给客户带来不良体验。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "" "Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" +msgstr "事先自行测试直运公司，列出最好的公司。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "Make sure time is not against you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保时间可控。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 msgid "" "Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " "than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" " be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "直运应有合理的时间，绝对不能超出你自己处理发货事宜的时间。如能向客户提供运单号更好。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要确保在供应商那边有足够的库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" "It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " "you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " "the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" +msgstr "知晓产品在供应链上游的状况是很有用的。如果你没有这些信息，就告诉客户现在没有库存，并且这取决第三方的库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -805,16 +823,18 @@ msgid "" "blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* `__." msgstr "" +"关于直运的详情及见解，请阅读我们的博客*直运是什么以及如何使用* `__。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置直运" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，在*采购*应用程序中启用此功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -823,6 +843,8 @@ msgid "" "make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " "product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" +"然后，前往*库存*应用程序，在:menuselection:`配置 --> " +"设置`中，启用*多步骤路线功能。然后，你可在销售订单行的*路线*字段，指定通过直运发送产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -830,10 +852,11 @@ msgid "" "Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " "which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" +"现在，在*销售*应用程序中，前往:menuselection:`产品 --> 产品`。选择想要直运的产品，并通过采购选项卡添加合适供应商的价格表。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从供应商直接向客户发送产品" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -841,14 +864,14 @@ msgid "" " Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " "line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" "Shipping*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建*销售订单*并添加你刚才设置供应商的产品。通过销售订单行右侧的小工具添加*路线*字段。现在，你可将产品路线指定为*直运*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 msgid "" "Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " "for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " "can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认销售订单后，Odoo为处理直运的供应商自动生成*报价请求*。你可在*采购*应用程序中查看，销售订单为*源文档*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -857,12 +880,13 @@ msgid "" " location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " "own stock when you validate the dropship document." msgstr "" +"在确认*采购订单*后，系统将创建*收货单*并与之关联。源地点是供应商所在地，目标地点是客户所在地。然后，你在确认直运文件后，产品不会经过你的库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 msgid "" "You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " "inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可从库存仪表板上直接访问直运文件。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" @@ -1003,7 +1027,7 @@ msgstr "默认的标签类型是纸信, 如果你选了标签类型只有一半, #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一步处理收货（收货）" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 @@ -1011,7 +1035,7 @@ msgid "" "There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " "incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " "to the stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无需专门配置一步收货。进货货物默认配置为直接从供应商接收到库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 @@ -1021,12 +1045,14 @@ msgid "" "receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" +"但是，如果之前启用了高级路线，并为仓库设置了其他的进货配置，你可将其重新设为一步收货配置。为日，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> " +"仓库`并编辑对应的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" "Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将*进货货物*设为*直接接收货物（1步）*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 @@ -1039,19 +1065,19 @@ msgid "" "To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " "click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " "the *RfQ*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要创建*报价请求*，前往*采购*应用程序并点击*创建*。然后，添加需接收的一些可仓储产品，并确认*报价请求*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 msgid "" "Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " "just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，现在我们将看到与你刚才创建采购订单相关的1笔收货。如点击按钮，你可看到收货单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 msgid "Process a Receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理收货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 @@ -1059,7 +1085,7 @@ msgid "" "You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " "dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " "Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可直接从*库存*应用程序查找收货。打开仪表板，点击*收货*看板卡下的*1步处理*按钮。然后，你可看到收货情况。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 @@ -1067,7 +1093,7 @@ msgid "" "Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " "on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " "suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，输入你想要处理的拣货。你可点击*确认*，直接完成这步操作，因为供应商发货的产品总是被视为库存充足。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 @@ -1075,64 +1101,64 @@ msgid "" "Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " "to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " "place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*确认*收货后，产品离开*供应商库位*并进入你的*WH/Stock库位*。现在文档状态变为*已完成*，收货也已发生。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打包交付产品 " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " "packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，你可根据产品数量或重量，以不同打包形式交付产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，你需要前往:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*交付包裹*功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理交货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 msgid "" "Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " "have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " "move lines." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可创建交货计划及其中的一些产品。你可创建新包裹并将其分配到库存移动行。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " "order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " "the package." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可从本窗口定义包裹类型。但交货单被确认后，你可检索包裹中包含的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 msgid "" "A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " "packages which were part of the delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在交货阶段将出现一个按钮，查看交货单包括的所有包裹。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用打包按钮" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 msgid "" "Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " "will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " "*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." -msgstr "" +msgstr "另一种将产品打包的方法是使用*打包*按钮。它自动将设为*已完成*的产品分配到一个包裹，并在必要时复制库存移动。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 msgid "" "Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " "directly via the *Packages* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可直接通过*包裹*按钮，更新用这种方式创建的不同包裹。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" @@ -1266,7 +1292,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " "settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要设置安全日期，前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 一般设置`并点击**配置你的公司数据**。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -1374,7 +1400,7 @@ msgstr "1月8 :触发一个给到采购团队的一个采购需求, 因为采购 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "三步处理收货（收货+质检+入库）" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 @@ -1383,7 +1409,7 @@ msgid "" "to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " "with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " "receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "" +msgstr "很多公司都需要对接收的货物进行检查，以便确认接收的货物和与供应商达成的质量要求一致。因此，在收货的过程中添加一个*质控步骤*非常必要。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 @@ -1392,7 +1418,7 @@ msgid "" " steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," " the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " "allow having 3 steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo使用路线精确定义如何处理不同的收货步骤。该配置可以在仓库层面完成。默认的情况下，收货是一步完成，通过变更配置可允许3步收货。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 @@ -1403,6 +1429,7 @@ msgid "" "course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " "that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." msgstr "" +"3步流程如下：在收货区域接收货物，然后将它们转移到*质控*区域。当质检过程完成后，就可以把货物从质控区域转移到库存。当然，你可以更改数量并且只转移符合质量要求的产品到库存，然后把质量不好的产品退回。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 @@ -1415,7 +1442,7 @@ msgid "" "First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " "routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " "will chain the picking to the shipping." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，你应启用*多步路线*选项。实际上，路线提供了不同操作汇集成链的机制。在这里, 我们可以把拣货步骤和发货步骤链接起来。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 @@ -1425,11 +1452,13 @@ msgid "" "default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " "Locations*." msgstr "" +"如要启用*多步路线*，打开*库存应用程序*，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> " +"设置`并启用选项。默认情况下，启用*多步路线*还将启用*库存地点*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仓库配置" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 @@ -1439,13 +1468,15 @@ msgid "" "to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " "goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." msgstr "" +"现已启用*多步路线*，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> " +"仓库`并打开你将用于配置3步交货的仓库。然后，你可选择*货物打包、输出货物然后发货（3步）*作为*出货*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " "*Output* and *Packing Zone*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用本选项将创建两个地点，*输出*和*打包区*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 @@ -1453,7 +1484,7 @@ msgid "" "Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " "rename. Change its name and hit save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当然，你可根据需要将它们重命名。为此，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 地点`并选择想要重命名的地点。更改名称并点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 @@ -1466,32 +1497,32 @@ msgid "" "In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " "Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " "order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*销售*应用程序中，创建包含应交付的可存储产品的报价。然后，确认报价，三项拣货记录将被创建并关联到你的销售订单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，点击按钮。你可看到三项不同的拣货记录：" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第一个带有PICK字样，标识拣货流程；" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第二个带有PACK字样，标识打包流程；" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "第三个带有OUT字样，标识发货流程。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理拣货、打包和发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 @@ -1499,21 +1530,21 @@ msgid "" "The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," " while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " "*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "需处理的第一项操作是拣货，是*就绪*状态，而其他的是*等待另一项操作*。在拣货标记为*已完成*后，打包操作将变为*就绪*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " "inventory app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在此输入拣货操作，或从库存应用程序访问。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 msgid "" "Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " "reserved and you can validate the picking document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "注意，如果产品有库存，它将自动保留，你可确认拣货文件。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 @@ -1522,7 +1553,7 @@ msgid "" "processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " "picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " "validate it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现已确认拣货，系统已准备好处理打包单。由于文件相互关联，已分拣的产品自动保留在打包单上，你可直接确认。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 @@ -1530,12 +1561,12 @@ msgid "" "Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " "processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " "the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可确认打包操作。之后，系统将处理出货单。系统同样已经准备好，你可直接确认，以便将产品发往客户所在地。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "两步处理收货（收货+入库）" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 @@ -1544,7 +1575,7 @@ msgid "" " steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " "reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " "you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo使用路线精确定义如何处理不同的收货步骤。该配置可以在*仓库*层面完成。默认情况下，收货是一步完成，通过变更配置可允许2步收货。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 @@ -1552,12 +1583,12 @@ msgid "" "The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " "transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "2步流程如下：在收货区收货，然后再进一步从收货区转移到库存中。只要产品没有移到库存中，就不能进一步处理这些产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用多步路线" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 @@ -1566,7 +1597,7 @@ msgid "" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " "chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" " stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "第一步是允许使用*多步路线*。实际上，路线提供了不同操作汇集成链的机制。在这里，我们可以把收货区的卸货步骤与产品入库步骤链接起来。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 @@ -1575,11 +1606,12 @@ msgid "" "Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " "routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" +"如要启用*多步路线*，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用此功能。默认情况下，启用*多步路线*还将启用*库存地点*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为2步收货配置仓库设置" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 @@ -1589,6 +1621,8 @@ msgid "" "will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " "in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" +"启用*多步路线*后，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> " +"仓库`并打开你将用于配置2步交货的仓库。然后，你可选择*货物接收和入库（2步）*作为*进货货物*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 @@ -1596,12 +1630,12 @@ msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " "If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用这一选项将创建新的*收货*库位。如要重命名，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 库位 --> 选择收货`并更新其名称。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 msgid "Create a purchase order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建采购订单" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 @@ -1611,6 +1645,7 @@ msgid "" "confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " "your purchase order." msgstr "" +"在*采购*应用程序中，你可创建*报价请求*，其中包括从供应商处接收的可存储产品。在确认*报价请求*后，系统将创建收货分拣并自动与采购订单关联。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 @@ -1620,10 +1655,11 @@ msgid "" " picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " "products to *Stock*." msgstr "" +"现在，点击*1步收货*按钮，你可看到首次分拣页面，允许产品进入*收货库位*。然后，系统将再次创建分拣，即内部转运，以便将产品移动进入*库存*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理拣货和发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 @@ -1631,21 +1667,21 @@ msgid "" "The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " "the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " "marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "需处理的第一项操作是收货，是*就绪*状态，在收货标记为*已完成*后，内部转运操作将变为*就绪*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " "through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可从采购订单进入收货操作，或通过库存仪表板访问。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 msgid "" "By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " "you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，收货总是被视为准备就绪，可进行处理。然后，你可直接点击*确认*，将它标记为已完成。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 @@ -1656,6 +1692,7 @@ msgid "" "validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " "to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" +"在确认收货后，内部转运已准备就绪，可进行处理。由于文件相互关联，已接收的产品自动保留为内部转运。在确认转运后，这些产品进入库存，你可将它们用于履行客户交付要求或制造产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" @@ -1746,11 +1783,11 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow` " #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理收货和内部转运" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" @@ -1841,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`lots` " #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Manage expiration dates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理到期日" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1849,18 +1886,18 @@ msgid "" " based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " "based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " "customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "很多公司的产品都有到期日，必须基于这些日期对产品进行追踪。例如，在食品行业，根据到期日追踪库存是强制要求，以避免将过期产品出售给顾客。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" " if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo可根据到期日追踪产品，即使已经按批号或序列号追踪这些产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 @@ -1873,6 +1910,7 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" " Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" +"如要使用到期日追踪功能，打开*库存*应用程序并前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，启用*批号和序列号*及*到期日*功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 @@ -1885,44 +1923,44 @@ msgstr "产品配置" msgid "" "Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " "tab* of the product form:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可在产品表单的*库存选项卡*中定义不同的日期：" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 msgid "" "Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " "deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " "lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品使用时间：指在该天数之后商品开始变质，但尚不够成危险的天。它将按照批号/序列号计算；" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 msgid "" "Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " "dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " "number;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品保质期：指在该天数之后产品可能构成危险且不可食用。它将按照批号/序列号计算；" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " "removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品移出时间：指在该天数之后应将商品移出库存。它将按照批号/序列号计算；" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 msgid "" "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " "raised on the lot/serial number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品警报时间：指在该天数之后对批号/序列号发出警报。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "批号/序列号的到期日" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " "on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " "reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在库存中接收产品时，对应批号/序列号的日期将自动更新。此项更新基于产品的接收日期和产品表单设置的时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 msgid "Expiration Alerts" @@ -1935,10 +1973,12 @@ msgid "" "can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " "exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" +"你可从*库存*应用程序访问所有到期警报。为此，前往:menuselection:`主数据 --> " +"批号/序列号`。然后，你可使用已有的筛选条件，显示超过其警报日期的所有批号/序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "Manage lots of identical products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理大批相同的产品" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1947,12 +1987,13 @@ msgid "" "will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " "fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." msgstr "" +"批次通常在大批量的产品收货中使用，这可用于报表、质控或者任何其他信息。例如，批次有助于识别存在生产缺陷的产品。它对于批量生产的服装或食品非常有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " "traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo可管理批次，确保符合大多数行业的可追溯性要求。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1962,11 +2003,11 @@ msgstr "Odoo中的复式管理使你进行非常高级的追踪。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用程序配置" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1974,6 +2015,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " "Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" +"首先，你需要启用按批号追踪的功能。为此，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*批号和序列号*。然后，点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 msgid "Product Configuration" @@ -1983,48 +2025,48 @@ msgstr "产品配置" msgid "" "Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " "numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你需要配置想要按序列号追踪的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" " choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " "inventory tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品`并打开你选择的产品。在库存选项卡中，点击*编辑*并选择*按批号追踪*。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理批次" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 msgid "" "In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " "numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了接收按批次追踪的产品，你必须指定其批号。你有多种操作方法：" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动分配不同批号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴批号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，你需要打开拣货程序的详细操作页面。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" " a line* again to register a new lot number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在打开详细操作页面时，你可点击*添加行*。然后，你可填入批号。完成后，你可再次点击*添加行*，登记新的批号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴批号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -2034,6 +2076,7 @@ msgid "" "After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " "contained in each one of the lots." msgstr "" +"打开供应商提供的批号电子数据表，复制列表。然后，你可将它们直接粘贴到Odoo的*批号/序列号名称*一列，自动创建必要的行。之后，你必须手动输入每个批次包含的产品数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 msgid "Operation Types" @@ -2044,7 +2087,7 @@ msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当然，你还可以定义每种操作类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 操作类型`。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -2055,6 +2098,7 @@ msgid "" "inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " "allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "" +"对于每种类型（收货、内部转运、发货等），你可决定创建新批号或是仅使用现有批号。默认情况下，只允许在接收产品时创建新批次，而在这类操作中不允许使用现有批号。如果是仓库间转运并按批次追踪产品，在收货时允许使用现有批号非常有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 msgid "Lots traceability" @@ -2065,30 +2109,30 @@ msgid "" "The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " "were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " "shipped to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为产品分配批号可用于追踪接收产品和产品入库的地点、售出对象和发货目的地。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" "To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" " Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " "your search." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要追踪一个产品，打开*库存*模块，在:menuselection:`主数据 --> 批号/序列号`，点击搜索对应的批号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 msgid "" "When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" " lot number has been used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开*可追溯性*信息，你可查看该批号被用于哪些文件。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 msgid "" "Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " "*Location* stat button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，如你想要定位这个批号，可点击*地点*统计按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Work with serial numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用序列号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2098,12 +2142,13 @@ msgid "" "automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " "last movement." msgstr "" +"如要按序列号追踪产品，你可使用序列号追踪功能。通过此功能，你可追踪产品的当前地点，如产品从一个地点移动到另一地点，系统将根据最后移动情况，自动识别产品的当前地点。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 msgid "" "If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" "entry management is the feature you need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你想要使用此功能，或允许高级可追溯性功能，需使用Odoo的复式分录管理。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -2111,6 +2156,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " "Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" +"首先，你需要启用序列号追踪功能。为此，在*库存*应用程序中前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`。然后，启用该功能并点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -2119,6 +2165,8 @@ msgid "" "product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " "Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" +"现在，你可配置想要按序列号追踪的产品。为此，前往:menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品` " +"并打开你选择的产品。在*库存*选项卡中，编辑该产品并选择*按唯一的序列号追踪*。然后，点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" @@ -2128,38 +2176,38 @@ msgstr "管理序列号" msgid "" "To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " "its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了接收按序列号追踪的产品，你必须指定其序列号。当然，你有多种操作方法：" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动分配" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多重分配" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" "Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " "need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无论你喜欢用哪种方式分配序列号，首先需要打开拣货程序的详细操作页面。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动分配不同的序列号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " "click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在打开详细操作页面时，你可点击*添加行*。然后，你可填写序列号字段。完成后，你可再次点击*添加行*，登记新的序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -2167,11 +2215,11 @@ msgid "" "create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " "number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " "number to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用分配多个序列号的功能，Odoo可自动创建必要的行。为此，你必须输入一组中的首个序列号，及需要分配序列号的产品数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，点击*分配序列号*，Odoo将完成其余操作。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -2180,30 +2228,31 @@ msgid "" "column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" " need." msgstr "" +"如要使用复制/粘贴功能，打开接收的包含序列号的电子数据表，复制列表。然后，你可将它们直接粘贴到向导的*批号/序列号名称*一列。之后，Odoo将自动创建你需要的行。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "操作类型" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " "operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可以定义每种操作类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 操作类型`。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 msgid "" "For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " "or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " "allowed at product reception." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于每个类型，你可决定允许创建新批号或使用现有批号。默认情况下，只允许新接收的产品创建新批号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 msgid "" "If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " "useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果按批号完成仓库间转运和追踪产品，则允许收货时使用现有批号非常有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 msgid "Serial Number traceability" @@ -2214,7 +2263,7 @@ msgid "" "Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " "received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " "to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用序列号可追踪接收产品和产品入库的地点、售出对象和发货目的地。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -2224,12 +2273,14 @@ msgid "" "information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " "been used." msgstr "" +"追踪产品非常简单：打开*库存*应用程序，前往:menuselection:`主数据 --> " +"批号/序列号`，并点击你的搜索对应的序列号。然后，打开*可追溯性*信息。你可在此查看哪些文件使用了序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "并且，如你想要定位这个序列号，可点击序列号表单上的*地点*统计按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" @@ -2237,53 +2288,53 @@ msgstr "杂项操作" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发货时自动发送邮件" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 msgid "" "First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" " Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " "company-specific." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，进入*库存*应用程序，然后进入*设置*并启用*邮件确认*功能。如你操作多家公司，这项配置需针对具体的公司。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 msgid "" "When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " "Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " "next to its name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你启用这项功能时，Odoo自动创建邮件模板。当然，如有必要，你可点击模板名称旁边的小箭头，修改其名称。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 msgid "Send email at delivery validation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发货确认时发送邮件" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 msgid "" "On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " "specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" " do the same for the delivery." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在库存仪表板上，点击*创建*并针对特定合作伙伴填写表单。在其中加入一些产品后，*确认*并对发货进行同样操作。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 msgid "" "Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样，自动邮件将被发出并出现在聊天中。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 msgid "" "If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " "be included in the standard email template." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你设置发货方式，然后附上追踪链接，则也将被列入标准邮件模板。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理不属于你的库存" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" " to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有时，供应商会向门店提供产品，且你无需事先采购它们。这种情况被称为**代销库存**。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2291,13 +2342,13 @@ msgid "" " products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " "to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " "check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" +msgstr "代销库存是工厂和供应商发布新产品的好办法。因为零售商可能不愿意购买不确定能否卖掉的产品，代销库存能让他们先不付款并在市场上试销。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " "advanced settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当然，Odoo能通过高级设置管理代销库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -2305,6 +2356,8 @@ msgid "" "Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " "the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" +"如要使用此功能，在库存应用程序中打开:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`。然后，在*可追溯性*部分启用*代销*功能。现在，点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" @@ -2315,21 +2368,21 @@ msgid "" "When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " "On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " "appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开收货页面并创建新的收货记录。你可看到页面右侧出现名为*分配所有者*的新行。你可在此指定拥有库存的合作伙伴。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你是所有者，你可将此字段留空。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " "belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在确认收货后，产品进入你的仓库但仍属于所有者。它们不会影响你的库存估值。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 msgid "Scrap Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "报废产品" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2338,117 +2391,118 @@ msgid "" "during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" " stored, you have to scrap them." msgstr "" +"在仓库中，有时会出现受损或因为过期或其他原因无法使用的产品。你经常在拣货或库存盘点时发现这个问题。由于这些产品无法销售或储存，需要将其报废。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 msgid "" "When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " "the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " "area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "商品报废后，在系统中不再是库存的一部分。报废的物料将被移动到报废区，不再计入库存估值。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 msgid "" "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" " basic material content, recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" +msgstr "废料是指没有经济价值或只有其基本物质含量价值的废物，可通过回收进行利用。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 msgid "" "When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " "location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当安装*库存*应用程序时，Odoo会自动创建一个废料库位。命名为**虚拟库位／废料**。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" "Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " "*Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当然，你可根据需要创建新的废料区。为此，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*存储地点*功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " "scrap location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 地点`并创建你的废料库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 msgid "" "You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " "scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " "virtual location will be created for scrapped products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你必须勾选地点表单上的*是否为废料地点？*。实际上，废料地点无法被用作正常存储地点，而是为报废产品创建的虚拟地点。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 msgid "Different ways to scrap products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "报废产品的不同方式" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 msgid "" "With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " "delivery order, and from an internal transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo有多种报废产品的方式：从收货页面、发货单页面或内部转运页面。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 msgid "Scrap from receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从收货页面报废产品" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "" "Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " "location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从收货页面报废产品非常简单。前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 收货`或点击收货地点下的*1步处理*。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 msgid "" "Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " "your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，打开收货并确认拣货。当产品进入仓库后，页面左上角将出现废料按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 msgid "" "You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " "so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在此将收货中的废品进行报废处理。如进行此项操作，它将从可用库存移至虚拟废料地点。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 msgid "Scrap from delivery order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从发货单报废产品" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" "To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要从发货单报废产品，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 发货单`或点击*1步处理*。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 msgid "" "Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " "upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " "moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，打开发货单。你将在文件左上角看到废品按钮。如你在此报废产品，它将从可用库存移至虚拟废料地点。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 msgid "" "You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " "button on the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击文件右上角的按钮，即可查看从拣货缓解报废的所有产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从内部转运报废" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" "To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这个流程几乎与前面完全相同。实际上，你只需要前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 内部转运`。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 msgid "" "There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " "scrap button that is on the top left of the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在此打开感兴趣的内部调拨单。然后，点击文件左上角的报废按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -2458,16 +2512,17 @@ msgid "" "the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " "scrap location." msgstr "" +"如在确认内部调拨之前报废产品，则该产品默认从源库位移至虚拟废料地点。但是，如在确认内部调拨后报废产品，它将从目的地库位而不是源库位移至虚拟废料地点。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 msgid "" "Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" " necessary." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当然，如有必要，你可手动更新废料单的源库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发货时自动发送短信" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2475,38 +2530,39 @@ msgid "" "To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " "multi-company, this feature is company-specific." msgstr "" +"如要发送自动短信，你需要启用*短信确认*功能。为此，前往*库存*应用程序的*设置*菜单，并启用该功能。如有多家公司，则此项功能针对特定公司。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 msgid "" "Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" " it by clicking on the arrow on the right." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当然，Odoo中已默认存在短信模板。你可点击右侧的箭头，修改该模板。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发货确认时发送短信" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 msgid "" "To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" " and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用此功能，你应针对特定合作伙伴*创建*发货单并添加一些产品。然后，*确认*发货。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，已发送的自动短信将出现在聊天中。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 msgid "" "The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " "specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." -msgstr "" +msgstr "调拨上设置的合作伙伴应在联系表单中指明电话号码，才能向其发送短信。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 msgid "" "If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " "be included in the SMS template." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你设置发货方式，然后附上追踪链接，则也将被列入短信模板。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning" @@ -2514,68 +2570,68 @@ msgstr "计划" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计划发货日期是如何运算的？" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 msgid "" "In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " "receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " "scheduled dates via the scheduler." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在多数情况下，系统会计算排定的日期，计划发货、收货等。根据你公司的习惯，Odoo通过排程器生成日期安排。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 msgid "" "To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " "whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了减轻你的工作量，Odoo排程器还会分行计算各项事务，包括制造订单、发货单、销售订单等。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 msgid "" "The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " "Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "计算得出的日期取决于Odoo中配置的不同前置时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 msgid "" "Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " "dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " "etc.) to your partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要计算日期排程，首先需要配置前置时间。前置时间是指向合作伙伴和/或客户承诺的延迟天数（如发货、制造等）。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，你可配置不同的前置时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 msgid "" "When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " "types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " "manufacturing lead time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品层级配置前置时间时，需要考虑三个不同类型：供应商前置时间、客户前置时间和制造前置时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 msgid "Supplier lead time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商前置时间" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 msgid "" "The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " "purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " "inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商前置时间是指供应商交付你所采购产品需要的时间。如要配置供应商前置时间，选择一种产品并点击库存选项卡。然后，你需要为产品添加供应商。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 msgid "" "Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " "case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " "Delivery Lead Time*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，只需打开供应商表单并填写其*发货前置时间*。在本例中，发货天数等于*采购订单日期 + 发货前置时间*。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 msgid "" "Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " "thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "注意，针对不同供应商，你可添加不同价格表和不同的发货前置时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 msgid "Customer Lead Time" @@ -2588,16 +2644,17 @@ msgid "" "and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " "time*." msgstr "" +"指将产品从门店/仓库送到客户所需的时间。你可为任何产品配置客户前置时间。如要添加，选择一件产品并进入库存选项卡。直接在此指定你的*客户前置时间*。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造前置时间" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 msgid "" "On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " "*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在同一页面上，你可配置*制造前置时间*。它是指制造产品所需的时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -2605,17 +2662,17 @@ msgid "" "cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " "is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " "delays." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在公司层面，可以配置安全天数，用来应付偶然的延期，确保能满足约定。该方法是从计算出来的日期排程减去后备天数。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 msgid "" "Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " "sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安全前置时间也分为针对销售、采购和制造三种不同类型。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 msgid "Security lead time for sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售的安全前置时间" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -2623,67 +2680,67 @@ msgid "" "be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " "delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " "wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售安全前置时间相当于确保按时向客户交付产品的后备天数。它们是发货前置时间的误差界限。安全天数的逻辑就相当于调快手表，以确保按时到达。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 msgid "" "The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " "and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " "your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "其方法是从计算中扣除安全天数，因此，得出的日期排程比对客户的承诺要早。如此一来，你就能够确保守住承诺。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 msgid "" "To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要设置安全日期，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用此功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 msgid "Security lead time for purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购的安全前置时间" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 msgid "" "It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " "security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " "times, not for sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "它与销售的安全前置时间逻辑相同，只是采购前置时间是指供应商而不是销售前置时间的误差幅度。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 msgid "" "When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " "be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当系统针对采购的产品生成采购订单时，会将它的安排提前数天，以应对供应商意外延迟。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 msgid "" "To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要配置采购前置时间，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用此功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造安全前置时间" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 msgid "" "The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " "orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " "manufacturing days." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据制造安全前置时间生成的制造订单提前数天，以应对意料外的制造状况。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 msgid "" "To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需配置，前往:menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*安全前置时间*选项。然后，点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 msgid "" "Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" " the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" " the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有时，产品的内部调拨也可能会影响计算的日期。在创建路线的新规则时，可从*库存*应用程序指定内部调拨造成的延迟。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -2691,34 +2748,35 @@ msgid "" "Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " "*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." msgstr "" +"为此，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`并添加推送规则以设置延迟。当然，你需要启用*多步路线*才能使用此功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 msgid "At the sale order level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在销售订单层面" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 msgid "Expected date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "预计日期" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " "*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " "order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*销售*应用程序中，你可启用*发货日期*选项。这样可以看到销售订单上的其他字段。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 msgid "" "By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " "*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " "based on the different lead times." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如启用此选项，Odoo将在销售订单*其他信息*选项卡上指明*预计日期*。它将根据不同前置时间自动计算。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 msgid "" "If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" " the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你设定向客户发货的*承诺日期*比*预计日期*早，页面将显示错误信息。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -2727,45 +2785,46 @@ msgid "" "deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" " scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" msgstr "" +"为了更好地理解以上所有信息，我们举个例子。你今天（1月1日）卖出一辆订购轿车，你向客户承诺在20天内（1月20日）交付。在这种情形下，排程器将根据你的配置触发以下事件：" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 msgid "" "January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " "Days);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月19日：实际计划发货（销售安全日前1天）；" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 msgid "" "January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " "days);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月18日：从供应商收货（采购日前1天）；" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 msgid "" "January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " "Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月10日：向供应商订货的截止日期（9天供应商发货前置时间）；" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 msgid "" "January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " "need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月8日：向采购团队提出采购请求，因为他们平均需要2天来确定合适的供应商并订货。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置并运行排程器" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 msgid "What is a scheduler?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "什么是排程器？" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 msgid "" "The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " "production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " "defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." -msgstr "" +msgstr "排程器是指计划生产和采购并排定其优先顺序的计算引擎。它根据为产品定义的规则自动运行。默认情况下，排程器设定为每天运行一次。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" @@ -2777,20 +2836,20 @@ msgid "" "started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " "purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "排期只会验证已确认但尚未开始的采购。根据所请求产品的配置，这些采购预订会开启生产、任务或采购。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 msgid "" "As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " "account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" " started first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正如人类所做的那样，排程器在启动预订和采购时考虑到了操作的优先级。紧急请求将首先开始。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 msgid "" "In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " "you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果库存中没有足够的产品来满足所有的要求，你可以确保首先生产最紧急的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" @@ -2807,16 +2866,19 @@ msgid "" "parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" " different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" +"如要手动启动排程器，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> " +"运行排程器`。排程器使用针对产品、供应商和公司定义的所有相关参数来确定不同生产订单、发货和供应商采购的优先顺序。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置并运行排程器（仅限高级用户）" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 msgid "" "To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." msgstr "" +"如要使用此功能，你必须启用:doc:`开发人员模式 <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -2824,6 +2886,8 @@ msgid "" "Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " "you can set the starting time of the scheduler." msgstr "" +"然后，前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 自动化 --> " +"已排定操作`并修改*运行MRP排程器配置*。然后，你可设置排程器的启动时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" @@ -2888,7 +2952,7 @@ msgstr "最小库存规则可通过库存模块进行配置。在“库存控制 msgid "" "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " "multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "显示“最小数量”、“最大数量”和“数量倍数”字段的工具提示" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -2929,7 +2993,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用不同计量单位" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2940,6 +3004,7 @@ msgid "" "in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " "customers." msgstr "" +"在某些情况下，按不同计量单位处理产品非常必要。例如，如果你采购产品的国家适用公制，而出售产品的国家适用英制，则需要转换计量单位。另一个常见的用例是以较大的包装向供应商采购产品，然后按小单位出售给客户。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -2951,11 +3016,11 @@ msgid "" "In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " "*Save*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，前往:menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在*产品*部分，启用*计量单位*，然后点击*保存*。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 msgid "Create New Units of Measure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新的计量单位" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -2963,6 +3028,7 @@ msgid "" " There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" " will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" +"在*库存*应用程序中，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 计量单位` 。然后，点击*创建*。例如，我们为蛋类产品创建一盒六组单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -2971,10 +3037,11 @@ msgid "" "category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " "for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" +"类别对于单位转换非常重要，只有当这些单位属于同一类别时，你才能将产品从一种单位转换为另一种单位。在本类别中，六个一盒相当于参考计量单位的6倍。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品上指定计量单位" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -2982,6 +3049,7 @@ msgid "" "open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " "measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" +"在:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 主数据 --> 产品`中，打开你想要更改采购/销售计量单位的产品，然后点击*编辑*。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -2989,22 +3057,22 @@ msgid "" "which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " "transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " "Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*一般信息*选项卡中，你可选择销售产品时的*计量单位*，这也是内部调拨使用的单位。你也可选择*采购计量单位*，即采购产品的单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从一种计量单位转换为另外一种" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按采购计量单位购买" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 msgid "" "In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" " you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" " it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*采购*应用程序中，按产品的不同*计量单位*创建新报价请求并*确认*。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -3014,6 +3082,7 @@ msgid "" " the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " "converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." msgstr "" +"在自动生成的采购订单中，使用的计量单位是一盒6个，即是采购计量单位。当然，你可根据需要手动更改计量单位。当进入与采购订单关联的*收货*时，你会发现10盒6单位的产品被转换为60个单位。实际上，库存按单位进行管理。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "Replenishment" @@ -3023,28 +3092,28 @@ msgstr "补货" msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " "you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当在产品表单上通过*补货*按钮补货时，你可使用不同的计量单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按更大的计量单位销售" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " "sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " "computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在销售订单文件上选择计量单位，并决定按“打”销售鸡蛋。这样，系统将按计量单位自动计算价格，以适用所选的*计量单位*。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " "*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发货单中，销售订单中所用的*计量单位*转换为库存管理所用的*计量单位*，在本例中为一个单位产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "何时使用包裹、计量单位或套装？" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 msgid "Units of Measure" @@ -3056,21 +3125,21 @@ msgid "" "have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" " stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " "supplier." -msgstr "" +msgstr "计量单位规定了处理产品时所用的单位。在Odoo中，你可指定管理库存和从供应商处采购产品所用的计量单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 msgid "" "The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " "automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " "*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不同计量单位之间的转换是自动完成的。唯一的条件是能够转换的计量单位必须是*同一种类*（个、重量、容积、长度等）" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 msgid "" "For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " "the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " "order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，如果鸡蛋的重新排序规则如下，在运行排程器时，添加到自动生成的采购订单中的数量应为“打”，但进入库存的数量应为“个”。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 msgid "Packages" @@ -3083,13 +3152,14 @@ msgid "" "decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " "you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." msgstr "" +"包裹是指拣货时放入一种或几种产品的实体容器。例如，在发货时，你可决定将整批货物分为两个不同的包裹。这样，你就需要报告标示每个包裹的产品数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 msgid "" "To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" " quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " "this for each package." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要在发货时将产品分为不同包裹，你需要将整批货物数量分为想要的包裹数量，然后点击“打包”，每个包裹都需如此操作。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "Packaging" @@ -3100,20 +3170,20 @@ msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." -msgstr "" +msgstr "包装是指保护产品的实体容器。如果你出售电脑，包装包含电脑、说明书及电源插头等。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，包装用于销售订单的指示性用途。它们可从“库存”选项卡的“产品表单”上指定。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" " packing on the picking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "包装的另一个用途是产品收货。通过扫描包装条目，Odoo将包装中包含的产品件数加入拣货系统。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" @@ -3121,14 +3191,14 @@ msgstr "库存调整" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在再次订购规则和按订单补货之间选择" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 msgid "" "*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " "replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" " they are triggered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*再次订购规则*和*按订单补货*二者都可在必要情况下自动补充产品。这两种工具的区别在于其触发方式。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -3138,6 +3208,7 @@ msgid "" "the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " "quantity to reach the maximum stock level." msgstr "" +"*再次订购规则*用于确保你始终保有最低产品数量库存，以制造产品和/或满足客户需求。当产品库存水平达到最小值，系统自动生成采购订单，以将数量补至最大库存水平。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -3145,7 +3216,7 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " "request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" " not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*按订单补货*路线根据满足产品请求（来自于销售订单或制造订单）所需的数量触发采购（采购订单或制造订单）。系统不会检查对应产品现有数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "Reordering Rules" @@ -3158,6 +3229,8 @@ msgid "" "click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " "product." msgstr "" +"*再次订购规则*配置始终可通过菜单:menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> " +"再次订购规则`查看。在此点击*创建*，设置特定产品的最小和最大库存值。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -3167,19 +3240,20 @@ msgid "" "procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " "will be used." msgstr "" +"当预测库存低于本字段规定的*最小数量*时，Odoo生成采购订单，将预测数量升至*最大数量*。*数量倍数*用于将采购数量增至该倍数。如为0，则需使用具体数量值。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 msgid "" "The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " "receive the products or to order them to the vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*前置时间*是指在触发订购后收到产品或向供应商订购产品的天数。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 msgid "" "In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " "able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " "location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你管理多个仓库和/或多个地点，你可为每个地点的同一产品指定不同的重新订购规则。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -3189,12 +3263,13 @@ msgid "" "product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " "*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." msgstr "" +"如要为对应产品触发再次订购规则，需指定路线。如你制造产品，确保选择路线*制造*并为产品创建*物料清单*。如你采购产品，则应确保选择路线*采购*并添加*供应商价格表*。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请勿忘记在产品表单中选择产品类型*可储存*。消耗品无法储存，且不会触发再次订购规则。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -3202,30 +3277,31 @@ msgid "" "your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " "any other module where products are available)." msgstr "" +"*按订单补货*配置在:menuselection:`库存模块 --> 主数据 --> 产品`（或包含产品页面的所有其他模块）的产品表单中进行设置。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 msgid "" "On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " "choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在*库存选项卡*的产品表单中设置路线。你可选择*按订单补货*和其他路线，*采购*或*制造*。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 msgid "" "Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" " in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " "sure you have a *BoM* for this product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "同样地，如果选择*采购*路线，确保在*采购选项卡*中设置*供应商价格表*。如你设置了*制造*路线，确保为该产品设置*物料清单*。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从其他仓库补给" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" " \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " "be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要从其他仓库补给，你需启用\\*多仓库\\*和\\*多步路线\\*。启用多仓库后，系统将自动启用储存地点功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -3235,13 +3311,15 @@ msgid "" "warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " "possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" +"你可通过:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`访问你的仓库。按照这个:doc:`文档 " +"<../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`创建必要的仓库。输入需要由其他仓库补给的仓库。你可直接指定它通过哪个仓库补给。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" "By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " "products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," " along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如启用本选项，你的产品将有一条可用的新路线\\*从第二仓库供应产品\\*。你现在可选择此路线并勾选\\*再次订购规则\\*或\\*按订单补货\\*。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -3250,6 +3328,8 @@ msgid "" "I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" +"在演示中，我将再次订购规则设置为最小库存5个，最大库存10个，目前库存为0个。我将进入:menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> " +"运行排程器`，运行排程器。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -3259,6 +3339,7 @@ msgid "" "the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " "Second warehouse\\*." msgstr "" +"系统将自动创建两项拣货操作，一项是从储存必要产品的第二仓库创建\\*发货单\\*，另一项是相同产品进入主仓库WH/Stock的收货命令。源文件是触发\\*从第二仓库供应产品\\*路线的\\*再次订购规则\\*。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" @@ -3266,20 +3347,20 @@ msgstr "计价方法" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将额外成本整合到产品中（落地成本） " #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo中的落地成本功能可将额外费用（运费、保险、海关、关税等）纳入产品成本中。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" "Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " "method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " "application to be installed)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "落地成本只能应用于采用FIFO或AVCO成本计算方法和自动库存估值（要求安装会计应用程序）的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -3288,61 +3369,62 @@ msgid "" "default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " "recorded." msgstr "" +"首先，你应前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用落地成本功能。你也可决定记录落地成本会计分录的默认日记账。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "向产品添加成本" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "接收供应商账单" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 msgid "" "Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " "the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "假设我收到了一批货物的关税账单。我会在供应商账单行的*落地成本*上打勾。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "落地成本产品必须为服务类型。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果该产品始终为落地成本，你可在产品上进行定义，避免在每张供应商账单上都要打勾。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 msgid "" "At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " "click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " "decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在我的供应商账单顶部，可看到*创建落地成本*按钮。点击该按钮，系统将自动创建落地成本。现在，我可以决定哪些拣货适用于这些额外成本。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 msgid "" "I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " "see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" " cost." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，我可以点击*计算*并前往*计价调整*，查看对我的产品成本的影响。最后一步是确认落地成本。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 msgid "" "I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " "clicking on the journal entry." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击会计分录，即可访问落地成本创建的会计分录。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " "create the landed cost from there." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你并非必须从供应商账单开始，也可前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 落地成本`并在此直接创建落地成本。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "库存计价配置" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 @@ -3350,35 +3432,35 @@ msgid "" "Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " "important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " "a company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "库存计价是指确定库存价值的方式。这对企业而言是一个非常重要的方面，因为库存可能是公司最大的资产。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "库存计价包含两方面主要选择：" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "确定货物价值所用的成本法（标准价格、先进先出价格、加权平均价格）" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 msgid "" "The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " "automatically)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将货物价值记入会计账簿的方式（手动或自动）" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下面将具体介绍这两个概念。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计价方式：标准价格、先进先出价格、加权平均价格" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " "options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "成本方法在产品类别中定义，有三种可选方法。下面将详细介绍每种方法。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 msgid "Standard Price" @@ -3527,6 +3609,7 @@ msgid "" "based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" " be reviewed periodically." msgstr "" +"在**标准价格**中，产品计价是你在产品表单中手动定义的成本。通常而言，这项成本根据获得产品所需的材料和人工进行估算。这项成本必须定期审核。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "Average Price" @@ -3579,7 +3662,7 @@ msgid "" "In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " "is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " "cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**AVCO（平均成本法）**中，每件产品的价值相等，是产品的平均采购成本。在这种成本计价方法中，产品成本在每次收货后重新计算。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." @@ -3618,31 +3701,31 @@ msgid "" "In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " "cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" " that applies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**FIFO（先进先出价格法）**中，按产品的采购成本进行计价。当产品离开库存时，适用“先进先出”规则。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 msgid "" "Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " "first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " "number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "注意，这是财务意义上的先进先出。首个“进入”的价值首先“出去”，而无论其储存地点、仓库或序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 msgid "" "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " "Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你在Odoo中管理所有工作流程（销售、采购、库存），则建议使用FIFO。它适合各种用户。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "库存计价：手动或自动" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 msgid "" "There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " "books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " "Those two methods are detailed below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将库存价值记入会计账簿的方式有两种。成本法在您的产品类别中定义。这两种记账方法具体如下。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -3653,6 +3736,8 @@ msgid "" "recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " "the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." msgstr "" +"需要注意的是，会计分录取决于您的会计模式：欧洲大陆模式或盎格鲁-撒克逊模式。对于欧洲大陆模式，在产品入库后立即将货物成本计入。对于盎格鲁-" +"撒克逊模式，只有当货物向最终客户开具发票后，其成本才会被计为支出。您可通过下表轻松比较这两种会计模式。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -3661,10 +3746,12 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " "your accounting settings." msgstr "" +"一般来说，根据你所在国家，系统会默认选择正确的会计模式。如你想验证会计模式，请激活:doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`并打开你的会计设置。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动库存计价" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -3673,6 +3760,8 @@ msgid "" "representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" +"在这种情况下，收货和发货不会对你的会计账簿产生任何直接影响。你可定期创建手动会计分录，代表库存产品的价值。如要查看库存价值，前往:menuselection:`库存" +" --> 报告 --> 库存计价`。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -3684,7 +3773,7 @@ msgstr "这是Odoo中默认的配置并且可以拿来即用。检查以下作 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 msgid "Continental Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "大陆会计法" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 @@ -3928,7 +4017,7 @@ msgstr "资产 :存货(期初值)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动库存计价" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "" @@ -3938,12 +4027,13 @@ msgid "" " users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " "configuration & testing." msgstr "" +"在这种情况下，产品入库或出库时，将自动创建会计分录。这就意味着你的会计账簿始终保持更新。这种模式仅适用于专家会计和高级用户。与定期计价不同，它需要一些额外配置和测试。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 msgid "" "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " "accounting entries. This is done on the product category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，你需要定义用于这些会计分录的科目。这可在产品类别中进行操作。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 @@ -3983,14 +4073,14 @@ msgstr "存货 :在产品的内部种类中设置为库存价值科目" msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "收入：在产品类别中定义为默认，或针对特定产品具体定义。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " "product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "费用：你应在此设置“已售出商品的成本”科目。在产品类别中定义为默认值，或在产品表单中具体定义。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" @@ -4012,45 +4102,45 @@ msgstr "价格差异 :在产品或者产品的内部种类上设置形成一个 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using the inventory valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用库存计价" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" "In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " "Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在本文档中，我们将说明Odoo如何进行库存计价。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "库存计价：基本知识" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 msgid "Receive a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "接收产品" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 msgid "" "Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" " is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " "product (more info here)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品每次入库或出库，库存价值都会受到影响。其影响方式取决于你的产品的配置（在此查看更多信息）。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 msgid "" "Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " "costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "举例来说，我们的产品是一张餐桌，配置为*FIFO成本计价法*及自动库存计价。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我以$10成本购买10张餐桌。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" "When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " "will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " "valuation stat button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当我确认收到产品时，我的库存价值受到影响。如果我想了解具体的影响，则可点击价值统计按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -4058,37 +4148,37 @@ msgid "" "more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " "owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " "valuation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "代销功能可用于设置库存所有者（更多了解代销功能）。如你收到的产品属于其他公司，它们将不会被计入库存计价。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需有会计模块的访问权限才能看到这个按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" "In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " "value of $100." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种情况下，我看到入库的10张餐桌总价值为$100。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " "case of automated inventory valuation)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我还可访问生成的会计分录（如选择自动库存计价）。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Deliver a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品发货" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " "be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按照相同的逻辑，餐桌发货后，库存计价将受到影响，你也可访问类似的信息。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "The inventory valuation report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "库存计价报告" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -4098,6 +4188,8 @@ msgid "" "clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " "information for a past date." msgstr "" +"你可访问库存计价报告摘要（路径:menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> " +"库存计价`）。报告将分产品显示库存价值。点击*按日期显示库存*按钮，你还可查看过去日期的同类信息。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" @@ -4175,21 +4267,21 @@ msgstr ":doc:`location_creation` " #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 msgid "Create a New Location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新库位" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" " *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了创建不同库位，你需要前往:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，然后启用*多库位*。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" "In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " "create a new location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*库存应用程序*中，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 库位`并点击*创建*，以创建新库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -4198,19 +4290,20 @@ msgid "" "partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" " to a location." msgstr "" +"在*库位名称*字段中键入库位名称，然后在列表中选择*父库位*。父库位可以是物理库位、合作伙伴库位或虚拟库位，然后你可以按照需要添加足够多的下级库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 msgid "" "In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" " Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " "Return Location?*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你希望在创建退货或报废产品时收到库位提示，你应勾选*是废料库位吗？*和*是退货库位吗？*。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 msgid "" "If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" " which will correspond to this location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果安装了*条码*应用程序，你可指定这个库位对应的条码。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -4221,33 +4314,33 @@ msgstr "一个仓库和一个库位对应, 因为库位是分级的, Odoo会自 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 msgid "Create a New Warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新仓库" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" "Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " "automatically activated at the same time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要创建新仓库，你应启用*多仓库*设置。注意，与此同时将自动启用*多库位*设置。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" "In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" " --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为此，前往:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" "You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并点击*创建*，以添加新仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 msgid "" "You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " "short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " "different warehouse documents." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可输入仓库名称。你还需为仓库选择一个5个字符的缩写名称，它将用于不同的仓库文件。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -4256,13 +4349,14 @@ msgid "" " of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " "it afterward." msgstr "" +"在地址字段，你可以选择一个系统存在的公司或者顺手创建一个新公司。因此，你的仓库的地址将与你所选公司的地址一样。你还可以把该字段留空，然后稍后进行编辑。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 msgid "" "After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" " and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " "to the creation of a new warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建新仓库后，你可返回*仪表板*，你将看到Odoo根据创建的新仓库自动创建的新操作类型。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" @@ -4271,11 +4365,11 @@ msgstr "过程概览" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从库存发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建可储存/消耗产品" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 @@ -4284,7 +4378,7 @@ msgid "" "The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " "your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " "the Create button and enter the name of your product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用库存应用程序的第一步是通过:menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品`，在数据库中创建产品。点击创建按钮并输入你的产品名称。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 @@ -4294,13 +4388,14 @@ msgid "" "number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" " don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." msgstr "" +"如你将产品设置为*可储存*，你可追踪此产品的库存，知晓库存中产品件数及预测件数。如果你想加入产品收货/发货，但无需追踪其库存，则可设置为*消耗品*。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 msgid "" "Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " "deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " "described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你已有产品，则可决定创建发货单，将产品交给客户。以下屏幕截图描述了执行此操作的过程 。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -4308,7 +4403,7 @@ msgid "" "delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." " When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " "go out of your stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发货单上，你可指定收货人、不同的产品及各自的数量。完成后，你可点击*确认*，产品将进入你的库存。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -4319,37 +4414,38 @@ msgid "" "you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " "forecasts." msgstr "" +"如你已计划发货单，但不应马上确认，你可创建*计划发货*并设定未来的日期。你可根据客户下单情况，指明每种产品的初始需求。在文件填写完毕后，你可点击*标记为待办事项*，以便将其计入产品预测。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 msgid "" "The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" " as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认设置为立即调拨，因此你无需*标记为待办事项*并在发货时*检查可用性*。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按销售订单从库存发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" "If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " "created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " "corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你安装了*销售*应用程序，可*确认报价*并直接创建发货单。你在*销售订单*上可直接找到对应的发货操作。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 msgid "Set your Initial Stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置初始库存" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 msgid "" "Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " "and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将产生设置为*可储存*，以追踪该产品的库存并将它纳入库存调整。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多种产品的库存调整" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -4358,6 +4454,8 @@ msgid "" "therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " "Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" +"在创建完毕所有*可储存产品*后，你可创建*库存调整*，以判断它们在Odoo中的当前库存水平。因此，你需要前往:menuselection:`操作 -->" +" 库存调整`，并创建新的库存调整。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -4366,20 +4464,21 @@ msgid "" "or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " "keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." msgstr "" +"你必须为*库存调整*键入标题，然后决定对所有或仅部分产品进行*库存调整*。对于首次*库存调整*，我建议你将*产品*字段留空。然后可*开始库存*。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 msgid "" "If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" " theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " "your other products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果库存中已有一些产品，Odoo将在库存现有的理论数量上添加新行。你也可为其他产品添加新行。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 msgid "" "If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " "additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " "added to the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你按序列号/批号追踪产品，你可增加一列，用于指定添加到库存调整各种不同的产品单位。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -4389,35 +4488,36 @@ msgid "" "necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " "the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." msgstr "" +"Odoo将以红色行突出显示库存的理论数量、系统自动计算数量和手动输入数量之间的差异。在输入所有必要的产品后，你可点击*确认库存*，系统将更新不同产品现有的数量。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一种产品的库存调整" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 msgid "" "On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可通过*更新数量*按钮，对每种可储存产品进行操作。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " "product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " "your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击此按钮，你将看到这种产品的当前库存。你可编辑现有产品行，或创建新行并添加不同库位的产品库存和/或添加新序列号/批号。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 msgid "" "Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " "been updated taking your modification into account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "返回产品页面后，你可看到现有的产品数量已根据你的修改进行更新。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 msgid "" "If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " "total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " "variants into account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你有不同产品变体，现有的产品数量将考虑产品不同变体，显示该产品模板的库存总量。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -4427,18 +4527,19 @@ msgid "" "that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " "warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." msgstr "" +"默认情况下，产品表单上的数量将显示仓库视图库位的产品数量，意味着这些产品是该仓库内部类型子库位的一部分。也就是说，如果在并非主仓库库位上有任何产品，它们就不会出现在库存统计按钮上。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 msgid "Receive Products in Stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在库存接收产品" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 msgid "" "Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" " products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " "described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你已有产品，则可决定创建收货文件，将来自供应商的产品入库。以下屏幕截图描述了执行此操作的过程 。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -4446,7 +4547,7 @@ msgid "" "products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " "receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" " stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在收货文件上，你可选择你接收的不同产品数量及产品的供应商。收货完成后，你可点击*确认*，产品将进入你的库存。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -4457,17 +4558,18 @@ msgid "" "you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " "forecasts." msgstr "" +"如你已计划收货，但不应马上确认，你可创建*计划收货*并设定未来的日期。你可根据向供应商下单的情况，指明每种产品的初始需求。在文件填写完毕后，你可点击*标记为待办事项*，以便将其计入产品预测。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按采购订单在库存收货" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 msgid "" "If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " "created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " "the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你安装了*采购*应用程序，可*确认报价*并直接创建收货文件。你在*采购订单*上可直接找到对应的收货操作。" #: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" @@ -4479,7 +4581,7 @@ msgstr "概念" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在仓库中组织交叉转运" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4487,7 +4589,7 @@ msgid "" "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." -msgstr "" +msgstr "交叉转运是指将收到的产品直接发给客户，而不让产品入库。卡车只需在*交叉转运*区卸货，以便重新整理产品并装到另一辆卡车上。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -4495,16 +4597,18 @@ msgid "" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `__" msgstr "" +"关于如何组织仓库的更多信息，阅读博客：`什么是交叉转运？我适合使用交叉转运吗？ `__" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样还将启用*储存库位*功能。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -4512,16 +4616,17 @@ msgid "" "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" +"现在，*发入*和*发出*的货物都可配置为2步完成。如要调整配置，前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并编辑你的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`，这项修改将创建*交叉转运*路线。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置产品的交叉转运路线" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -4530,6 +4635,7 @@ msgid "" "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" +"创建使用*交叉转运路线*的产品，然后，在库存选项卡中，选择*购买*和*交叉转运*路线。现在，在采购选项卡中，指定向其采购产品的供应商并设定价格。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -4541,25 +4647,26 @@ msgid "" "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" +"完成后，为产品创建销售订单并确认。Odoo将自动创建与销售订单关联的两项调拨操作。第一项是从*入货库位*到*出货库位*的调拨操作，对应将产品移至*交叉转运*区域。第二项是从*出货库位*到*客户库位*的发货单。两者状态都是*等待另一项操作*，因为你还需要向供应商订购产品。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，前往*采购*应用程序。你可找到系统自动触发的采购订单。确认该订单，并在*入货库位*接收产品。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当从供应商处接收产品后，你可返回初始采购订单，并将内部调拨从*入货*变为*出货*。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发货单现已准备好，你可处理并确认发货单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" @@ -4613,7 +4720,7 @@ msgid "" "Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，**简称**非常重要，它会出现在调拨单和其他仓库单据上。使用容易理解的简称（例如：WH[库位的首字母]）是明智的做法。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -4780,7 +4887,7 @@ msgstr "补货规则设置" msgid "" "The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " "go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购规则设置在路线上。在库存应用程序中，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 路线`。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." @@ -4790,7 +4897,7 @@ msgstr "在补货规则部分, 点击添加项目。" msgid "" "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " "possible :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在此设置你的规则条件。有3种可能的操作类型：" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 msgid "Move from another location rules" @@ -4799,11 +4906,11 @@ msgstr "从其他位置移动规则" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 msgid "" "Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造规则将触发创建制造订单" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购规则将触发创建采购订单" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -4860,6 +4967,7 @@ msgid "" "have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " "inability to meet customer demand for the product." msgstr "" +"库存控制的推系统包含需要满足客户需求的预测数量。公司在决定采购产品的数量时候需要预测客户将要采购哪些产品。相应的公司会生产足够的产品来满足预测的需求和销售或者把产品推到消费者那里。推库存的缺点是通常情况下预测和实际销售相比不精确，差异一年年的不同。推库存的另外一个问题是太多的产品留在了库存中。这就增加了公司的产品存储成本。一个优点是公司可以保证在库存中总是有足够的产品满足客户的订单，防止无法满足客户对产品的需求。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index 381ab3830..2015f3221 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ # r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 # William Qi , 2019 # 卫安琪 , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 卫安琪 , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "在线聊天" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "与网站访客在线实时沟通" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -40,6 +41,8 @@ msgid "" "will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " "the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." msgstr "" +"通过Odoo在线客服， " +"你可与网站访问建立直接联系。访客屏幕上将会出现一个简单的对话框，并再次与你的销售代表联系。这样，你可轻松将访客转化为潜在商机。你还可以在此为客户提供协助。因此，它是改善客户满意度的完美工具。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" @@ -68,6 +71,8 @@ msgid "" " Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " "website." msgstr "" +"如果你通过Odoo创建的网站，则在线客服已自动加入网页中。现在你只需前往:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`并选择需要关联到网站的频道。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" @@ -80,6 +85,7 @@ msgid "" "code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " "or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." msgstr "" +"如果你未使用Odoo创建网站，请前往在线客服模块并选择需要关联的频道。你只需要将提供的代码复制并粘贴到你的网站。页面还将提供一个特定的url，你将它发送给客户或供应商，即可进入实时聊天。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" @@ -93,6 +99,7 @@ msgid "" " does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " "of time it takes for the chat to appear." msgstr "" +"实时聊天的规则可在频道表单中定义。例如，你可选择在你能提供相应语言的国家显示聊天窗口。同时，你可在公司并无销售业务的国家隐藏聊天窗口。如你选择*自动弹出*，你还可设置聊天窗口出现的时长。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 msgid "Prepare automatic messages" @@ -103,7 +110,7 @@ msgid "" "On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" " to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" " through the live chat." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在频道表单的*选项*版块，可输入几条信息，它们将自动出现在聊天窗口。这将提示访客通过实时聊天与你联系。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 msgid "Start chatting with customers" @@ -116,36 +123,37 @@ msgid "" "the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " "Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." msgstr "" +"如要开始与客户聊天，首先确保聊天频道发布在你的网站上。在频道表单右上角选择*未在网站上发布*，切换*已发布*设置。然后，在操作人员加入频道后，实时聊天将开始。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 msgid "" "If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " "website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果无操作人员和/或如频道未发布在网站上，则实时聊天按钮不会向访客显示。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 msgid "" "Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " "addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " "answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "访客发起的对话将直接弹出信息，同时还会显示在讨论模块中。因此，无论你在Odoo的哪个页面，均可回答访客问询。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 msgid "" "If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " "will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如有多名操作人员加入频道，系统将随机分配访客会话。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用命令" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 msgid "" "Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " "information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " "into the chat. The following actions are available :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "命令是指完成特定操作或访问需要的信息的有用快捷方式。如要使用本功能，只需在聊天中键入命令。系统提供以下命令操作：" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." @@ -153,11 +161,11 @@ msgstr "**/help** ：提示帮助消息" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/helpdesk**：创建服务台工单。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search**：搜索服务台工单。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." @@ -165,22 +173,22 @@ msgstr "**/history**：可以看到最近访问的15个页面" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/lead**：创建新线索。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/leave**：离开频道。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 msgid "" "If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " "generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " "The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果从聊天中创建工单，则生成的对话将自动显示为工单描述。在创建线索时也是如此。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送预设回复" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -191,6 +199,8 @@ msgid "" " to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " "assigned." msgstr "" +"预设回复用于创建常用一般语句的替代。只需键入一个词语即可显示整个回复，从而节约了时间。如要添加预设回复，前往:menuselection:`在线客服 " +"--> 配置 --> 预设回复`并根据需要创建。然后，在聊天中只需键入“：”及你分配的快捷方式，即可使有预设回复。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index bb5a16ba7..b13c913da 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -6,18 +6,19 @@ # Translators: # r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2019 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 # liAnGjiA , 2019 # Shane Tsoi , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Shane Tsoi , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -35,7 +36,7 @@ msgstr "制造管理" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用替代工作中心" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -43,7 +44,7 @@ msgid "" "at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." " If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," " it is not that simple." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于许多制造企业而言，常见的问题是必须在同一工作中心同时制造多种产品。如果在实践中，员工可以在另一个工作中心制造货物，那么问题就更复杂了。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -52,45 +53,46 @@ msgid "" "it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " "alternative work center to use." msgstr "" +"你必须跟踪员工的工作，知晓何时使用了哪个工作中心，以便有效安排维护。你现在可以利用Odoo配置以上事务，以便跟踪制造订单，让员工也有可使用的替代工作中心。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 msgid "" "This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " "will be noticed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样，你的流程效率提高，非生产时间也将被发现。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 msgid "Configure your Work Centers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置你的工作中心" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " "enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先是进入*制造*应用程序设置。然后，启用*工作订单*功能并点击保存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " "work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" " vice versa." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，进入*主数据*下面的*工作中心*菜单，并创建两个新的工作中心。将第二个工作中心添加为第一个工作中心的替代品，反之亦然。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 msgid "" "The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " "operation to it before saving." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下一步是创建你的*路线*。添加工作中心和操作，然后保存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 msgid "" "Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" " to it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可创建*物料清单*并为它添加部件和路线。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建工作订单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -98,48 +100,48 @@ msgid "" "the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " "and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " "assembled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，一切配置妥当，你可创建*工作订单*。进入*制造订单*菜单并点击*创建*。然后添加产品和计划。在*工作订单*列表中，它已组合完毕。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 msgid "" "Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " "one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个新的*工作订单*都在前一个工作订单结束前创建，并安排到你配置的替代工作中心。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 msgid "" "Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" " may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" " usual one is free." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请记住，如果在生产开始后向工作中心增加时间，即使常用的工作中心空闲，工作订单也可能会安排到替代工作中心。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create Bills of Materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " "required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" " individual steps of the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*物料清单*是指规定制造成品所需的每种部件数量的文件。它还包括制造流程的路线和各个步骤。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" " multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " "product only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，你可将多个物料清单与一种产品关联，用于描述产品的多种变体。但每个物料清单仅与一种产品挂钩。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 msgid "" "This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " "time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这项功能有助于优化制造流程并节约时间。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "Setting up a BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -148,89 +150,93 @@ msgid "" "words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " "not track the steps the product goes through." msgstr "" +"你在使用物料清单时可以不设路线。如果你选择只使用制造订单来管理制造操作，则可使用本功能。换句话说，你选择一个步骤实现制造流程，而不追踪产品经过的所有步骤。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" "Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " -"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" +"在创建*物料清单*之前，你必须创建使用*物料清单*的产品以及至少一种部件。前往:menuselection:`主数据菜单 --> " +"产品`并创建成品和部件。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " "create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" " and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " "*Manufacture this Product*." msgstr "" +"完成后，前往*主数据*下的*物料清单*。现在，创建物料清单。从下拉菜单中选择产品并添加你的部件和数量。在本例中，保留默认的*物料清单*类型，即*制造本产品*。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用同一个物料清单描述产品变体" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" "As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" " same as for the standard product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如上所述，你可将*物料清单*用于*产品变体*。它基本与标准产品的操作相同。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" "If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " "*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " "each component line. You can add several variants for each component." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你的*物料清单*仅针对一种变体，那么在*产品变体*字段具体指明。否则，在每条部件线上指明相应的变体。你可为每种部件添加多种变体。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 msgid "Adding a routing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加路线" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 msgid "" "You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " "series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " "enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可为*物料清单*添加路线。这项功能适用于定义制造流程需要的一系列操作。为此，在*制造*应用程序设置中启用*工作订单*功能。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "" "Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" " times." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个*物料清单*只能有一条路线，而每条路线可使用多次。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 msgid "" "Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" " when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " "dropdown menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你已创建路线，将它添加到你的*物料清单*。你可通过下拉菜单选择在工作操作中何时使用各项部件。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 msgid "Adding By-Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加副产品" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " "the primary product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，*副产品*是指*物料清单*产出主产品之外的其他产品。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 msgid "" "To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" " *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要向*物料清单*添加*副产品*，首先需要从*制造*应用程序设置启用这项功能。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " "You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " "need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用该功能后，你可向*物料清单*添加*副产品*。你可添加多种*副产品*。只需记住，你需要登记产生副产品的操作环节。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 msgid "Use flexible components consumption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用灵活部件消耗功能" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -239,6 +245,7 @@ msgid "" "chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " "But you will need to register it!" msgstr "" +"有时，你在制造一件产品时可能需要更多部件。举例来说，你生产的桌椅组合包含4张桌子和两把椅子，但客户要求你增加一把椅子。没问题，完全可以做到。但你必须登记！" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -246,7 +253,7 @@ msgid "" " available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" " as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " "consumption." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果出现这种情况，Odoo提供*灵活部件消耗*功能。启用此功能，你可消耗尽可能多的部件，节约了登记物品消耗情况的时间。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 @@ -261,14 +268,14 @@ msgid "" "Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." " All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " "need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用灵活部件消耗功能非常简单，只需要几步。你只需要*物料清单*和*质量控制点*。因此，你需要在*MRP*应用程序设置下启用*质量*功能。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 msgid "" "First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" " edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " "type. Then, save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，打开你想要用于灵活部件消耗的*物料清单*并编辑。在*杂项*选项卡中，选择*灵活*的消耗类型。然后，保存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -277,29 +284,30 @@ msgid "" " operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " "Materials* as type." msgstr "" +"现在，在*质量*应用程序中，在*质量控制*下打开*控制点*菜单，并创建新的*质量控制点*。选择你的产品、操作和工作订单操作。然后，选择*登记已消耗物料*类型。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 msgid "" "Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " "order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，返回*制造*应用程序并创建*制造订单*。选择你为之创建灵活*物料清单*的产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 msgid "" "Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " "have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " "To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，确认并启动处理步骤。在处理时，你有可能消耗比*物料清单*中预期更多的部件。为此，点击*继续消耗*。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 msgid "" "When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " "in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作结束后，在工作订单的*已完成步骤*选项卡可查看部件消耗的摘要。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将一组产品成套销售" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -309,6 +317,7 @@ msgid "" " the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " "*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." msgstr "" +"*套件*是指交货前未组装或混合的一组部件。它们在Odoo中被称为*物料清单*。根据套件产品的管理形式，有两种基本的*套件*配置方法。每种方法中，都必须安装“库存”和“制造”应用程序。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" @@ -318,7 +327,7 @@ msgstr "管理部件产品库存" msgid "" "If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " "components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你想按订单组装套件，只需对套件部件库存进行管理，则可跳过制造步骤使用*套件物料清单*。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -328,6 +337,7 @@ msgid "" "shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " "image shows the corresponding delivery order." msgstr "" +"使用*套件物料清单*的产品将作为单行项目在报价和销售订单中显示，但它会为套件中的每个部件都生成一个单行送货单。在以下例子中，左图显示\"自定义电脑套件\"的销售订单，右图显示对应的送货订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -339,12 +349,13 @@ msgid "" "Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " "be unchecked." msgstr "" +"从*库存*或*制造*应用程序的*产品菜单*，创造每个部件产品，操作方法与所有其他产品一样，然后创建最高一级或套件产品。套件产品在*库存选项卡*下应该只有*制造路线*组。由于你无法跟踪套件产品的库存，*产品类型*应设置为消耗品。由于套件产品是无法购买的，所以应取消*可购买*前面的勾号。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "" "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " "preference. The component products require no particular configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "套件产品的所有其他参数都可按照你的偏好进行修改。套件产品无需特别的配置。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -353,6 +364,7 @@ msgid "" " product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " "default values." msgstr "" +"完成产品配置后，为套件产品创建*物料清单*。添加每种部件及其数量。选择*物料清单类型*下的*将本产品作为一套部件发货*。所有其他选项可保留默认值。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" @@ -366,6 +378,7 @@ msgid "" "The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " "product will appear in your stock." msgstr "" +"如需管理*最高一级套件产品*的存货，需要采用有制造步骤的标准*物料清单*而不用*套件物料清单*。使用标准物料清单组装套件时将创建一个*制造订单*。该*制造订单*必须登记后才能在存货中显示套件产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -374,31 +387,32 @@ msgid "" "order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " "stock management." msgstr "" +"在套件产品中选择*制造路线*。也可选择*订货型生产*，这会在每次确认销售订单时创建一个*制造订单*。请选择产品类别为*可贮存品*启用库存管理。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " "this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" " order* rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你创建*物料清单*时，将物料清单类别选择为*制造此产品*。套件的组装由*制造订单*而非包装操作来定义。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理制造订单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " "You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " "control over it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，你可用两种不同方式管理制造流程。你可使用一个文件，或获取更多信息和控制力。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 msgid "" "In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " "one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " "process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在第一种情况中，Odoo让事情变简单，帮助你仅用一个文件 - 即制造订单来管理工作。整个过程没有复杂的步骤，你只需要安排工作并记录生产。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -407,81 +421,83 @@ msgid "" "into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " "defined by *routings*." msgstr "" +"但是，如果你想要更多控制力， " +"在制造过程中可使用其他文件（步骤）。这样，*制造订单*被分为一个或多个步骤（即*工作订单*），并按*路线*的规定按顺序执行。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 msgid "" "Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " "efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" " process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过Odoo，你可精准安排工作，分析效率并轻松实现制造流程的每个步骤。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在不设路线的情况下管理制造" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 msgid "" "If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " "step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你的制造流程局限在一个地方、一名人员和一个步骤，你可在不设路线的情况下使用制造订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 msgid "" "In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " "phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种方式的操作管理是Odoo的默认动作。从规划到生产有两个基本阶段：" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 msgid "Create a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建制造订单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 msgid "Record the production" -msgstr "" +msgstr "记录生产" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理包含路线和工作中心的制造" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 msgid "" "To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " "Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用*工作中心*和*路线*，你需启用*工作订单*功能。为此，前往*制造*应用程序设置。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 msgid "" "Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " "place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " "which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可向*物料清单*添加路线并配置不同*工作中心*的操作。*工作中心*指执行工作订单的场所。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 msgid "" "When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " "You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " "on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按这种方式进行制造时，每个*工作订单*都是独立排定的。你还可以进行时间和工作量规划，以及*工作中心*级别的成本与效率报告。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作流程由此被分解到三个基本阶段中：" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 msgid "Create the manufacturing order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建制造订单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计划相关工作订单的日程" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" -msgstr "" +msgstr "执行排定的工作并记录生产" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 msgid "Plan Work Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "规划工作订单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -489,7 +505,7 @@ msgid "" "can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" " helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " "don’t have the capacity to do so." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在某些情况下，公司需要安排工作订单时间表。他们可安排一整天的工作并确保一切顺畅运行。避免在产能不足时安排多个工作订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -499,35 +515,37 @@ msgid "" "same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " "avoiding work superposition." msgstr "" +"通过Odoo，公司可为制造订单安排计划开始日期。不可能重复， " +"计划过程也不会出现潜在问题。并且，如果为同一个工作中心同一时段计划两个工作订单，第二个将直接安排在第一个后面，避免工作叠加。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 msgid "Create the Work Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建工作订单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " "to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先需要打开*制造*应用程序。然后，前往设置并启用*工作订单*功能。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " "product and add a *Planned Start Date*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，进入*制造订单*菜单并点击*创建*。选择你的产品并添加*计划开始日期*。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 msgid "" "The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " "launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*截止日期开始*字段仅供参考。它显示何时可以开始制造订单以满足初步需求。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 msgid "" "Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " "*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " "just created:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将*制造订单*标记为待办事项并计划它。进入*排期*菜单，你可访问已排期的订单。这是我们刚刚创建的：" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -535,13 +553,13 @@ msgid "" "scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " "center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " "first free slot on the work center." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在同一个工作中心同一时段安排了两个工作订单，第二个将安排在第一个之后。其开始日期将自动更新到该工作中心首个空闲的时间档。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 msgid "" "If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " "track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你超出了计划日期并在稍后开始工作，将在工作订单的*时间跟踪*选项卡中跟踪它。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" @@ -571,7 +589,7 @@ msgstr "在行与项目对应的基础上定义变量BoM时，BoM主区域的** #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在套件物料清单上设置路线" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -579,48 +597,48 @@ msgid "" "BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " "product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " "for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你经常希望使用已制造产品物料清单内的套件物料清单，以缩减该产品的部件清单。在此过程中，你希望能够指明消耗每个套件部件的操作环节。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 msgid "" "We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " "configurations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们来看你在这类配置中可能面临的三种用例。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "成品和套件部件路线相同" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为成品创建物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 msgid "" "Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " "component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为包含套件部件的成品创建物料清单。为该物料清单设置路线，例如*组装家具*。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为套件部件创建套件物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 msgid "" "Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" " is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新套件部件，以定义其物料清单。确保该物料清单设定的路线与成品相同。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 msgid "" "You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " "in the BoM of the kit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可直接在套件物料清单中定义使用该套件部件的操作环节。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 @@ -635,14 +653,15 @@ msgid "" "components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " "kit BoM." msgstr "" +"在部件清单中，套件被分拆。由于我们在*组装家具*路线中定义了两个操作环节，因此已创建两个工作订单。套件部件在套件物料清单中定义的操作环节消耗。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "成品和套件部件路线不同" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在成品物料清单中设置套件消耗" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -650,7 +669,7 @@ msgid "" "which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " "Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " "this BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新套件部件，以定义其物料清单。在本用例中，套件物料清单中设置的路线与成品不同。这次物料清单中指明消耗套件部件的操作环节。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 @@ -661,38 +680,39 @@ msgid "" "the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" " kit BoM." msgstr "" +"当为制造产品创建制造订单时，套件分拆在各个部件中。在计划制造订单时，在本例中需创建三个工作订单，一个来自于制造产品的路线，另两个来自于套件物料清单的路线。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这些部件在其各自的操作环节中消耗。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在套件物料清单中设置套件消耗" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 msgid "" "Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " "component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " "Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为包含套件部件的成品创建制造物料清单。为该物料清单设置路线，例如*组装家具*。在该物料清单上指明部件的消耗情况。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 msgid "" "Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " "which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " "Product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新套件部件，以定义其物料清单。在本用例中，套件物料清单设置的路线与成品不同。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 msgid "" "All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " "last component is consumed during the second operation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本套件的所有部件都在首个操作环节中消耗。最后一个部件在第二个操作环节中消耗。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理半成品" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -700,7 +720,7 @@ msgid "" "Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " "*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " "to make another one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，你可用局部装配产品简化复杂的*物料清单*，或更准确地代表制造流程。*分组件产品*是指用作另一个产品的部件的制造产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -710,10 +730,11 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " "be for subassemblies." msgstr "" +"包含*局部装配*的*物料清单*被称为多层级物料清单。这需要创建*最高一级物料清单*和*分组件物料清单*。这一流程将确保每次为最高一级产品创建制造订单时，同时创建分组件制造订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置分组件产品" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -722,22 +743,23 @@ msgid "" "the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." " Now, hit save." msgstr "" +"如要配置*多层级物料清单*，你需要最高一级产品及其分组件。第一步是为每个分组件创建产品表单。选择*制造*和*按订单补货*路线。然后，点击保存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 msgid "" "In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " "Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*主数据*下的*物料清单*菜单中，创建新的*物料清单*。选择你刚创建的产品并添加其部件。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 msgid "Configure the Main BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置主物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 msgid "" "Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " "subassemblies in the list of components." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可配置最高一级产品及其*物料清单*。在部件列表中可加入任何分组件。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -745,65 +767,60 @@ msgid "" "product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " "Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " "available before manufacturing the finished product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你每次为最高一级产品规划制造订单时，系统将为分组件创建制造订单。然后，你必须制造分组件，确保其在制造成品前可用。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造分包" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" -" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." -msgstr "" +"Some businesses subcontract the production of finished products through " +"subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +msgstr "某些公司通过分包商将成品生产进行分包。这可通过Odoo轻松管理。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " -"*Subcontracting*." -msgstr "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*分包*。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 msgid "" "You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" -" go to *Manufacturing > Master Data > Bill of Materials* and hit *Create*. " -"In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by the subcontractor " -"to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify that the *BoM* " -"type is *Subcontracting*." +" go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials` " +"and hit *Create*. In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by " +"the subcontractor to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify" +" that the *BoM* type is *Subcontracting* and define one or several " +"subcontractors who will provide you the product." msgstr "" +"现在，你可定义分包*物料清单*。因此，你需要前往:menuselection:`制造 --> 主数据 --> " +"物料清单`并点击*创建*。在本*物料清单*中，列出分包商将用于制造分包成品的部件。指定*物料清单*类型为*分包*，并定义将为你提供产品的一家或多家分包商。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:24 -msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" -msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "And... the configuration part is already done!" +msgstr "现在，配置部分均已完成！" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "接收或购买分包产品" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你有两种方案触发产品分包：" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 msgid "" "**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**方案A**：你可向分包商购买分包产品" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**方案B**：你可直接接收分包产品" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们从方案A开始（方案B是方案A的简化版）。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -811,34 +828,34 @@ msgid "" "price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " "subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " "subcontracted product)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新的采购订单。供应商必须为分包商。单价应为向分包商支付的费用（因此，它不一定是分包产品的总成本）。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 msgid "" "The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " "Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " "following stock moves are created:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "验证采购订单后将自动创建收据。你在收到产品后，可验证收据。系统创建以下库存移动：" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 msgid "For the components" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于部件" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从分包到生产" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 msgid "For the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于分包产品" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从生产到分包" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从分包到库存" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -846,65 +863,89 @@ msgid "" " your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " "the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " "stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*分包地点*代表产品在分包商仓库中的位置。它被配置为内部地点，发往分包商的部件仍在你的库存中估值。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 msgid "" "For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " "type subcontractor defined on it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于方案B，你可直接手动创建收据，将合作伙伴类型定义为分包商。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" -msgstr "" +msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product with tracked components" +msgstr "接收或购买包含已追踪部件的的分包产品" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 msgid "" -"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " -"components:" -msgstr "" +"In case the subcontracted product you receive from your subcontractor " +"contains tracked components, you will need to specify the *serial/lot " +"numbers* of the components in question for traceability. This operation is " +"included in the receipt of the subcontracted product." +msgstr "如果你从分包商接收的分包产品含有已追踪部件，你必须指明部件的*序列号/批号*，以确保可追踪性。这个操作环节包含在接收分包产品中。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 -msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:86 msgid "" -"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " -"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " -"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " -"created." +"On the receipt, you see a *Record Components* button appearing when " +"necessary. If you click on it, a *Produce* wizard opens in which you will " +"have to enter the *serial/lot numbers* of the components, and the finished " +"product if it is also tracked, like in the below example." msgstr "" +"接收时，你会看到页面出现*记录部件*按钮。点击该按钮，页面出现*生产*向导，你可输入部件及成品（如也被追踪）的*序列号/批号*，如下例所示。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:95 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 msgid "" -"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " -"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " -"components." +"Once this information has been entered, you will see a new icon on the " +"receipt stock move, which will allow you to find back the components which " +"are part of the finished product." +msgstr "在输入此信息后，你在收据库存移动上可以看到一个新图标，用于找到作为成品组成部分的部件。" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 +msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" +msgstr "向分包商重新提供部件" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:101 +msgid "" +"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " +"components:" +msgstr "管理向分包商重新提供部件的过程有3种方法：" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the subcontractor" +" as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgstr "**手动**：创建交货单，将分包商设为合作伙伴，选择待交付的部件。" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"You therefore need to activate *Multi-locations* in the inventory settings." +msgstr "因此，你需要在库存设置中启用*多地点*。" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule* on the " +"*Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough components " +"sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is triggered, a " +"delivery order is created for the product is automatically created." msgstr "" +"**含追加订购规则**：你可对*分包地点*定义*追加订购规则*，以确保总有充足部件送完分包商工厂。在触发追加订购规则后，系统将自动为产品创建交货单。" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 +msgid "" +"**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your subcontractors " +"each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you need to tick the " +"route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted components." +msgstr "**按订单**：你也可以在每次订购分包产品时向分包商交付部件。为此，你需要在部件上勾选*按订单向分包商重新供应*路线。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "拆解产品" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " "managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" " unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo制造应用程序中，你可*拆解*产品。你可管理两种用例：(1)你可拆解自己创建的产品或(2)你可拆解接收的产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -912,13 +953,13 @@ msgid "" "of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " "of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们先看第一种情况，你自行制造产品。如果你的某件产品存在缺陷，你可能希望将它拆解而不是完全报废，以便重新利用产品中的某些部件。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 msgid "" "In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " "unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在第二种情况中，你购买产品的唯一目的就是将其拆解并回收。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 msgid "Unbuild Order" @@ -928,67 +969,69 @@ msgstr "拆解单" msgid "" "While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" " menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在制造应用程序中，在*操作*选项卡下，你可找到*拆解单*菜单。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 msgid "" "When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " "something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " "something you received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建新拆解单时，如果是拆解你自行制造的产品，可选择制造订单，如果是拆解你收到的产品，只需选择该产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，只需点击拆解，流程结束。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 msgid "" "If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " "components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你拆解的是之前制造的产品，制造订单中的部件将返回库存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 msgid "" "If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " "BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你拆解的是购买的产品，物料清单中的部件将返回库存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用主生产调度" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 msgid "" "The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " "production based on your demand forecast." -msgstr "" +msgstr "主生产调度(MPS)是根据你的需求预测计划生产的有用工具。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." -msgstr "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用主生产调度功能，然后点击保存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 msgid "" "In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " "(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在制造设置中，你可定义MPS（月/周/日）的时间范围和希望显示的周期数。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" -"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " -"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " -"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " -"quantities to replenish." +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." msgstr "" +"现在，进入:menuselection:`排期 --> " +"主生产调度`并点击添加产品。你可定义你的安全库存目标（=在周期结束时希望保有的库存量）和补货的最小及最大数量。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 msgid "" "The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " "rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" " them with drag and drop." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在MPS中根据产品顺序进行订购。你可进入产品列表，拖放并重新排列，即可重新安排产品顺序。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1000,10 +1043,12 @@ msgid "" "already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " "information if it isn’t necessary." msgstr "" +"在MPS视图中，你可点击*行*，决定显示的信息。你可向该视图添加其他字段，如*实际需求*显示该产品在本周期内已经订购的数量，或*可供销售量*显示你在本周期内仍可销售的产品（你计划的补货量" +" - 本周期内已经售出的量）。你还可隐藏一些无关紧要的信息。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "估计需求并发起补货" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -1013,6 +1058,7 @@ msgid "" " demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " "its components." msgstr "" +"下一步是估计本周期内的需求。你应在*需求预测*行输入估计结果。你可随时比较需求预测与实际需求（=已确认的销售量）。成品的需求预测将影响其部件的间接需求。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -1022,93 +1068,94 @@ msgid "" "displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " "replenish button." msgstr "" +"然后，系统将自动计算不同周期的补货量。基于你的前置时间（供应商前置时间或制造前置时间）应发起的补货显示为绿色。现在，你可点击补货按钮，发起补货。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 msgid "" "Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " "requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " "easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据产品的配置（采购或制造），系统将创建报价请求或制造订单。只需点击*实际补货*单元格，即可轻松访问这些信息。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 msgid "" "In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " "appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " "computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你手动编辑*待补货*数量，左侧将出现一个小十字。如你想要返回Odoo提供的自动计算值，你可点击十字图标。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 msgid "Cells color signification" -msgstr "" +msgstr "单元格颜色的含义" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 msgid "" "The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " "colors depending on the situation:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*待补货*行上的单元格根据不同情况有不同颜色：" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 msgid "" "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " "expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " "demand forecast." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**绿色**：考虑到需求预测和间接需求预测，为达到预期安全库存量需要补货的产品数量。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 msgid "" "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "still matches current data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**灰色**：已生成补货订单，其数量仍匹配当前数据。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 msgid "" "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "was too high considering current data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**红色**：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过高。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 msgid "" "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" " was too low considering current data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**橙色**：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过低。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 msgid "" "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " "stock will be negative during the period in question." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*已预测库存*行也可包含红色单元格，意思是该周期内的库存将为负值。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果我低估了需求怎么办？" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 msgid "" "You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " "replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " "replenishment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你仍可增加需求预测。它将影响补货数量。单元格将变为橙色，你可发起新补货。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果我高估了需求怎么办？" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 msgid "" "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" " that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " "can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可减少需求预测。单元格将变为红色，表明你订购的数量超过了计划数量。如果允许，你可手动取消一些报价请求或制造订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果我在MPS中错误添加了产品怎么办？" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 msgid "" "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " "the right of its name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可点击产品名称右侧的小垃圾箱，即可从MPS中删除该产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -1116,48 +1163,48 @@ msgstr "概览" #: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "维修管理" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "维修产品" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " "defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo*维修*应用程序不仅可管理完整的售后流程，还可轻松维修存在缺陷的已制造产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "创建维修单" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在应用程序中，你可访问现有*维修单*或创建新维修单。" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "管理维修" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 msgid "" "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " "customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" " might need, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当客户发给你需要维修的产品时，创建新的*维修单*，填写所有相关信息，如产品、客户、维修之前或之后是否需要开单、可能需要的零部件等。" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " "able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，你可将维修报价发送给客户。如批准，你可确认维修。然后，你可开始维修并在完成后结束维修。" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可就维修开单。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po index a68137e96..7f3766fa8 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Datasource International , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,61 +23,61 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "营销自动化" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "高级" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 msgid "Understanding Metrics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "了解指标" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 msgid "" "Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " "of linking your employees to goals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "指标是帮助你测量进步的值，是为员工设定目标的强大方式。" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 msgid "" "When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" " in a graph form and in numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你在Odoo中创建工作流程后，它的可视化内容已经以图形和数字形式显示为指标。" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们一起看下面的示例：" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 msgid "" "The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" " to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" " email address set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*目标* - 业务目标 - 是指*线索/商机*，缩小为*标记名称*包含“产品”描述，并已设置电子邮件地址的记录。" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." -msgstr "" +msgstr "共有20条记录符合此标准。" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 msgid "" "Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " "have matched the criteria." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这20条记录中，25个已成为参与者，换句话说，他们符合条件。" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 msgid "" "Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" " look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " "modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每次运行系统、更新数字和触发操作时，它将查看*目标*模式并检查是否添加新记录或修改记录，保持流程最新。" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 msgid "" "The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " "the meantime will be excluded from later activities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这里的筛选条件适用于*所有*活动。丢失标记的线索将从之后的活动中排除。" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -84,6 +88,8 @@ msgid "" "participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " "of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." msgstr "" +"*记录*是一个实时数字，因此在运行工作流程时，可对机会记录进行更改 - 删除、添加、调整等 - " +"更新记录数量，但不改变参与者人数，因为指标*不会*排除之前被设置为参与者的机会。它只会添加新记录。因此，*记录*数量可能与*参与者*数量不同。" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -91,59 +97,59 @@ msgid "" "*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" " performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " "domain one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可在*范围*下，对活动应用单独的筛选条件。这项功能可用于规定，只有当记录同时满足活动和域名两项筛选条件时，才执行该记录。" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" "Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " "is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如：如要某活动发送短信，你可以设置一个电话号码，避免触发绝不会发送且崩溃的短信。" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" "*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" " the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " "the total number of participants." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*成功*是指相对于参与者总人数，成功执行搜索参与者的次数 - 与该活动的筛选条件匹配。 " #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 msgid "" "If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " "*Rejected*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如参与者与条件不匹配，它将被加入*已拒绝*。" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" "Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " "participants, per day, for the last 15 days." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将鼠标悬停在图表上，你可以看到每天以及过去15天成功和被拒绝的参与者人数。" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 msgid "" "Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " "automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " "the beginning (parent action)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每次将新记录添加到*目标*模式时，它将自动添加到工作流程中，且将从头开始工作流程（父操作）。" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../overview/segment`" #: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../overview/test`" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动化操作及创建工作流程" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -152,215 +158,216 @@ msgid "" "to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " "creates a seamless experience for employees." msgstr "" +"自动化工作流程是创建智能、数据驱动、多层面营销活动的标志，可在合适的时机向合适的潜在客户传递合适的信息。它还可加快流程，为员工创造无缝体验。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 msgid "Segment and create a campaign" -msgstr "" +msgstr "划分并创建营销活动" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`营销活动 --> 创建`。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 msgid "" "In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " "integrated with *Contacts*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在以下示例中，*营销自动化*应用程序与*联系人*全面集成。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 msgid "" "But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " "installed in your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "但它也可与CRM等其他应用程序集成，只要你已将这些应用程序安装在数据库中。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 msgid "" "Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " "campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " "criteria will be added to the workflow." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据设定的标准，在运行营销活动过程中，*目标模型自行更新*。也就是说， 符合条件的每条新记录都会被加入工作流程。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 msgid "" "Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " "some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " "will stop running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "举例：某营销活动针对未分配销售人员的线索。如果在某一个时点为这些线索分配了销售人员，则营销活动将停止运行。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建父活动并开始建立工作流程" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*添加新活动*。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 msgid "" "*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*触发*字段用于设置开始部署的活动。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 msgid "" "Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " "executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你想在一定时间后并按触发器顺序停止执行操作，则需设置*有效期*。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 msgid "" "Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " "for this specific activity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*范围*下，可缩小目标，并为特定活动应用筛选条件。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 msgid "Add Child Activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加子活动" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 msgid "" "A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*子活动*是指根据条件发生的操作。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 msgid "" "You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " "email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " "or not, the email bounced back." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在前一个创建或添加子活动：是否打开邮件，是否回复邮件，是否点击链接，邮件被退回。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 msgid ":doc:`segment`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`segment`" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用筛选器分隔数据库" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." -msgstr "" +msgstr "筛选器能让你更细致了解记录详情。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 msgid "How to work with filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何使用筛选器" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 msgid "" "When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" " button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " "within it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在使用筛选器时，你会发现某些规则旁有箭头，表示该参数内还有更多变量。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 msgid "" "More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " "called a *branch* (...)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*分支*(...)下还可添加多个参数行 -*节点*(+)。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要删除*节点*或*分支*，点击*删除节点*(x)。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 msgid "" "Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " "records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" " rule or the other." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每次创建新分支时，你可选择记录需匹配规则的*所有*条件还是*任意*条件。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用例" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 msgid "" "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**情景**：将目标缩小为管道中的新商机。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**情景**：将目标缩小为供应商。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 msgid "" "**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " "name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**情景**：将线索缩小为包含某个标记名称。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 msgid "" "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " "that purchase a specific category of ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**情景**：将目标缩小为参加了特定活动且购买特定类型门票的人员。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**情景*：将目标缩小为有子女的员工。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 msgid "" "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " "solved." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**情景**：将目标缩小为包含已解决服务台工单的记录。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`automate_actions`" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发起测试并开始营销活动" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 msgid "" "Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " "on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " "mistakes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在开始营销活动之前，通过测试可对测试联系人运行工作流程，查看活动顺序，避免错误。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 msgid "Launch a test" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发起测试" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*发起测试*。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 msgid "" "Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " "subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" " the whole workflow click on *Stop*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在选择测试联系人之后，*运行*父活动及需要的后续活动。分别*运行*和*停止*活动。如要停止整个工作流程，点击*停止*。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 msgid "" "Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " "introducing wrong inputs to reports." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发起测试不会在你的标准中添加数据，以避免在报告内产生错误输入内容。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 msgid "Start and stop a workflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始和停止工作流程" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 msgid "" "Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " "interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" " be shown on the status bar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*开始*运行工作流程，点击*停止*打断。可随时开始并打断。状态栏将显示当前状态。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "参与者及其特定的工作流程" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 msgid "" "*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " "campaign." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*参与者*是指营销活动曾涉及的所有记录。" #: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -368,4 +375,4 @@ msgid "" " activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " "workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " "*Cancel*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果点击*参与者*并打开记录，你会看到该记录过去/现在/未来经历的具体活动，以及触发该工作流程的时间。如需取消某活动，点击*取消*。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po index 26bdac010..edc9db1e8 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,18 +28,18 @@ msgstr "计划" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 msgid "Create a schedule and make encoding easier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建时间表，让编码更轻松" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:4 msgid "" "Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" " shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" " level." -msgstr "" +msgstr "组织定期时间表或长期预测项目。创建排班并管理任务，分配员工，保持高度条理性。" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:8 msgid "Organize your team by roles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按角色组织你的团队" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -46,97 +47,99 @@ msgid "" " the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " "*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." msgstr "" +"前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 角色 --> " +"创建`。或者，前往*员工*应用程序，选择相应的员工，在*工作信息*下选择*默认计划角色*。" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:18 msgid "Make shifts recurrent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重复排班" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:19 msgid "" "While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " "from the need of re-planning it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建排班时，选择*重复*并根据需要配置，避免重复排班的麻烦。" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:28 msgid "" "Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " "possible in developer mode, from *Settings*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "系统将生成未来六个月的重复排班。在开发人员模式的*设置*中，可进行修改。" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:32 msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要在甘特视图下复制排班，按下CTRL+拖放。" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:36 msgid "Save shifts as templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将排班保存为模板" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:37 msgid "" "If creating a shift on the fly and knowing that you will use that template " "in the future, click on *Save as a Template*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建排班后，如需将其用作未来的模板，点击*保存为模板*。" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Shifts Templates --> Create`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要提前创建模板，前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 排班模板 --> 创建`。" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" -msgstr "" +msgstr "复制前一周的排班" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:52 msgid "" "When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " "Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " "simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在甘特视图*按员工、角色或项目安排时间表*中，无需重新排班，只需点击*复制前一周*。" #: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:61 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " "grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " "time, for example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与*休假*和*员工*应用程序集成，将员工未上班或休假的日期显示为灰格。" #: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 msgid "Send planned shifts and give employees autonomy over shifts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送排班计划并给予员工自主性" #: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:4 msgid "" "If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, " "loosing productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts " "helps you to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果无法控制任务和排班，可能会出现进度落后，生产力流失等问题。让员工参与对排班的意见有助于掌控工作量，并予以员工一定的灵活度。" #: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:9 msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过电子邮件发布并发送当周排班" #: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 msgid "" "Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" " Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "排班完成后，点击*发送时间表*。如想要*未分配*的班次被看到，选择*包括开放的班次*。" #: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:17 msgid "" "Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " "and Send*, employees will get an email that will redirect them to their " "planned tasks:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择*发布*或*发布并发送*。如选择*发布并发送*，员工将收到邮件，指向他们的任务安排：" #: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:25 msgid "" "Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发布之前，员工无法看到排班。" #: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "允许员工自行空出排班" #: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -144,8 +147,8 @@ msgid "" "employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " "am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " "take it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入*配置*并启用*允许取消分配*。之后，员工打开任务时，可点击*我没时间空档*。此时排班将空出，允许其他人排入。" #: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:45 msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "员工拥有门户访问权限；用户拥有数据库访问权限。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 64f8e89b5..b71ac5bc5 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ # Manga Tsang , 2019 # Kenny Yang , 2019 # 敬雲 林 , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 敬雲 林 , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -47,7 +48,7 @@ msgstr "POS终端上使用条形码" msgid "" "Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " "efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用条形码扫描仪处理POS订单可以提高效率，并为你和客户节省时间。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 @@ -68,13 +69,13 @@ msgstr "设置" msgid "" "To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " "Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用条形码扫描仪，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS接口。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 msgid "" "Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " "select it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在物联网工具箱/硬件类别下，你可找到*条形码扫描仪*并选择它。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 msgid "Add barcodes to product" @@ -84,13 +85,13 @@ msgstr "将条形码增加到产品上" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 产品`并选择一个产品。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 msgid "" "Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " "can input any barcode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在一般信息选项卡下，你可找到条形码字段，你可在此输入任何条形码。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 msgid "Scanning products" @@ -101,7 +102,7 @@ msgid "" "From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " "product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " "times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从你的PoS接口，用条形码扫描仪扫描任何条形码。产品将被添加，你可以多次扫描同一件产品，将它添加多次，也可在屏幕上手动更改数量。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash Rounding" @@ -111,67 +112,67 @@ msgstr "现金舍入" msgid "" "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " "currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当货币或硬币的最低实物面值高于最小的记账单位时，需要进行**现金舍入**。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 msgid "" "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " "total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " "made in cash." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，某些国家要求公司在以现金支付时，将发票总额四舍五入到最接近的五美分。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 msgid "" "Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " "totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo的每个POS都可以配置为将现金舍入到其账单或收据的总数。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "" "This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" " available for all supported versions as soon as possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这项功能将很快添加到Odoo中。我们目前正努力使所有支持的版本尽快可用。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*现金舍入*，然后点击*保存*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " "open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" " option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`，打开你想要配置的POS，并启用*现金舍入*选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 msgid "" "To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " "*Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要定义**舍入方法**，打开下拉列表并点击*创建并编辑...*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 msgid "" "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," " then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这里定义你的*舍入精度*、*盈利帐户*和*损失帐户*，然后保存舍入方法和你的POS设置。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 msgid "" "All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" " according to your settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这个POS的所有总金额现在都会增加一行，根据你的设置应用现金舍入。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 msgid "" "Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " "strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo POS只支持*添加舍入线*舍入策略和*半舍入*舍入方法。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用Mercury接受信用卡支付" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -181,58 +182,61 @@ msgid "" "with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " "American businesses." msgstr "" +"在Odoo 11 PoS及集成读卡器中接受信用卡支付需要MercuryPay账户（参见`*MercuryPay网站* " +"`__）。MercuryPay仅适用于美国和加拿大银行，因此这一程序只适合北美公司。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 msgid "" "An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " "card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " "card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "集成读卡器的替代方法是使用独立的读卡器，然后将Odoo POS屏幕上的交易总额复制到读卡器中，并在Odoo POS中记录交易。 " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装Mercury" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 msgid "" "To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " "module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要安装Mercury，前往:menuselection:`应用程序`并搜索*Mercury*模块。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 msgid "" "To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" +"如要配置Mercury，你需要启用:doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " "Configurations`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> Mercury配置`。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 msgid "" "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " "credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为信用卡创建新配置并输入你的Mercury凭据。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " "Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 支付方式`并创建新支付方式。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 msgid "" "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " "select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*POS*下，选择*在POS使用*后，你可选择刚才创建的Mercury凭据。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 msgid "" "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你在验证付款时，有了用信用卡支付的新选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 msgid "Log in with employee" @@ -243,29 +247,29 @@ msgid "" "With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " "allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " "made for that session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过*POS*应用程序，你可管理多个收银员。这项功能可追踪谁在工作，每位收银员每个班次的时间和收银金额。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" "There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," " by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中切换收银员有三种方法：*选择收银员*、*输入PIN码*或*扫描条形码*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用管理多个收银员功能，你必须有多位员工（至少两位）。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置员工登录" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 msgid "" "To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " "employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " "the cash register." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，进入*PoS设置*并在*PoS表单*中勾选员工登录。然后，添加有收银机权限的员工。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." @@ -279,7 +283,7 @@ msgstr "切换不需要识别码" msgid "" "The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" " cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "切换收银员的最简单方法是无需代码，直接切换。为此，点击PoS界面中的收银员姓名。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." @@ -293,93 +297,93 @@ msgstr "用识别码切换至出纳" msgid "" "You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " "employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可为每位收银员设置pin码。如要设置pin码，前往*HR设置选项卡*的员工表单并添加安全PIN码。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，在切换收银员时，必须输入PIN码。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过条形码切换收银员" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 msgid "" "You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " "set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" " when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可要求员工用自己的徽章登录。为此，在添加PIN码的同一位置设置条形码。打印徽章，扫描徽章后，收银员将切换为该员工。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "查找谁是收银员" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " "amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在关闭*PoS会话*后，你可整体查看每位收银员的销售额。为此，你需进入订单菜单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，打开订单，即可看到已售出产品的摘要。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新打印收据" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 msgid "" "Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需重新打印票据，请使用*重新打印收据*功能。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 msgid "" "To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " "Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需启用*重新打印收据*，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS接口。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 msgid "" "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*重新打印收据*选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 msgid "" "In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " "receipt printer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为使用重新打印收据选项，你必须启用收据打印机。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新打印收据" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的PoS界面，现在可以看到*重新打印收据*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以使用它来重新打印上一张收据。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 msgid "Pricing Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定价功能" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用适合条形码扫描仪的折扣标签" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 msgid "" "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " "close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " "allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你想打折销售产品，例如对于已经临期的产品，你可使用折扣标签。这样可以扫描折扣条形码。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用折扣标签，你需要使用条形码扫描器。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" @@ -387,19 +391,19 @@ msgstr "条码命名规则" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为使用折扣标签，我们需要了解条形码命名法。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 msgid "" "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " "barcode:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "假设你想对以下条形码的产品打折：" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 msgid "" "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " "interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在PoS界面设置下找到*默认命名法*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -407,30 +411,31 @@ msgid "" "with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " "before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" msgstr "" +"假设你想对一个产品打折50%，你必须在添加产品条形码之前先加上22（用于折扣条形码命名）和50（用于折扣%）。 在我们的例子中，条形码应为：" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "扫描产品和标签" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你必须首先扫描需要的产品（本例中为柠檬）。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 msgid "" "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " "finish the transaction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后扫描折扣标签。折扣将生效，你可完成交易。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理忠诚度计划" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 msgid "" "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " "*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过*忠诚度计划*鼓励客户继续来你的销售点购物。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -438,10 +443,12 @@ msgid "" "Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " "Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" msgstr "" +"如要启用*忠诚度计划*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`并选择你的PoS界面。在定价功能下，选择*忠诚度计划*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在此创建并编辑忠诚度计划。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -449,11 +456,11 @@ msgid "" "discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " "range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " "everything in between." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可决定希望使用的忠诚度计划类型，如果奖励是折扣或礼品，可设置针对特定产品还是整个范围。应用规则，确保它仅对特定情况有效。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的PoS界面使用忠诚度计划" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -462,113 +469,114 @@ msgid "" "using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " "rules defined in the loyalty program." msgstr "" +"在设置客户后，你现在可以看到他们交易获得的点数，并将累计他们已消费的金额。根据忠诚度计划定义的规则，在累计足够点数后，通过*奖励*按钮即可兑换奖励。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你会发现价格即时更新，反映价格表的最新价格。你可按正常方式完成订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你选择包含默认价格表的客户，则将适用该价格表。当然，你也可更改。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用手动折扣" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 msgid "" "If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " "solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你不经常使用折扣功能，手动折扣可能是最适合你的销售点的简便方式。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 msgid "" "You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可对整个订单或特定产品应用折扣。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对产品应用折扣" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从会话界面，使用*折扣*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 msgid "" "You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " "currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可对当前选择的产品输入折扣（百分比），则将应用折扣。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用全局折扣" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" " --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要对整个订单应用折扣，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 msgid "" "Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*定价*类别下，你可找到*全局折扣*，选择。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面会出现新的*折扣*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 msgid "" "Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击，然后你可输入需要的折扣（百分比）。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 msgid "" "On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " "product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在本例中，你会发现全局折扣是50%，特定产品折扣也是50%。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用限时折扣" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 msgid "" "Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " "seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " "pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" +msgstr "提供限时折扣或季节折扣，吸引客户并增加收入。Odoo强大的价格表功能，可支持最适合你公司的定价策略。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " "--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*价格表*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 msgid "" "Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " "define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" " on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择你现在本POS中可用的价格表并定义默认价格表。你可点击*价格表*，访问你的全部价格表。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建价格表" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 msgid "" "By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，你有*公开价格表*。如要创建更多，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 价格表`。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -576,17 +584,17 @@ msgid "" "quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " "can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " "whole range." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可设置使用特定价格的几项标准：周期、最少数量（满足最低订购数量并获得价格折扣）等。你还可选择对特定产品或在整个范围内应用该价格表。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在PoS界面使用价格表" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 msgid "" "You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " "select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，在*客户*按钮上方有一个新按钮，即刻使用并选择正确的价格表。" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze sales" @@ -594,36 +602,36 @@ msgstr "分析销售" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看你的POS统计数据" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 msgid "" "Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " "provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " "statistics." -msgstr "" +msgstr "跟踪销售情况对于任何企业都至关重要。因此，Odoo为你提供分析销售情况并获取有意义统计数据的实用视图。" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看你的统计数据" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 msgid "" "To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " "--> Orders`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要访问你的统计数据，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 报告 --> 订单`。" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" +msgstr " 然后，你可以图形或透视表形式查看各种统计数据。" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可点击此处访问统计视图" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "财政数据模块" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" @@ -684,7 +692,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个POS配置注册的物联网盒" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 msgid "Setup" @@ -703,6 +711,9 @@ msgid "" "can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" " to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." msgstr "" +"为了使用财政数据模块, 你需要一个已注册的物联网盒。这种物联网盒与普通的类似, " +"但它们已在比利时政府注册。这是法律规定。在未注册的物联网盒上使用财政数据模块将无法正常工作。你可通过物联网盒主页*硬件状态页*验证财政数据模块是否已被物联网盒识别" +" 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 msgid "Odoo" @@ -721,6 +732,10 @@ msgid "" "transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " "VAT signing card." msgstr "" +"通过安装**比利时注册的收银机**应用程序（技术名称：``pos_blackbox_be``），Odoo " +"POS应用程序可具备认证的POS功能。由于政府对我们的限制，这种安装不能撤消。在此之后, " +"你必须确保每个POS配置都有与它关联的唯一已注册物联网盒（:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`并确保硬件代理/物联网盒及其序列号已设置）。首次打开时POS并尝试处理交易时，你需要输入连同增值税签约卡一起收到的PIN码。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 msgid "Certification & On-premise" @@ -769,11 +784,11 @@ msgstr "产品销售没有有效的税收" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个物联网盒不允许多个Odoo POS配置" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在不连入物联网盒（及FDM）的情况下使用POS" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" @@ -785,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "概览" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册客户" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -793,30 +808,30 @@ msgid "" "privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " "will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" " any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册客户有助于给予他们折扣、忠诚度计划、具体沟通等特权。如果他们想要发票，注册后也能让未来的互动更快捷。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建客户" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从会话界面，使用客户按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过这个按钮创建新客户。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要填写客户信息表。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 msgid "" "Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " "any future transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，点击保存按钮。然后，你在未来的交易中就可以选择该客户了。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" @@ -828,6 +843,7 @@ msgid "" "interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " "iPads, Android tablets or laptops." msgstr "" +"Odoo POS在线应用程序基于简单、用户友好的界面。**POS** 应用程序可在ipad、Android平板电脑或笔记本电脑上使用，在线或离线均可。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -836,6 +852,8 @@ msgid "" "registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " "customer can be identified from the app." msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"POS应用程序与库存和会计应用程序全面集成。POS的任何交易都将自动登记到库存和会计条目中，由于应用程序可识别客户，还将登记到CRM应用程序中。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -845,37 +863,37 @@ msgstr "无需繁琐的外部程序集成，就可以实时统计所有门店数 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装POS应用程序" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往应用程序页面并安装POS应用程序。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 msgid "" "If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " "accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " "settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你使用Odoo会计应用程序，请勿忘记安装账户图表。你可在会计设置中进行此操作。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使产品在POS中可用" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 msgid "" "To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" " in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要使产品在POS可供销售，打开产品，进入销售选项卡并勾选*在POS可用*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可在此定义产品是否需要称重。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置支付方式" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -883,33 +901,35 @@ msgid "" " of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " "Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." msgstr "" +"如要为POS添加新的支付方式，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS --> 选择POS --> " +"前往支付版块`并点击“支付方式”链接。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 msgid "" "Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" " in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可创建新支付方式。请勿忘记勾选*在POS使用*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 msgid "" "Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" " you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建支付方式后，你可在POS配置中决定可用该支付方式的POS。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置POS" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" " select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " "edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择需要配置的POS。你可在本菜单中编辑POS的所有设置。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建首个PoS会话" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 msgid "Your first order" @@ -919,64 +939,66 @@ msgstr "第一个订单" msgid "" "You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " "dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可通过PoS完成首笔销售交易。你可从PoS仪表板查看所有POS，也可开始新会话。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在你已进入PoS界面" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 msgid "" "Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " "payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " "and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "订单完成后，你可登记付款。页面左侧将显示所有可用的付款方式。选择合适的付款方式并输入收到的金额。然后，你可验证付款。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可登记下一个订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭PoS会话" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 msgid "" "At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " "the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " "now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一天结束后，你可关闭PoS会话。为此，点击右上角出现的关闭按钮并确认。现在，你可从仪表板关闭会话。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 msgid "" "It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们强烈建议你在每天结束后关闭PoS会话。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你将看到每种支付方式的所有交易摘要。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 msgid "" "You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" " paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击摘要的其中一行，你将看到在此PoS会话期间通过此支付方式支付的所有订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 msgid "" "If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " "closing entries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果检查无误，你可验证此PoS会话并将关闭的条目过账。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，你即可结束首个PoS会话。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 msgid "" "To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " ":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" msgstr "" +"如要将PoS接入Odoo物联网盒硬件，请参见本版块:doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and " +":doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terminals" @@ -984,24 +1006,24 @@ msgstr "付款终端" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将Ingenico支付终端接入你的PoS" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 msgid "" "Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " "your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接支付终端可为客户提供流畅的支付流程，并方便收银员的工作。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 msgid "" "Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " "Benelux." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，Ingenico目前仅向比荷卢地区客户提供。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "接入支付终端" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1010,6 +1032,8 @@ msgid "" "database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "<../../iot/config/connect>`." msgstr "" +"将Ingenico支付终端接入Odoo需要物联网盒。关于如何将物联网盒接入数据库的更多信息，请参见:doc:`IoT documentation " +"<../../iot/config/connect>`。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1018,16 +1042,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT" " Box Device option and select your payment terminal." msgstr "" +"在设置并运行物联网盒之后，你需要将支付终端连接到PoS。打开*POS*应用程序并前往:menuselection:`配置 --> " +"POS`。选择一个PoS，勾选物联网盒设备选项并选择你的支付终端。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:30 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为比荷卢Ingenico配置Lane/5000" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:32 msgid "" "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " "Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击终端上的F按钮，然后前往:menuselection:`PoS菜单 --> 设置`并输入设置密码。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1036,16 +1062,18 @@ msgid "" "port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" +"现在，点击连接更改和TCP/IP。 " +"键入*物联网盒*的IP（你可在物联网盒的表单视图中找到它）。然后，输入9000作为端口。终端将重新启动。完成后，进入Odoo的*物联网盒*表单，并验证是否已找到终端。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置支付方式" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:46 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，进入POS应用程序的一般设置，并启用Ingenico设置。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1054,10 +1082,12 @@ msgid "" "new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " "Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" +"回到:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`，进入支付版块并查看你的支付方式。为Ingenico创建新支付方式，选择支付终端选项Ingenico，并选择你的支付终端设备。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:61 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用支付终端付款" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1067,46 +1097,47 @@ msgid "" "*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " "Successful*." msgstr "" +"在*PoS界面*，当处理付款时，选择使用支付终端的*支付方式*。检查栏目中的金额是否为须发送到付款终端的金额并单击*发送*。当付款成功时，状态将更改为*付款成功*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:72 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需取消付款请求，点击取消。你仍可重试发送付款请求。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:75 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果支付终端有问题，你仍可通过*强制完成*强制付款。这样，即使终端和Odoo之间出问题， 你仍可在odoo验证订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:81 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connexion failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只有当你收到错误信息，提示连接失败时，本选项才可用。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:84 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款处理完毕后，在支付记录上可以看到使用的卡片类型和交易ID。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将SIX/Worldline接入你的PoS" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" "Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " "payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接SIX/Worldline支付终端可为客户提供流畅的支付流程，并方便收银员的工作。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，SIX/Worldline目前仅向UE地区客户提供。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1115,6 +1146,8 @@ msgid "" "your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " "<../../iot/config/connect>`." msgstr "" +"将SIX/Worldline支付终端接入Odoo需要物联网盒。关于如何将物联网盒接入数据库的更多信息，请参见:doc:`IoT " +"documentation <../../iot/config/connect>`。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -1123,35 +1156,37 @@ msgid "" " of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your " "payment terminal." msgstr "" +"在设置并运行物联网盒之后，你需要连接到PoS。打开*POS*应用程序并前往:menuselection:`配置 --> " +"POS`。选择一个PoS，勾选物联网盒设备选项并选择你的支付终端。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 msgid "" "Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" " Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后进入*物联网盒主页*（可从Odoo物联网盒表单视图访问）并输入你的Six支付终端ID。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" "You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " "+/- 1 min)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你现在应看到终端已接入你的物联网盒（需要+/- 1分钟）。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 msgid "" "The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " "not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "终端只能通过以太网接入网络。请勿用USB电缆将其接入物联网盒。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置支付方式" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " "setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，进入POS应用程序的一般设置，并启用SIX设置。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -1160,11 +1195,13 @@ msgid "" "payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select " "your payment terminal device." msgstr "" +"回到:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`，进入支付版块并查看你的支付方式。为SIX创建新支付方式，选择支付终端选项SIX，并选择你的支付终端设备。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用支付终端付款" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -1173,58 +1210,59 @@ msgid "" "the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " "you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." msgstr "" +"在*PoS界面*，当处理付款时，选择使用支付终端的*支付方式*。检查栏目中的金额是否为须发送到付款终端的金额并单击*发送*。如你想要取消付款请求，点击取消。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 msgid "" "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " "You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支付完成后，状态将变为*付款成功*。你可随时点击*逆转*，逆转最近一项操作。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果支付终端有问题，你仍可通过*强制完成*强制付款。这样，即使终端和Odoo之间出问题， 你仍可在odoo验证订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 msgid "Close your Session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭会话" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 msgid "" "At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " "balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在一天结束后关闭会话之前，你需将付款余额发送到SIX。为此，你可点击本按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 msgid "" "Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " "do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" " a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发送余额之后，SIX班次关闭，意味着你无法对SIX支付终端进行其他操作（出发点击用户名并选择收银员，重开一个班次）。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将Vantiv支付终端接入你的PoS" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 msgid "" "Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " "flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接Vantiv支付终端可为客户提供流畅的支付流程，并方便收银员的工作。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 msgid "" "Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" " procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，MercuryPay仅适用于美国和加拿大银行，因此这一程序只适合北美公司。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " "setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，进入POS应用程序的一般设置，并启用Vantiv设置。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -1233,248 +1271,250 @@ msgid "" "payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " "create new Vantiv credentials." msgstr "" +"回到:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`，进入支付版块并查看你的支付方式。为Vantiv创建新支付方式，选择支付终端选项Vantiv，并创建新的Vantiv凭据。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 msgid "" "To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " "then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " "save the payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要创建新的Vantiv凭据，请填入你的商户ID和密码，然后保存。确保选中你刚才创建的凭据，然后保存该支付方式。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " "payment method and… that’s all." -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款时，在你的PoS界面选择Vantiv支付方式并...完成。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 msgid "Restaurant Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "餐馆功能" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印账单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 msgid "" "Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " "is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " "definitive ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用*账单打印*功能，在付款前打印账单。这项功能适合账单还有可能出现变化，因此不是最终单据的情况。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置账单打印" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " "Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要启用*账单打印*，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 msgid "" "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到*账单打印*选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分拆账单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在PoS界面，你现在可看到*账单*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击该按钮，你可打印账单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印厨房或吧台的订单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 msgid "" "To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " "printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " "can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为简化前台和后厨之间的工作流程，直接在厨房或吧台打印PoS界面的订单可带来极大的方便。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用吧台/厨房打印机" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*订单打印*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 msgid "" "Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." " Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在物联网盒/硬件代理类别下，你可找到*订单打印机*。请注意，你需要通过物联网盒将打印机接入PoS。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加打印机" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 msgid "" "In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" " you can add the printer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在配置菜单中，你现在可以看到*订单打印机*选项，可在此添加打印机。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印厨房/吧台订单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择或创建打印机。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在厨房/吧台打印订单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面上会出现*订单*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 msgid "" "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击该按钮，它将打印厨房/吧台打印机上的订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记多个订单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " "simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo POS应用程序可同时登记多个订单，为你带来所需的灵活性。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记额外的订单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 msgid "" "When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " "order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你在登记订单过程中，你可通过*+*按钮，添加新订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 msgid "" "You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " "needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可在各个订单之间切换，根据需要处理付款。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 msgid "" "By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过*-*按钮，你可删除目前所在的订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置PoS厨房/吧台" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " "Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo POS应用程序可帮助你满足作为餐饮行业企业的具体需求。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*酒吧/餐馆*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择*是酒吧/餐馆*" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 msgid "" "You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " "You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你会看到多个具体选项，帮助你设置POS。这些选项旁边都有小刀叉标志。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" +msgstr "提供拆分账单选项" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 msgid "" "Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " "with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" "box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为客户提供简单的账单拆分解决方案可带来积极的体验。因此，Odoo POS应用程序提供开箱即用的这项功能。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*账单拆分*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 msgid "" "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " "option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到账单拆分选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "拆分账单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面会出现*拆分*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 msgid "" "When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " "process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用此按钮，你可选择每位顾客的餐品并处理付款，为每位顾客重复这一流程。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置餐台管理" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 msgid "" "Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" " *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " "Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在将POS应用程序配置为酒吧/餐馆使用后，在:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`选择*餐台管理*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加楼层" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 msgid "" "When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" " *Floors*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在选择*餐台管理*后，你可点击*楼层*，对楼层进行管理。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加餐台" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你从PoS界面可看到所有楼层。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 msgid "" "When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" " you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击铅笔图标，你将进入编辑模式，你可在此创建、移动并修改餐台等。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1483,68 +1523,69 @@ msgid "" "change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " "duplicate them with the handy tool bar." msgstr "" +"在本例中，我有2张六人座圆桌和2张四人座方桌，我用颜色表示它们，以便于查找，通过工具栏，你可以重命名餐台，更改它们的形状、大小、座位数及复制餐台。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在设置楼层平面图之后，可关闭编辑模式。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记餐台订单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 msgid "" "When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " "register an order and payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择餐台后，你将进入常规界面登记订单和付款。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 msgid "" "You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" " you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可选择楼层按钮，快速返回楼层平面图，也可将订单转至其他餐台。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将小费选项纳入付款" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 msgid "" "As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " "important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于许多国家都有付小费的习惯，PoS界面必须有这个选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置小费" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " "Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*小费*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 msgid "" "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " "create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*小费*选项。选择并创建*小费产品*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将小费加入账单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，在支付界面可以看到新的*小费*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加顾客想要支付的小费并继续付款。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调换顾客餐台" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1552,146 +1593,146 @@ msgid "" "order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " "new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " "you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果顾客在下单后想要调换餐台，Odoo可帮助你将顾客和订单转移到新餐台，让顾客满意，也省却你的麻烦。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调换顾客" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择顾客目前所在的餐台。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 msgid "" "You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " "select the new table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你只需要使用调换按钮，选择新餐台，即可完成调换。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 msgid "Shop Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "购物功能" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置POS的现金控制" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " "and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " "is missing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现金控制可在开台和关台时清点钱箱金额。以确保金额无误，无现金遗失。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用现金管理" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" " --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*现金管理*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在支付类别下，你可找到现金控制选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 msgid "" "In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " "the opening and closing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在本例中，你可以看到我想在开台和关台时有275美元各种面额的现金。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 msgid "" "When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" " values." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**开台/关台金额**，你可创建这些金额。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始会话" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 msgid "" "You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " "Balance*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开一个会话，你可看到新添加按钮*设置开台余额*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 msgid "" "By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " "modify it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "它默认为你之前添加的值，但你可修改它。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭会话" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 msgid "" "When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " "button as well." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要关闭会话，你可使用*设置关台余额*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 msgid "" "You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" " have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可看到理论余额、实际关台余额（你刚计数的结果）和二者之间的差异。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 msgid "" "If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " "this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " "balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果使用*取出现金*选项，取走此次会话的交易额，则总差额为零，关台余额与开台余额相同。你的钱箱可用于下一次会话。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从PoS界面开具发票" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " "of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "某些顾客在销售点购物后可能索取发票，你可通过PoS界面直接管理。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用开具发票功能" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" " select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS界面：" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 msgid "" "Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " "Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*账单和收据*类别下，你可看到开具发票选项，勾选它。请勿忘记选择创建发票的日记账。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择顾客" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用会话界面的顾客按钮" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " "or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可选择现有顾客并将其设置为你的顾客，也可通过此按钮创建新顾客。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 msgid "" "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你需要填写顾客信息。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your customer" @@ -1701,15 +1742,15 @@ msgstr "给客户开票" msgid "" "From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " "select it and validate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在在付款页面可看到发票选项，点击按钮选择并验证发票。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可以打印发票并转到下一个订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "检索发票" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -1719,27 +1760,29 @@ msgid "" " have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " "invoice." msgstr "" +"离开PoS界面（右上角的:menuselection:`关闭 --> 确认`），你将在:menuselection:`POS --> 订单 --> " +"订单`看到所有订单，在状态选项卡中，可看到已开具发票的订单。点击订单，你可访问其发票。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "接受退货和退款产品" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 msgid "" "Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " "customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " "therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "周全的退货政策是吸引并留住客户的关键。因此，接受退货及退款也是你的*POS*界面的重要方面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 msgid "" "From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " "to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" " they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*POS*界面，选择客户想要退货的产品，使用+/-按钮并输入需要退货的数量。如需处理多件产品退货，重复这一流程。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 msgid "" "As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " "to process the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以看到总金额变为负数，要完成退款，你只需继续进入支付页面。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index bf566550e..4bdb042da 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -6,15 +6,16 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # John An , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: John An , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,14 +32,16 @@ msgid "" "In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " "you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " "subscriptions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在门户的这个版块，你可以找到你与Odoo之间的所有通信：报价、销售订单、发票和订阅等文件。" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:12 msgid "" "To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo `__ . If you are already logged in, just" -" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +"`Odoo `_. If you are already logged in, just " +"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." msgstr "" +"如要访问本版块，你需要通过用户名和密码登录`Odoo " +"`_。如你已经登录，只需点击位于右上角的你的名称并选择“我的账户”。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 msgid "Quotations" @@ -49,7 +52,7 @@ msgid "" "Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " "quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " "your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这里是你发送给Odoo的所有报价。举例来说，你将应用程序或用户添加到数据库后或你的合同需要展期时，可生成报价。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -57,14 +60,14 @@ msgid "" "valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " "the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " "pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*有效期至*列显示了报价有效的日期；在此日期之后，报价将“到期”。点击报价，你可查看所有详情，如定价和其他有用的信息。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 msgid "" "If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " "quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" " for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你想要接受报价，只需点击“接受并付款”，即可确认报价。如你不想接受报价或想要求修改某些细节，点击“要求修改/拒绝”。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 msgid "Sales Orders" @@ -74,13 +77,13 @@ msgstr "销售订单" msgid "" "All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" " registered under this section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你在Odoo内（向上销售、主题、应用程序等）将登记在本版块。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 msgid "" "By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " "purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击销售订单，你可查看采购的产品详情和付款流程。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 msgid "Invoices" @@ -91,13 +94,13 @@ msgid "" "All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " "this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" " been paid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的订阅和/或销售订单发票将显示在本版块。应付金额前的标记显示发票是否已经付款。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 msgid "" "Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " "invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需查看更多信息、支付发票或下载PDF文件，只需点击发票。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 msgid "Tickets" @@ -110,6 +113,8 @@ msgid "" "opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " "IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." msgstr "" +"当你通过`Odoo支持 " +"`提交工单后，系统将创建工单。你可在此查看已经打开的所有工单、你与我们的代理之间的对话以及工单状态和ID（参考编号）。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 msgid "Subscriptions" @@ -119,40 +124,41 @@ msgstr "订阅" msgid "" "You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " "page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可从本版块访问你在Odoo的订阅。首页显示已有的订阅及其状态。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 msgid "" "By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " "your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " "and the payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击订阅，你可访问订阅计划的所有详情；采购的应用程序数量、账单信息和支付方式。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 msgid "" "To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " "the new credit card details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要更改支付方式，点击“更改支付方式”并输入新的信用卡详情。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 msgid "" "If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " "clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" " \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需删除已保存的信用卡，只需点击页面底部的“管理你的支付方式”。点击“删除”，即可删除该支付方式。" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102 msgid "" "At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" " or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" -" no longer be able to access the database." +"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " +"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " +"no longer be able to access the database." msgstr "" +"在下次发票到期时，如你未提供支付信息或信用卡已过期，订阅的状态将变为“待展期”。你应在7天内提供有效的支付方式。否则，订阅将被关闭，你将无法访问数据库。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "服务包" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -161,9 +167,10 @@ msgid "" "and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " "hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." msgstr "" +"在订购服务包/合作伙伴服务包之后，我们将为你分配一名专家，提供独特的个性化协助，帮助你在初始实施过程中定制解决方案并优化工作流程。服务包包含的小时数永不过期，你可在需要支持时随时使用。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 msgid "" "If you need information about how to manage your database see " ":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你需要数据库管理的信息，请参见:ref:`db_online`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index ea348a78f..a17cf1c93 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ # fausthuang, 2019 # Kate Lee , 2019 # LINYUN TONG , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -22,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: LINYUN TONG , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -225,11 +226,11 @@ msgid "" "And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" " task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " "spent on that task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后是**工时表**应用程序，工时表不仅可从销售订单创建任务，还可根据该任务所花费的时间向客户开单。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "只需进入应用程序模块并安装以下各项：" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 msgid "Create and set up a product" @@ -330,7 +331,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup` " #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" #: ../../project/application.rst:3 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" @@ -986,7 +987,7 @@ msgstr "在任务中, 点击 **编辑**, 打开**工时表** 再点击 **增加 #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可视化项目任务" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -995,30 +996,30 @@ msgid "" "to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " "enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " "have to cope with." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在日常业务中，你公司可能有重要的、复杂的任务要履行，需要及时提醒并全面跟进。幸运的是，Odoo可有效地可视化并组织不同的任务。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建任务" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 msgid "" "While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在项目应用程序中，选择已有项目或创建新项目。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在项目中，创建新任务。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 msgid "" "In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " "deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可将任务分配给合适的人员、添加标记、截止日期、描述，以及你需要的所有其他内容。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过看板视图查看你的任务" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1038,18 +1039,18 @@ msgid "" "The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" " on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the Kanban view" " logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入一个项目，看板视图是默认的视图，如果你在其他视图，可以通过点击右上方的图标返回到看板视图" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 msgid "" "You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " "the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" " and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可通过看板视图上的小圆点，直接通知同事该任务的状态，系统将通知关注任务的人员，显示任务是否准备妥当。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在看板视图中将任务排序" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -1058,34 +1059,35 @@ msgid "" "using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" " to their creation date." msgstr "" +"任务排序的标准为按优先级（你可点击时钟旁边的星号赋予其优先级），然后按顺序（意思是你可以通过拖放手动移动任务顺序），最后是按其创建日期关联的ID。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 msgid "" "Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "超过截止日期的任务在看板视图中显示为红色。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 msgid "" "If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " "the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你将低优先级任务置于顶部，下次返回仪表板时，它会移回高优先级任务之下。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过日历视图管理截止日期" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 msgid "" "You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " "allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " "easily in a single window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可从看板视图切换到日历视图，查看每项任务的截止日期，并从单一窗口轻松设置截止日期。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 msgid "" "Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " "filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" +msgstr "任务按其所分配的员工标记不同的颜色，你可选择查看某位员工的截止日期，按员工筛选截止日期。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 86fada5d1..d2ba743f0 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ # Gary Wei , 2019 # fausthuang, 2019 # guohuadeng , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -22,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: guohuadeng , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -44,13 +45,13 @@ msgstr "主数据" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 msgid "Import vendors pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入供应商价格表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 msgid "" "It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " "to date on products pricing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入供应商价格表对于了解产品最新定价至关重要。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 @@ -72,61 +73,63 @@ msgstr "设置" msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选“供应商价格表”。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请勿忘记在左上角保存设置。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 msgid "Import a pricelist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入价格表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要导入，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商价格表`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 msgid "" "Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " "import." -msgstr "" +msgstr "加载文件，检查各项是否正确，然后点击导入。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 msgid "See below a template of the columns used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是栏目模板示例。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 msgid "" ":download:`Click here to download the template " "<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" msgstr "" +":download:`点击此处下载模板 " +"<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置一种产品的多家供应商" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 msgid "" "If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " "product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你需要从多家供应商采购一种产品，Odoo可直接将它们关联到一种产品之下。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 msgid "Add vendors in a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为产品添加供应商" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 msgid "" "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " "select a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 产品`，然后选择一种产品。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 msgid "" "From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " "on the fly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在此为产品添加现有供应商或快速创建新供应商。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -136,24 +139,24 @@ msgstr "每次当产品第一次从一个新的供应商处被采购, Odoo会自 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加产品和数量及有效期" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 msgid "" "When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " "product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " "period." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在向产品添加供应商时，你可添加供应商产品名称和代码，以及设定最小数量、价格和有效期。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 msgid "" "This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " "t-shirt in different sizes!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo的这项功能也适用于产品的变体，比如不同尺寸的同一款T恤。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购与销售使用不同的计量单位" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -344,64 +347,64 @@ msgstr "现在可以在产品界面把 **平方米** 做为计量单位, 把 ** #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "询价单和采购订单 " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过3方面匹配确定支付供应商账单的时点" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 msgid "" "In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " "the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " "products have been received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在某些行业，你可能在收到订购的产品之前就收到了供应商账单。但是，你可能不想在尚未收到产品时付款。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" " call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了定义是否应该支付供应商账单，你可以使用*3方面匹配*来确定。它指的是将*采购订单*，*供应商账单*和*收据*上的信息进行比对。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 msgid "" "The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " "bills." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3方面匹配帮助你避免错误的支付或者欺诈的供应商账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*3方面匹配*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我应该支付此供应商账单吗？" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 msgid "" "With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " "on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在启用此功能后，在*其他信息*选项卡下的供应商账单上会显示新的*应付*行。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 msgid "" "That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " "not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样，你在Odoo上可以轻松查看是否需要支付供应商账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 msgid "" "The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " "this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" " able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "状态由Odoo自动定义。但是，如果你想手动定义这个状态，你可以勾选强制状态框，然后你就可以手动设置是否应该支付供应商账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分析我的供应商的表现" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -455,7 +458,7 @@ msgstr "发布一些采购订单" msgid "" "Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " "some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当然，为了分析供应商的表现，你需要发布一些**询价单** (RFQ)并确认**采购订单**。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 msgid "Analyzing your vendors" @@ -534,13 +537,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "请求经理审批高价订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 msgid "" "In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " "the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于高价订单，你可能需要经理审批并验证订单。Odoo也可轻松完成这项设置。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -548,28 +551,29 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " "also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." msgstr "" +"如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*订单审批*功能。你也可在此设定启用这项功能的最低金额限制。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新的询价单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 msgid "" "While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" " and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " "new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建新询价单时，如果订单由用户创建而不是经理创建，且订单金额超过你规定的最低金额，这个流程中将引入新的*待审批*状态。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 msgid "Approve the order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "审批订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 msgid "" "If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " "approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " "of what your users can or can't do." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你是采购经理，你现在可以进入采购订单，在确认无误后批准订单。让你全面控制允许/不允许用户进行的操作。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." @@ -584,39 +588,39 @@ msgid "" "With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" " Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" " you receive the goods." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在Odoo中定义设置并用于控制账单。*账单控制*可用于选择供应商是在你收到货物之前或之后发送账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择你控制账单的方式。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 msgid "Change the control policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更改控制政策" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 msgid "" "While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" " always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " "page under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "尽管以上设置将作为默认的账单控制方法，但你始终可以通过每个产品页面*采购*选项卡选择产品的开单方式。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 msgid "" "You might want to use different settings for different types of products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以希望针对不同类型的产品使用不同设置。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "验证供应商账单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 msgid "" "If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " "*Shipment* tab," -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你尚未收到*发货*选项卡*采购订单*下的任何产品" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -625,10 +629,11 @@ msgid "" " units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " "quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." msgstr "" +"根据以上定义的账单政策。如果你应按照订购数量开单，Odoo将按订购的单位数量拟定账单。如果你应按照收到数量开单，Odoo将如上所示拟定0的账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 msgid "Cancel a purchase order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "取消采购订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -763,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`reception` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建询价单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -838,30 +843,30 @@ msgstr "询价单的状态会变成采购订单。在右上角的标签会显示 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Dropship products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品直运" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" " but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " "customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "直运是指供应商不保有产品库存，而是由生产商直接将产品发给客户。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 msgid "" "You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " "to work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这项功能需要*销售*、*库存*和*采购*模块。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用直运功能" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择*直运*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -869,25 +874,25 @@ msgid "" "tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " "will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " "drop shipped." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已创建新路径*直运*。你可进入产品页面并勾选直运路径。你还需定义从哪家供应商购买产品。之后， 每次售出该产品时，都会采用直运方式。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 msgid "" "If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " "front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果该产品有时不需要直运，你可前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*特定订单直运*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "" "When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " "per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " "dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你创建报价或销售订单时，你可按订单行逐一决定是否需要直运，只需选择销售订单行的直运路径。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品直运" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -897,39 +902,40 @@ msgid "" "transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" " through your own stock." msgstr "" +"在产品销售订单被确认后，Odoo将生成报价请求，以购买产品给供应商。如果你确认了采购订单的报价请求，它将创建供应商与客户之间的直接转移。产品不会经过你的库存。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 msgid "Lock a purchase order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "锁定采购订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 msgid "" "Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在订单被确认后，你可将其锁定，避免进一步编辑。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*锁定已确认订单*功能" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 msgid "Lock an order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "锁定订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 msgid "" "While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " "the order preventing any further modification on the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在处理订单过程中，确认订单后，你可将其锁定，避免对该文件进行任何进一步修改。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需进行其他更改，你可解锁该文件。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "控制收到的产品（全部和部分）" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1079,13 +1085,13 @@ msgstr ":doc:`cancel` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对采购订单提出警告" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " "purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*警告*功能可根据供应商或产品对采购订单提出警告或阻止消息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1093,48 +1099,48 @@ msgid "" "raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " "be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " "order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，如果某供应商经常出问题，你可能想在向该供应商采购时提出警告。如果某产品即将停产，你可能想在采购订单上发出阻止消息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*警告*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "针对供应商添加警告" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 msgid "" "When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " "Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " "blocking message." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当启用本功能后，供应商的*内部备注*选项卡下将出现一个新选项。你可决定添加简单的警告或是阻止消息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 msgid "Add a warning on a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "针对产品添加警告" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 msgid "" "When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" " on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当启用本功能后，产品页面的*采购*选项卡下将出现一个新选项，你可在此添加警告或是阻止消息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "试图在警告或阻止信息情况下进行采购" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 msgid "" "If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " "with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你试图确认带有警告的供应商或产品的*采购订单*，页面将显示信息。你可点击确认，忽略该信息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "但是，如果是阻止信息，你无法将它直接忽略。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Agreements" @@ -1142,71 +1148,71 @@ msgstr "采购申请" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理总括订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 msgid "" "A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " "supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " "negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "总括订单是指客户允许供应商在一段时间内按多个日期交货的采购订单，总括订单通常会利用预先确定定价的优势。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*采购协议*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始一个总括订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 msgid "" "To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " "Agreements`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 采购协议`。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 msgid "" "Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " "drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建采购协议后，访问*协议类型*下拉菜单并选择*总括订单*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 msgid "" "You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " "product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可以创建新的总括订单，选择供应商、产品、协议截止日期、订货日期和交货日期。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 msgid "" "When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " "will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " "the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查采购协议并确认。它的状态将从*草稿*变为*进行中*，右上角将出现新的*询价单/订单*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从总括订单创建询价单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 msgid "" "From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " "the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " "choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可从总括订单创建新报价，Odoo将按总括订单中的产品自动填写该文件，你只需要选择数量并确认订单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 msgid "" "When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" " you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你返回总括订单时，可以看到已经从总括订单订购的产品数量。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品的供应商价格" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -1214,80 +1220,80 @@ msgid "" "product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " "priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " "name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在验证总括订单后，产品页面将添加一行新的供应商信息。你可通过供应商名称左侧的箭头查看哪些产品与总括订单关联并予以优先考虑。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 msgid "" "Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " "(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于这项功能，总括订单可用于自动补货（使用*再次订购规则*或*定制*配置）。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 msgid "" "You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " "link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可从经典询价单目录创建*询价单*并将它们与已有的*总括订单*关联。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 msgid "Manage Call for Tender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 msgid "" "A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " "vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "" +msgstr "招标是指要求多家供应商报价以获取最有意向价格的特殊程序。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*采购协议*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 msgid "" "Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " "and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新的采购协议，访问*协议类型*下拉菜单并选择*招标*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 msgid "" "When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " "from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " "right corner of the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查采购协议并确认，它的状态将从*草稿*变为*已确认*，右上角将出现新的*询价单/订单*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从招标页面请求新报价" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 msgid "" "From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " "from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在招标页面，Odoo将从你的招标产品中自动填充询价单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择最佳报价" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 msgid "" "The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" " *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你选择并确认最佳报价后，与招标相关的所有询价单和订单都将显示在*询价单/订单*按钮下。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成招标后，请勿忘记关闭。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment" @@ -1299,40 +1305,40 @@ msgstr "补货流程" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安排收货和发货" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 msgid "" "To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " "Times*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要管理供应链排期，你需使用Odoo*前置时间*。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 msgid "" "*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " "manufacture products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*前置时间*指接收、交付或制造产品预计所需时间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 msgid "Configure Lead Times" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置前置时间" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商前置时间" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 msgid "" "The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " "product to you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商前置时间是指供应商向你交付产品所需的时间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 msgid "" "To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " "purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " "lead time for that Vendor & Product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要配置供应商前置时间，前往产品页面，在采购选项卡下，点击*供应商*，你可在此更改供应商和产品的交付前置时间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 msgid "Customer Lead Time" @@ -1342,103 +1348,103 @@ msgstr "客户前置时间" msgid "" "The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " "the product to your customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户前置时间则是指你向客户交付产品所需的时间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 msgid "" "To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " "*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要配置你的客户前置时间，打开产品并进入*库存*选项卡。然后你可以添加需要的天数。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造前置时间" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 msgid "" "The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造前置时间是指你制造产品所需的时间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 msgid "" "To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " "*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要配置你的制造前置时间，打开产品并进入*库存*选项卡。然后你可以添加需要的天数。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置安全前置时间" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " "potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " "engagements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo还可配置*安全天数*，以便应对供应链可能的延迟，确保履行契约。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 msgid "" "The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " "Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " "various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最简便的方法是从任意模块进入*设置*页面，并在搜索栏键入*前置时间*。在此勾选每个方框并根据需求配置*安全前置时间*。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " "*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "或者，你可进入*库存*模块和*制造*模块的设置页面，配置上述设置。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" -msgstr "" +msgstr "某用例中的前置时间和安全时间" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 msgid "" "For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " "and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " "is your product’s configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，你今天（1月1日）卖出一辆订购轿车，你向客户承诺在20天内（1月20日）交付。以下是你的产品配置：" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售的安全前置时间：1天" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购的安全前置时间：1天" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商交付前置时间：9天" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 msgid "" "In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" " your configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种情形下，排期程序将根据你的配置触发以下事件。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 msgid "" "January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " "time for Sales)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月19日：排定的交付日期（1月20日 - 1天的销售安全前置时间）" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 msgid "" "January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " "time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月18日：排定的接收日期（1月19日 - 1天的采购安全前置时间）" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 msgid "" "January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " "9 days of vendor lead time)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月10日：订购日期 = 向你的供应商下单的截止日期（1月19日 - 9天的供应商前置时间）" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Setup drop-shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "直运设置" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 @@ -1493,129 +1499,129 @@ msgstr "为了能给发货开发票, 你必须在你的产品上设置你的开 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据销售（订货型生产）触发采购订单" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 msgid "" "If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " "orders on each sale you make." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你未保有产品库存，可能需要按每笔销售触发采购订单。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" " just one step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo拥有全面集成的解决方案，只需一步即可轻松完成此操作。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 msgid "Configure the product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置产品" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 msgid "" "Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " "*Make To Order*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开产品表单，在库存选项卡下，勾选*采购*和*订货型生产*。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请勿忘记还需在*采购*选项卡下设置供应商。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 msgid "" "The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " "Odoo for this feature to work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这项功能需要Odoo安装*库存*、*销售*和*采购*模块。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用采购和订货型生产创建销售订单" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 msgid "" "Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " "delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为产品创建新的销售订单。在你确认订单后，系统将创建交货订单，状态为*等待下一项操作*。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 msgid "" "A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " "that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " "*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*采购*模块将自动创建新的询价单。请注意，通过询价单上的*源文件*字段，你可查看询价单是根据哪张销售订单创建的。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 msgid "" "When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " "created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" " *Shipment* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你确认询价单并将其变为采购订单后，系统将自动创建收据，并可通过*发货*按钮直接从采购订单访问。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 msgid "" "You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " "delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可验证产品接收情况。当你返回交付订单时，可以看到产品已准备好发货。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 msgid "" "As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " "automatically under it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只要询价单未确认，Odoo将自动在下面添加采购订单行。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用再次订购规则，不必担心库存耗尽" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 msgid "" "To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " "*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " "you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了避免库存耗尽，你可以为产品定义*再次订购规则*。利用再次订购规则，Odoo将在库存达到最小库存水平时补货。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置再次订购规则" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开库存产品，你将看到*再次订购规则*选项卡。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 msgid "" "You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可从:menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> 再次订购规则`访问所有的再次订购规则。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 msgid "" "Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " "product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " "it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在下一个菜单中，你可创建与产品关联的再次订购规则。之后，当产品达到最小数量时，它会自动将库存补充至**最大数量**。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 msgid "" "The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " "module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " "12:00PM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "补货会在库存模块的排程器运行时发生。默认情况下, 排程器会在每天晚上12 :00运行。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "另请参见：:doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 msgid "" "From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" " stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " "the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从现在起, 每次有再次订购规则的产品达到最小库存时，系统会根据产品配置（例如，创建询价单、创建生产订单等），自动判断如何满足该需求。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 msgid "Troubleshooting" @@ -1630,6 +1636,7 @@ msgid "" " a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " "issue with the configuration." msgstr "" +"为了确保再次订购规则正常运行，你必须正确配置产品。如你使用*采购*路径，你需要提供产品供应商。如你使用*制造*路径，你需要提供产品物料清单。如产品未完全配置或路径有误，系统将在产品上记录下一项活动，通知你配置存在问题。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 msgid "Multi-Companies" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po index b1c27159c..d7e6f1659 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -5,17 +5,19 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2019 -# Felix Yang - Elico Corp , 2019 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 +# Felix Yang - Elico Corp , 2019 +# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Felix Yang - Elico Corp , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,25 +35,25 @@ msgstr "警告" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从制造订单生成质量警告" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 msgid "" "Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " "consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于制造订单，你在Odoo中可以考虑两种不同情况。这两种情况将导致两种不同流程：" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你采用简单制造流程；" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你采用包含多个路线的复杂制造流程。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "简单制造流程" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -59,70 +61,70 @@ msgid "" "launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " "for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " "will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你采用简单制造订单，则可直接在制造订单中启动*质量警告*。当你需要对制造的产品进行质量控制时，制造订单顶部将显示*质量警告*按钮。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 msgid "" "By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " "during the process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击该按钮，你可以具体说明流程中出现的质量问题。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 msgid "" "If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " "document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果质量检查失败，按钮将在文件上高亮显示。如通过，按钮不会高亮显示。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "包含多个路线的制造流程" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 msgid "" "If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " "alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " "checks took place." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你使用制造订单上定义的路线，可直接从进行质量检查的工作订单中启动质量警报。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 msgid "" "Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " "When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " "appeared during the process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，工作订单视图中将显示*质量警报*按钮。点击该按钮，你可具体说明流程中出现的质量问题。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从转运生成质量警报" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 msgid "Use the Quality Alert" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用质量警报" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" "Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " "Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " "highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每次你对转运进行*质量检查*时，都会出现*质量警报*按钮。你可使用该按钮。如果转运的质量检查不过关，按钮将自动高亮显示。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 msgid "" "If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " "problem with the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如点击*质量警报*按钮，你可具体说明产品存在的问题。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 msgid "" "The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " "button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过转运右上角显示的按钮，可查看针对该转运已创建的*质量警报*。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" "You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" " *Control*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可通过目录访问所有*质量警报*，位于*控制*版块。" #: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 msgid "Checks" @@ -130,138 +132,145 @@ msgstr "支票" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对制造订单进行质量检查" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " "processes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要考虑两种不同情况，它们的Odoo流程不同：" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你采用简单制造流程；" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 msgid "" "You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" " routings in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你采用复杂制造流程，在Odoo中体现为使用多个路线。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "简单的制造流程" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建质量控制点" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to *Control >" -" Control Points*. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as " -"operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform." +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." msgstr "" +"如要创建质量控制点，打开质量应用程序并前往:menuselection:`控制 --> " +"控制点`。在这里点击创建。选择*制造*操作选择你想要进行的质量检查类型。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 msgid "Process the Quality Check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理质量检查" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 msgid "" "Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " "manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " "manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建*质量控制点*之后，你可为产品创建制造订单。之后及在制造标记为完成之前，你可登记*质量检查*情况。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 msgid "" "Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " "*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在进行质量检查后，你可在制造订单表的*质量检查*按钮查看相关信息。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 msgid "" "If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " "the quality checks menu, under quality control." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你想访问所有质量检查记录，可在质量控制下打开质量检查菜单。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to *Control > Control Points*. Then, click on create. Make sure to select" -" *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which " -"the quality check should be performed." +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." msgstr "" +"如你想要创建*质量控制点*，打开*质量*应用程序并前往:menuselection:`控制 --> " +"控制点`。然后，点击创建。确保选择*制造*操作，然后选择需进行质量检查的工作订单操作。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 msgid "" "Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " "checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " "type of quality check." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如想对工作订单进行质量检查，则必须选择工作订单操作。然后，你可以选择质量检查的类型。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 msgid "" "Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " "manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " "generate the necessary work orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在配置*质量控制点*之后，为你的产品创建制造订单。如要生成必要的工作订单，则需要事先计划其内容。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 msgid "" "Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " "example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " "Top component." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，处理工作订单，你的质量检查会出现。在本例中，质量检查要求输入台面部件的序列号。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "针对转运进行质量检查" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 msgid "" "To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to *Quality Control > Control Points > Create*. Now, you can define the " -"quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget " -"to select a transfer operation type." +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." msgstr "" +"如要创建*质量控制点*，打开*质量*应用程序。然后，前往:menuselection:`质量控制 --> 控制点 --> " +"创建`。现在，你可定义应用到特定产品的质量控制点。请勿忘记选择转运操作类型。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 msgid "" "Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" " the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " "that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." -msgstr "" +msgstr "比如我们收到一台笔记本电脑。首先，为产品创建计划收据。然后，在收据上，你将看到*质量检查*按钮，可以开始进行你之前配置的质量检查。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 msgid "" "By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " "displayed and will require the check value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击该按钮，将显示质量控制点设置的指令，并需要检查值。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " "transfer and access it by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在质量检查完成后，它将关联到对应的转运，并可通过点击按钮访问。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 msgid "" "But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " "(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " "highlighting the corresponding button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "但是，如果质量检查失败，按钮将显示为红色（而不是绿色），Odoo将高亮显示对应按钮，并提示你创建*质量警报*。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 msgid "" "The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" " the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*质量*应用程序中，*质量控制*的*质量检查*菜单下，可找到质量检查的内容。" #: ../../quality/control.rst:3 msgid "Control" @@ -269,7 +278,7 @@ msgstr "控制" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 msgid "Define Quality Control Points" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定义质量控制点" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 msgid "Quality Control Points" @@ -278,11 +287,13 @@ msgstr "质量控制点" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 msgid "" "If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " -"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to *Quality Control > Control " -"Points*. Once there, you have to define the product on which the quality " -"control will take place, as well as the operation at which it should take " -"place." +"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control " +"--> Control Points`. Once there, you have to define the product on which the" +" quality control will take place, as well as the operation at which it " +"should take place." msgstr "" +"如果这是你创建的首个*质量控制点*，你必须打开*质量*应用程序。然后，前往:menuselection:`质量控制 --> " +"控制点`。然后，你必须定义执行质量控制的产品以及具体的操作环节。" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -290,45 +301,45 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " "*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " "process the quality control point should be applied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*质量控制点*可以是产品的转运或制造流程。如果你正处理*物料清单*的路线，必须明确指出质量控制点对应的制造流程环节。" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 msgid "" "The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " "place:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "控制类型定义执行质量检查的频率。" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 msgid "" "All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有操作：所有操作都将生成质量检查；" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 msgid "" "Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " "You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "随机：针对x%的操作执行质量检查。你必须在控制点上定义具体百分比；" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 msgid "" "Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " "periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "定期：定期进行质量检查。你需要定义周期长度（每天一次、每周一次等）。" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 msgid "Quality Control Point Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "质量控制点类型" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 msgid "" "Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " "check." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在配置完毕其他内容后，你需要定义质量检查的类型。" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 msgid "" "Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "某些类型仅用于制造应用。" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 msgid "Text" @@ -338,7 +349,7 @@ msgstr "文本" msgid "" "This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " "during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这个质量控制类型可在转运或制造流程中向工作提供指令。" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 msgid "Take a Picture" @@ -348,69 +359,69 @@ msgstr "拍照" msgid "" "This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " "transfer, or when manufacturing it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这个控制点类型要求你在转运或制造过程中给产品拍照。" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过失败" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 msgid "" "This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" " fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" " orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此类控制点要求您指定产品是否通过特定文本。它既可以应用于转移订单，也可以应用于制造订单。" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 msgid "" "For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " "failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " "check failure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于这种类型的控制点类型，您可以定义一条故障消息，该消息将给出质量检查失败时要遵循的说明。" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采取措施" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 msgid "" "This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " "during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此控制点类型要求您在转移或制造过程中输入产品的测量值。" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 msgid "" "For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" " a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于这种控制点类型，您还可以定义一条故障消息，以向工作人员提供指示。" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 msgid "Register Consumed Materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册消耗材料" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 msgid "" "This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " "numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " "with routings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此控制点类型要求您在制造过程中注册组件序列号/批号。仅在使用工艺路线时才可用。" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 msgid "Register By-Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册副产品" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 msgid "" "With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" " by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用此控制点类型，您必须注册所生产副产品的序列号/批号。它也仅适用于路线。" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 msgid "Print Label" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印标签" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 msgid "" "This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " "during the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此控制点类型使您可以打印在制造过程中添加到产品的标签。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 249a8f9fa..528e7b2e9 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ # Gary Wei , 2019 # guohuadeng , 2020 # liAnGjiA , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Mandy Choy , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -27,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -113,11 +116,11 @@ msgstr "Amazon连接器" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:3 msgid "Apply for Amazon MWS Access Keys" -msgstr "" +msgstr "申请Amazon MWS访问密钥" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:8 msgid "Submit the Amazon MWS Developer Registration and Assessment Form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "提交Amazon MWS开发人员注册和评估表" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -136,6 +139,9 @@ msgid "" " the form \"I represent a seller organization integrating with Amazon MWS " "for its own selling account only.\"." msgstr "" +"首先，访问`Amazon电商平台网络服务文档 " +"`_并按说明注册为开发人员。注意选择表单“我代表仅为自己的卖方账户与Amazon" +" MWS集成的卖方组织”。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -145,6 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "the correct region of your seller account. For the other sections, adapt " "your responses in accordance with your business case." msgstr "" +"根据以下建议填写*开发人员注册和评估表*并在**开发人员联系信息**部分提供你自己的联系信息。在**商业用途信息**部分，选择你的卖方账户所在地区。其他部分则根据你的商业用例调整回答内容。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -155,6 +162,9 @@ msgid "" "Online* or *Odoo.sh* as the additional security requirements asked by Amazon" " may not be met by Odoo." msgstr "" +"特别注意**商户发货**。只有当你自己负责产品发货时才需勾选 " +"此项。如果你完全以*Amazon发货*形式销售产品，则无需勾选此项。请注意，如果你托管在*Odoo " +"Online*或*Odoo.sh*上，我们不建议你使用此项功能，因为Odoo可能无法达到Amazon的额外安全要求。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -167,16 +177,17 @@ msgid "" "filled form. Instead, the answers of questions related to Odoo are listed in" " the `Answer the Additional Form`_ section." msgstr "" +"根据多项因素（你所在地区，是否勾选**商户发货**功能（即你要求访问客户的个人可识别信息）等），Amazon可能要求你填写第二张表格，然后才能授予MWS访问密钥。由于该表格取决于你的卖方账户所在地区的数据保护政策（例如，欧洲的GDPR），我们无法向你提供预填表格。与Odoo相关的问题答案列在`回答额外表格`_部分。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:40 msgid "" "If you need assistance for your application for Amazon MWS access keys, " "`submit a support ticket to Odoo `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你在申请Amazon MWS访问密钥时需要协助，请`向Odoo提交支持工单 `_。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:46 msgid "Answer the Additional Form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "回答额外表格" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -184,6 +195,7 @@ msgid "" "application for Amazon MWS keys `, you may disregard " "this section." msgstr "" +"如果你在:ref:`初次申请Amazon MWS密钥 `后未收到任何额外表格，你可忽略本部分内容。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -192,12 +204,14 @@ msgid "" "does not depend on Odoo, you are requested to provide it yourself at the " "place indicated by square brackets." msgstr "" +"本部分列出了Amazon额外表格中的所有问题。答案适用于*Odoo " +"Online*和*Odoo.sh*。对于与Odoo无关的其他问题，你必须在方括号内自己填写答案。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:57 msgid "" "If you are *not* hosted on Odoo, you should adapt the answers related to " "hosting according to your own infrastructure and data protection policy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你*未*托管在Odoo上，你应根据自身基础设施和数据保护政策调整与托管相关的答案。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -206,29 +220,30 @@ msgid "" "additional details to your application, it is not guaranteed that Amazon " "will find them adequate." msgstr "" +"如你*是*托管在Odoo上，注意Amazon才是最终决定是否批准你的申请的一方。虽然Odoo可以帮助你完善申请中的详情，但无法保证Amazon认为其符合要求。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:64 msgid "" "**Describe all functionalities in your application where Personally " "Identifiable Information (e.g. customer name, street address, billing " "address) is required.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**请描述你的应用程序中需要个人可识别信息（例如，客户姓名、街道地址、账单地址）的所有功能。**" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 msgid "► If you did not apply for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "► 如果你未申请*商户发货*功能：" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 msgid "Generation of customer invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成客户发票。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 msgid "► If you applied for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "► 如果你申请*商户发货*功能：" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 msgid "Generation of delivery orders and customer invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成交付订单和客户发票。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -237,6 +252,8 @@ msgid "" "Central, or Amazon's public-facing websites) and describe how your " "organization shares this information.**" msgstr "" +"**列出贵组织与之分享Amazon信息（例如，Amazon通过Amazon " +"MWS暴露的信息、卖家中心或Amazon面向公众的网站）的外部各方并描述贵组织分享此信息的方式。**" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -245,32 +262,34 @@ msgid "" " the Amazon MWS integration). See also Odoo SA's Privacy Policy for details " "at https://www.odoo.com/privacy" msgstr "" +"我们与云服务提供商Odoo SA分享Amazon信息，其唯一目的是托管我们的企业管理系统（包括Amazon MWS集成）。另请查看Odoo " +"SA的隐私政策：https://www.odoo.com/privacy" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:83 msgid "► If you share Amazon Information with outside parties:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "► 你是否与外部各方分享Amazon信息：" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:82 msgid "" "[Answer with the above text and add a description of your organization's " "policy regarding the sharing of Amazon Information with outside parties]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[按以上文字回答，并添加贵组织关于与外部各方分享Amazon信息的政策说明]" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:85 msgid "" "**List all non-Amazon MWS sources where you retrieve Amazon Information.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**列出你检索Amazon信息的所有非Amazon MWS源。**" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:87 msgid "" "Our enterprise software only relies on MWS to retrieve Amazon Information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们的企业软件仅依赖MWS检索Amazon信息。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:89 msgid "" "**Describe how your organization restricts public access to databases, file " "servers, and desktop/developer endpoints.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**描述贵组织如何限制对数据库、文件服务器和桌面/开发人员端点的公共访问。**" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:92 #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:126 @@ -279,25 +298,25 @@ msgid "" "We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database security " "management. Their Security Policy can be found at " "https://www.odoo.com/security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们依赖云服务提供商Odoo S.A.进行数据库安全管理。他们的安全政策为：https://www.odoo.com/security" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:95 msgid "" "**Describe how your organization uniquely identifies employees and restricts" " access to Amazon Information on a need-to-know basis.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**请说明贵组织如何在必要知晓的基础上识别员工身份的唯一性并限制对Amazon信息的访问。**" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:106 msgid "" "► If all your employees are properly assigned separate users and given only " "relevant access rights:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "► 你的员工是否均已妥善分配单独用户并仅提供相关访问权限：" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:99 msgid "" "Access rights are provided to employees based on their role within the " "company and are progressive, based on their responsibility." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据员工在公司的角色及其承担的责任渐进式分配访问权限。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -308,55 +327,57 @@ msgid "" "which will be accessible to a 'normal' user of the Inventory application for" " him to be able to print the delivery label and pack the products." msgstr "" +"例如，销售人员只能访问自己的线索/报价（因此无法访问通过Amazon API生成的报价）。销售经理出于报告目的可访问所有报价/线索（包括通过Amazon" +" API生成的报价）。报价生成的交付订单只能由库存应用程序的“正常”用户访问，以打印交付标签及包装产品。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:110 msgid "" "► If your employees share users or if they are given more rights than " "needed:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "► 员工是否共享用户或给予的权限超过需要：" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:109 msgid "" "[Answer with a description of your organization's policy for the assignation" " of users and access rights to your employees]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[回答贵组织为员工分配用户和访问权限的政策]" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:112 msgid "" "**Describe how your organization prevents Amazon Information from being " "accessed from employee personal devices.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**请说明贵组织如何防止Amazon信息被从员工个人设备访问。**" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:115 msgid "" "Our enterprise software does not prevent employees from accessing the " "organization's data from personal devices. Role-based restrictions and " "access rights still apply." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们的企业软件不阻止员工从个人设备访问组织数据。但仍适用于基于角色的限制和访问权限。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:118 msgid "" "**Provide details on your organization's privacy and data handling policies " "(a link to your policy is also acceptable).**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**提供贵组织的因素和数据处理政策详情（也可提供你的政策链接）。**" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:121 msgid "" "[Answer with a description of your organization's privacy and data handling " "policies]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[回答贵组织的隐私和数据处理政策]" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:123 msgid "" "**Describe where your organization stores Amazon Information and provide " "details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**说明贵组织将Amazon数据存储在哪里并详细说明如何破解这些信息（例如，算法）。**" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:129 msgid "" "**Describe how your organization backups or archives Amazon Information and " "provide details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**说明贵组织如何备份或归档Amazon信息，并详细说明如何破解此信息（例如，算法）。**" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -364,39 +385,40 @@ msgid "" "management. Their Service Level Agreement can be found at " "https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla" msgstr "" +"我们依赖云服务提供商Odoo S.A.进行数据库备份管理。其服务级别协议可参见：https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:135 msgid "" "**Describe where your organization monitors and detects malicious activity " "in your application(s).**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**说明贵组织如何在应用程序中监控和检测恶意活动。**" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:141 msgid "" "**Describe how your organization's incident response plan addresses database" " hacks, unauthorized access, and data leaks (a link to your policy is also " "acceptable).**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**说明贵组织的意外响应计划如何处理数据库攻击、未经授权访问和数据泄露（可提供你的政策链接）。**" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:144 msgid "" "Our cloud service provider, Odoo S.A., will notify the customer in case of a" " data breach." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如出现数据泄露，我们的云服务提供商Odoo S.A.将通知客户。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:146 msgid "" "[Add a description of your organization's incident response plan or a link " "to your incident response policy.]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[添加贵组织的事故响应计划说明或事故响应政策链接。]" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中管理Amazon订单" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Synchronization of orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "订单的同步" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -409,6 +431,7 @@ msgid "" "synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" " are not yet registered." msgstr "" +"订单自动从Amazon获取，并在Odoo中定期同步。同步基于Amazon状态：仅从Amazon获取上次同步之后状态发生变化的订单。对于**FBA**（Amazon发货），仅获取**已发货**和**已取消**的订单。对于**FBM**（商家发货），获取**未发货**和**已取消**的订单。对于每份已同步的订单，如果尚未注册，则将在Odoo中创建销售订单和客户。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -417,6 +440,8 @@ msgid "" "/developer-form>`, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " "address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." msgstr "" +"如果你在:ref:`开发人员注册和评估表 `中未请求访问客户的个人可识别信息，系统将匿名创建客户（省略姓名、邮政地址和电话号码）并将其命名为**Amazon客户**。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -425,6 +450,8 @@ msgid "" " in Odoo, a notification is sent to Amazon who will mark it as such in " "Seller Central and notify the customer." msgstr "" +"当订单在Amazon被取消，并已在Odoo中同步时，相应的销售订单在Odoo中被取消。当订单在Odoo中取消，将向Amazon发送通知，Amazon将在卖家中心(Seller" +" Central)中进行标记并通知客户。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -435,6 +462,9 @@ msgid "" "Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " "wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" +"如要强制同步自上次同步以来状态未更改的订单，启用:doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`，导航到你的Amazon账户并在:menuselection:`订单跟进" +" --> 最后订单同步`下修改日期。选择在希望同步订单的最后状态更改日期之前的日期，然后保存。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -444,10 +474,12 @@ msgid "" " cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC" " PICKINGS**." msgstr "" +"如要立即同步你的Amazon账户的订单，切换到:doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`，前往你的Amazon账户并点击**同步订单**。点击**同步取消**和**同步分拣**，可完成订单取消和分拣操作。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在FBM中管理发货" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -456,17 +488,18 @@ msgid "" "either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" +"当在Odoo中同步**FBM**（商家发货）订单时，将与销售订单和客户一同创建分拣命令。你可立即将所有订购的产品发送给客户，也可通过延迟订单功能部分发货。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当与订单相关的分拣命令被确认时，将向Amazon发送通知，然后由Amazon通知客户订单（或部分订单）已在处理中。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在FBA中跟进发货" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -478,13 +511,16 @@ msgid "" " Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " "under the FBA program." msgstr "" +"当在Odoo中同步**FBA**（Amazon发货）订单时，将对每个销售订单项目记录库存移动，以便将其保存在你的系统中。库存经理可在:menuselection:`库存" +" --> 报告 --> " +"产品移动`下找到相关记录。他们在**Amazon**的特定库存地点取货。这个地点代表你在Amazon仓库中的库存，并允许你管理FBA程序下管理产品库存。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要在Odoo中跟踪你的Amazon (FBA)库存，你可在补货后进行库存调整。你还可通过Amazon地点的重新排序规则触发自动补货。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -497,10 +533,11 @@ msgid "" "others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" " your account." msgstr "" +"Amazon位置可通过Odoo管理的Amazon账户进行配置。同一家公司的所有账户默认使用同一地点。但是，你可以按电商平台追踪库存。首先，从已同步的电商平台列表中删除想要单独追踪库存的电商平台。然后，为该账户创建另一个注册账户，并删除所有其他电商平台。最后，为第二个注册账户分配其他库存地点。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开发票和登记付款" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -508,12 +545,13 @@ msgid "" "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" +"你可以在Odoo中为Amazon订单开发票。在销售订单中点击**创建发票**。你也可从订单列表视图中批量创建发票。然后，确认发票并发送给客户。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要在列表视图中只显示与Amazon相关的订单，可以按销售团队筛选订单。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -525,10 +563,11 @@ msgid "" "your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " "account by the amount received." msgstr "" +"由于Amazon作为中间方已收到客户付款，你可以在Amazon专用的付款日记账中登记发票付款情况（例如，为Amazon付款设立专门的中间方账户）。对于从Amazon收到的供应商账单也可进行同样操作，并专门用于记录佣金。当你的银行账户在月底收到余额并在Odoo中录入银行对账单时，你只需按收到的金额录入Amazon中间方账户。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在销售报告中追踪你的Amazon销售情况" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -537,12 +576,13 @@ msgid "" "Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" +"由于销售团队设置在你的账户下**订单跟进**选项卡中，你只需要在销售报告中点击数次即可快速查看所有数据。默认情况下，你的账户销售团队在公司所有账户之间共享。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如有需要，你可将账户的销售团队更改为另一个，并对该账户的销售情况进行单独报告。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -553,14 +593,15 @@ msgid "" " isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" +"你也可以类似方式对每个电商平台进行报告。首先，从已同步的电商平台列表中删除想要单独追踪库存的电商平台。然后，为该客户创建另一个注册账户，并删除所有其他电商平台。最后，为注册的两个账户其中一个分配其他销售团队。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中配置亚马逊连接器" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中注册你的Amazon账户" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -568,6 +609,8 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " "Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." msgstr "" +"如要在Odoo中注册你的卖家账户，前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 连接器 --> Amazon同步 -->" +" Amazon账户`并点击**创建**。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -577,6 +620,8 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form ` " "was located)." msgstr "" +"你可在卖家中心**卖家账户信息**页面**你的商户令牌**链接下找到你的**卖家ID**。在开发人员中心（:ref:`开发人员注册和评估表 " +"`所在处）可找到**访问密钥**和**私密密钥**。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -584,11 +629,11 @@ msgid "" "are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" " can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable" " their synchronization." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在注册账户后，该账户可用的电商平台在**电商平台**选项卡下列出并同步。如需要，你可将某些项目从已同步电商平台列表中删除，以禁用同步。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "与Amazon的数据库产品匹配" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -597,6 +642,7 @@ msgid "" "product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" +"在Amazon订单同步后，Odoo将针对Amazon上售出的每件产品创造三个销售订单项目：分别针对电商平台产品、运费（如有）和礼品包装费（如有）。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -605,6 +651,7 @@ msgid "" "the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" +"通过将**内部参考编号**与电商平台商品的**SKU**匹配，与运费的**发运代码**匹配，以及与包装费的**礼品包装**代码匹配，即可为销售订单项目选择数据库产品。" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -833,6 +880,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" @@ -1321,7 +1369,7 @@ msgstr "管理定价" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" -msgstr "如何用外币销售" +msgstr "如何使用外币進行销售" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index a6957f734..286c02747 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ # liAnGjiA , 2019 # 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2019 # Felix Yuen , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Felix Yuen , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,11 +30,11 @@ msgstr "短信营销" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "联系人列表和黑名单" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -43,50 +44,51 @@ msgid "" "another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " "distribution a lot easier." msgstr "" +"创建或导入自己的联系人列表对于创建特定人员群体非常有用，如订阅你的电子通讯的人员列表。如果你之前使用其他系统并已创建一定受众群体，这也是重新开始的最好方式。它让短信分发更简便。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "联系人列表" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`联系人列表 --> 联系人列表 --> 创建`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 msgid "" "Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " "you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" " unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择你的*邮件列表*名称，如果想要允许未订阅页面的收件人访问该邮件列表，并更新其订阅偏好，可启用*公开*选项。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" "Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " "specific list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入列表后，你可针对特定列表*创建*或*导入*联系人。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "历史与日志记录" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 msgid "" "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已发送的邮件记录保存在收件人聊天中（无论是联系人或潜在商机）。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 msgid "" "This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " "history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " "ability to better understand them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这项功能可让你和团队轻松跟踪并查看与联系人或潜在客户之间的互动历史，以便更好地了解他们。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 msgid "" "Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " "promotions a customer has received or not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如：销售代表可轻松查看客户是否已经收到某些短信邮件促销。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 msgid "Blacklist" @@ -97,28 +99,28 @@ msgid "" "If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " "already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " "database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你之前使用其他软件并已要求将某些客户列入黑名单，你可将这些条目导入数据库。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 msgid "" "For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " "Import`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 电话黑名单 --> 导入`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "整合和模板" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " "purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " "costumers, for example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过短信联系相关人员不仅可用于广告目的，还可提醒客户活动或已开具的发票等。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "组织邮件营销和短信营销活动" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -126,48 +128,49 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." msgstr "" +"首先，确保已启用相关功能。前往:menuselection:`邮件营销应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 启用邮件营销活动选项`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 msgid "" "Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " "Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " "your email marketing ones." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你的*短信营销*页面包括了*营销活动*菜单，可查看你的短信邮件列表和邮件营销列表。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 msgid "" "This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " "have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " "your kanban view to better organize the work being done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这项功能对于综合营销活动特别有用，它可以提供整体报告视图。此外，你还可在看板视图中创建阶段，组织需要完成的工作。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过联系人应用程序发送短信" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " "makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" " example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo默认提供通过联系人表单发送短信的功能。让你能够轻松向特定联系人发送短信。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" "For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " "*SMS* icon next to the phone number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用此功能，前往*联系人*应用程序，选择联系人并点击电话号码旁边的*短信*图标。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 msgid "" "If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " ":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " "SMS`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你想在此次批量发送短信，请进入:menuselection:`列表视图 --> 选择所有联系人 --> 操作 --> 发送短信`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 msgid "Set up SMS Templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置短信模板" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -175,65 +178,68 @@ msgid "" "<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " ":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." msgstr "" +"如要设置*短信模板*，启用 :doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。想在，进入:menuselection:`技术 --> 电话/短信版块" +" --> 短信模板`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用*动态占位符*，根据情况自动调整短信内容。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 msgid "" "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " "notable integrations:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "整个Odoo中均有短信文本信息！以下是需要注意的其他集成：" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*CRM*：向线索和商机发送短信。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*订阅*：提醒客户其订阅情况。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*会计*：发送付款提醒。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*营销自动化*：设置短信营销活动自动化。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*库存*：完成交付订单后，发送自动确认。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*签字*：在线上签署文件之前，接收验证码并证实自己的身份。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*SPEA借记支付提供商*：向客户发送验证码。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*定制*：通过使用自动化操作，根据需求发送短信。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" " asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "关于在Odoo中整合短信功能的更多信息及常见问题列表，前往:doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从短信邮件列表创建、发送和获取报告" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -243,42 +249,43 @@ msgid "" "strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " "people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" msgstr "" +"将短信营销作为传播战略的一部分有助于扩大市场，因为在某些国家，邮件使用频率很低甚至完全不使用。短信营销还可提升转化率，因为这种策略在使用智能手机的人士中打开率极高，大家通常不会有未读短信！" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装应用程序" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往*应用程序*，搜索*短信营销*并点击*安装*。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建短信邮件列表" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`短信营销 --> 创建`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 msgid "" "First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " "remember what the mailing is about." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，你应确定*主题*名称，帮助你记起列表的大致情况。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 msgid "" "Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" " choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " "receive your SMS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*收件人*下，选择将短信发送给哪些人。如你选择*联系人*，你的所有Odoo联系人（供应商、客户等）都将收到短信。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 msgid "" "From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." " In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " "Belgium." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可在*添加筛选器*选项中调整收件人列表。在以下示例中，短信将发送给位于比利时的联系人。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -286,60 +293,60 @@ msgid "" "lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" " your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " "one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "另一方面，*邮件列表*选项可选择你创建的邮件列表，其中包括订阅电子通讯的具体联系人或其他人员！请注意，你可选择多个*邮件列表*。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 msgid "" "Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " "automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " "get data about those links." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*短信内容*选项卡，你可加入链接，Odoo将自动生成*链接跟踪器*。因此，你将收到这些链接的数据。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 msgid "" "On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " "activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " "is not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*设置*中，你可选择*包含取消选择链接*。如启用，联系人如果不感兴趣，可从邮件列表中退订。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 msgid "" "In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" " your sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*配置*下的*链接跟踪器*菜单，你可查看已发送链接的历史，访问内容并查看统计数据。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." -msgstr "" +msgstr "双击即可保存联系人电话号码。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送邮件" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 msgid "" "Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " "to be delivered:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建邮件后，你必须选择发送邮件的时间：" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 msgid "" "Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " "Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "放入队列：邮件将在下次自动运行时被触发。如你不介意触发的时机，可选择此选项。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 msgid "" "Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" " are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在发送：立即发送信息。如收件人不多，建议使用本选项。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 msgid "" "Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" " you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " "it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "预定发送：允许你选择日期和时间。如果你想要在特定活动期间发送，在推出优惠后促销或提前计划你的内容策略，这个是最佳选项。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -348,23 +355,24 @@ msgid "" "while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " "you must remember to use a comma between them." msgstr "" +"测试：允许将短信发送给一个或多个号码，以进行测试。例如，检查提供的链接是否登录到正确页面且能够响应。如将它发送给多个号码，注意在不同号码之间加上逗号。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可视化报告" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 msgid "" "On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" " filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " "performance of your SMS mailings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*报告*菜单中，只需几次点击，即可应用筛选器，测量并采用不同布局，对短信发送的表现进行分析。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 msgid "" "You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" " the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建新短信时点击*信息*图标，你还可查看在所在国发送短信的价格。" #: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -372,44 +380,45 @@ msgid "" "make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " ":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" msgstr "" +"**购买信用**为了充分利用应用程序及其功能，建议你购买信用。更多信息请访问:doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 msgid "Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定价和常见问题" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "短信定价和常见问题" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我需要什么才能发送短信？" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 msgid "" "SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " "prepaid credits* to work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "短信文本信息是一项应用程序内购买(IAP)服务，*需要预付费信用*才能运行。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "短信分类哪些种类？" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." -msgstr "" +msgstr "短信分为GSM7和UNICODE两类。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 msgid "" "**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," " that includes the following characters:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**GSM7**是标准格式，每条信息不超过160个字符，包括以下字符：" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 msgid "" "**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " "the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**UNICODE**是适用于GSM7列表中*没有*的特殊字符的格式。每条短信不超过70个字符。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -419,72 +428,76 @@ msgid "" "system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " "represents." msgstr "" +"GSM7短信限制为160个字符，Unicode限制为70个字符。*超过该限值后，短信内容被切分为多个部分*，字符数限制降到GSM7 " +"153个，Unicode 67个。系统将实时显示你的信息已包含的字符数。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送短信的费用是多少？" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 msgid "" "The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " "characters) of the message." -msgstr "" +msgstr "短信价格取决于信息的目的地和长度（字符数）。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 msgid "" "To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." msgstr "" +"如要查看**每个国家的价格，请访问**：`Odoo短信 - 常见问题 `_。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 msgid "" "The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " "your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "短信包含的字数总是显示在数据库中。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 msgid "How do I buy credits?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何购买信用？" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 购买信用`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "或前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 查看我的服务`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用信用来测试这项功能。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 msgid "More common questions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更多常见问题" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**我的信用会过期吗？**" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 msgid "No, credits do not expire." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不会，信用不会过期。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**我可以向座机号码（而不是手机号码）发送短信吗？因为我看到“电话”字段前有图标。**" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该电话号码必须支持短信（例如，SIP电话）才行。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**我购买信用后能收到发票吗？**" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." @@ -492,27 +505,27 @@ msgstr "是." #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**收件人可以回复我吗？**" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不能，无法回复短信。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " "send them all?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**如果我发送多条短信，但信用不够全部发送怎么办？**" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " "until you have enough credits to send them all." -msgstr "" +msgstr "整个交易将计为一笔，因此除非你的信用足够发送全部短信，否则不会发送任何短信。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**我有已发送短信的历史记录吗？**" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -521,54 +534,56 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " ":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" +"是的，短信将作为日志注释附加在对应记录的聊天中，已发送短信的完整记录可查看:menuselection:`技术 --> " +"短信`下的:doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**我可以一次性发送尽可能多的短信吗？**" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以，但你必须有足够的信用。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 msgid "" "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " "lose credits?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**如果我添加的号码不在现有的收件人名单中，我会被扣除信用吗？**" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 msgid "" "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " "credit will be lost." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果电话号码格式错误（例如，位数过多）。否则，如果短信发送给了错误人员或虚假号码，你仍会被扣除信用。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**如果我将短信发送给了付费号码（例如，赢取节日门票的比赛）怎么办？**" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " "charged." -msgstr "" +msgstr "短信不会被发送给这类号码，你也不会被扣费。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**我在发送多条短信时，能识别不存在的号码吗？**" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只能识别格式无效的号码。" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**GDPR规定对这项服务有何影响？**" #: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 msgid "" "Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请`在此查看我们的隐私政策 `__。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 8b3ab0597..a2e6780f9 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # guohuadeng , 2019 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: guohuadeng , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,11 +29,11 @@ msgstr "社交媒体营销" #: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接到我的电商平台和营销活动" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -41,34 +43,35 @@ msgid "" "to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" " content." msgstr "" +"无论你的目标是销售新产品、介绍你的服务价值或为活动打广告，营销活动可帮助你建立与电商平台的连接。它们通常涉及多个渠道，因此采用的解决方案必须能够计划、执行、跟踪和分析内容。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 营销活动 --> 创建`。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" "As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " "overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你创建内容时，页面将显示特定渠道的选项卡。营销活动概览显示以下全局指标：" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 msgid "" "*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " "transaction (paid)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*收入*：通过内容中的链接完成交易（已付费）的用户数量。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 msgid "" "*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" " but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*报价*：通过内容中的链接已经开始但尚未完成交易（未付费）的用户数量。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 msgid "" "*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " "content." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*线索*：通过内容中的链接已填写联系表单的用户。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -77,26 +80,28 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " "application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" +"如要*发送新邮件*，确保在*邮件营销*应用程序下启动该功能，进入:menuselection:`邮件营销 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`。如要*发送短信*，必须在数据库上安装*短信营销*应用程序。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 msgid "" "*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," " *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*社媒营销*可与*销售*、*发票*、*CRM*和*网站*等其他应用程序集成。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`./push_notifications`" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`./manage_social`" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过在线客服与客户和访客互动" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -105,38 +110,38 @@ msgid "" "impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " "it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " "interaction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与客户建立更强关系的途径之一是提供在线客服服务。在线客服对于客户服务和销售业绩都将产生重大影响，因为它提供了实时、快速、有效互动的机会。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " "select the appropriate channel, and set it up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 在线客服`并选择合适的渠道进行设置。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" "Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " "for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " "GeoIP must be installed on your server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*渠道规则*下，选择弹出聊天窗口的时机及给定URL和/或国家的操作。请注意，为了将国家纳入考量，必须在服务器上安装GeoIP。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "必须在数据库上安装*在线客服*应用程序。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 msgid "Monitor your visitors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "监测访客" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 msgid "" "Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " ":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*访客*菜单下，可以看到在线或离线登录:ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages`的访客。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -145,28 +150,29 @@ msgid "" "subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " "by the user once they move to a tracked page." msgstr "" +"你可发送邮件（如已保存邮件地址）、发送短信（如已保存电话号码）、发送推送通知（如用户已订阅），甚至发送实时聊天请求，用户移动到被追踪页面时即可收到该请求。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 msgid "" "Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " "last date and time the user was connected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开记录，查看所有详情，包括已访问的页面，用户接入的首次和最后日期和时间。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 msgid "" "Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " "an existing partner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在线访客关联到某条线索或现有合作伙伴，则将被识别出身份。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 msgid "" "If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " "own website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你不使用*网站*应用程序，则可在自己的网站上添加在线客服小工具。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 msgid "Website’s tracked pages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "网站被跟踪的页面" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -174,14 +180,15 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " "*Track*, on the respective pages." msgstr "" +"如要在*网站*应用程序中定义需跟踪的页面，前往:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 页面`并在各个页面启用*跟踪*选项。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理社交媒体页面并创建内容" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -191,105 +198,107 @@ msgid "" "audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " "execute your online strategy, from posts to results." msgstr "" +"在你进入社交媒体平台后，必须保持更新。但是，这似乎需要全职工作。利用有效的解决方案创建、排期、跟踪并与受众互动和测量结果可节约时间，帮助你成功执行在线策略。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加账户并创建馈送" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 msgid "" "Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " "accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*添加流媒体*并授予规定权限，添加账户。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可关联自己是管理员的Facebook页面。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 msgid "" "You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" " automatically added." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后将你重定向到你的*馈送*，并自动添加带有发布内容的列。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 msgid "" "You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" " customize your Kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可添加新账户和/或流媒体，如Facebook提及并自定义你的看板视图。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 msgid "" "Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " "redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " "*Insights*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将社交媒体账户添加到馈送也会关联KPI。如要重定向到社交账户的统计页面，点击*洞察力*。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关联LinkedIn账户" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 配置 --> 社交媒体`。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 msgid "" "LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " "creation of content." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LinkedIn是Beta版本，因此馈送不可用。只能创建内容。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发布内容" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " ":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" +"点击:menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 馈送 --> 新发帖`，或前往:menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 发帖 → 创建`。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择立即上传发帖或预约发帖时间。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "保存帖子，它将变为草稿状态。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过日历视图概览并规划发帖" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 msgid "" "Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " "week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过日历视图，不仅可以整体查看每日、每周或每月计划，还可查看已创建草稿、已排期和已发布的帖子。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "拖放（已排期帖子）并更改其安排的日期。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 msgid "" "Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " "and click on an existing one to edit it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "双击日期并从*日历视图*中直接创建帖子，点击现有帖子并编辑。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`./campaigns`" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`./livechat`" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用网络推送通知" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -299,54 +308,55 @@ msgid "" "practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " "sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." msgstr "" +"通过网络推送通知，用户不必在网站上或提供个人信息，你也能向用户设备发送消息。这项功能可用于通知用户发布的新闻、文章和内容，交通和天气、航班信息、销售提醒、优惠券、产品更新等实用信息。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 msgid "Ask users for permission" -msgstr "" +msgstr "征求用户同意" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 msgid "" "In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*网站*应用程序中，前往:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*网站推送通知*。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" "Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " "permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择你的信息、图标和延迟时间（指用户登录你的页面后显示同意信息的等待时间）。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 msgid "Send notifications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送通知" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 msgid "Individually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "个人" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可通过*访客*菜单发送个别信息。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 msgid "To a group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "群组" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 msgid "" "Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " "(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*查看列表*中选择多名访客，即可面向更大的细分群体（例如，访问主页的所有访客）。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 msgid "" "Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " "archived." -msgstr "" +msgstr "访客记录在*访客*下保存一周，然后归档。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 msgid "By rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按规则" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -354,7 +364,8 @@ msgid "" "Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " "that match the rules you set." msgstr "" +"或前往:menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 发帖 --> 创建`。在*网页通知选项*下，添加筛选条件，将信息发送给符合你所设置规则的记录。" #: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这项功能仅适用于Odoo网站应用程序。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index 0a9411c7e..a2634e29c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 -# liAnGjiA , 2020 # 演奏王 , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 演奏王 , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@ msgstr "支持" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支持的版本" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " "Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo为**最近的3个主要版本**提供支持和漏洞修复服务。" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -44,38 +44,40 @@ msgid "" "called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " "published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." msgstr "" +"托管在**Odoo " +"Online**的用户也可使用中间版本（有时称为*SaaS版本*），Odoo同样为其提供支持。这些版本未在Odoo.sh或本地部署安装中发布。" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我的Odoo享受哪些支持状态？" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下表是每个版本的支持状态。" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**主要版本为黑体字。**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Online" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本地部署" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发布日期" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 @@ -89,15 +91,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "|green|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|绿色|" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2019年10月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 @@ -114,43 +116,43 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "N/A" -msgstr "N/A" +msgstr "无" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2019年8月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2018年10月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2018年4月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2017年10月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*计划2020年10月结束支持*" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 @@ -161,115 +163,115 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "|orange|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|橙色|" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2017年3月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2017年1月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "|red|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|红色|" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2016年10月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2016年5月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2015年10月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2015年2月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2014年9月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|绿色| 支持的版本" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|橙色| 结束支持" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" +msgstr "无 从未在此平台发布" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 msgid "" "|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " "Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " "upgrade." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|橙色| 某些老客户可能仍在我们的Odoo Online服务器上运行这个版本，我们仅针对阻止问题提供帮助，建议你升级版本。" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "🏁 未来版本，尚未发布" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:75 msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我运行老版本Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 msgid "" "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenERP 7.0、6.1、6.0和5.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 msgid "" "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" +msgstr "TinyERP 4.0、3.0、2.0和1.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你应考虑`升级 `_数据库。" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支持服务有哪些内容？" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每周5天" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -343,7 +345,7 @@ msgstr "如何使用我们的软件的培训（我们将引导您访问我们的 #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将文件导入你的数据库" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -359,13 +361,13 @@ msgstr "如何设置配置模型（示例包括：库存路线、付款条款、 #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你自己的服务器上进行任何干预/部署Odoo" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 msgid "" "Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " "etc)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你自己的第三方账户上进行任何干预（Ingenico、Authorize、UPS等）" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -387,7 +389,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在哪里获取支持？" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 msgid "Odoo Enterprise" @@ -400,46 +402,49 @@ msgid "" "matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " "server)." msgstr "" +"拥有有效Odoo企业版订阅的用户可随时通过我们的`支持表单 " +"`_联系我们的支持团队，无论你选择哪种托管类型（Odoo " +"Online、Odoo.sh或在你自己的服务器上）。" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "请在支持请求中提供：" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的订阅编号" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 msgid "" "the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " "Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的数据库URL，如你的数据库由Odoo托管（Odoo Online或Odoo.sh）" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们的代理将尽快回复你。" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo社区" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Odoo社区用户没有支持服务权限。*" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是可能有用的一些资源：" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们的`文档页面 `。" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 msgid "" "Ask your question on the `community forum " "`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在`社区论坛 `_提问。" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -447,3 +452,5 @@ msgid "" "`_ to get the" " support and bugfix services." msgstr "" +"`购买Odoo企业版 " +"`_获取支持和漏洞修复服务。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 566dcb4b4..dd90f5cff 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ # bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2019 # guohuadeng , 2019 # 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -30,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -81,6 +82,8 @@ msgid "" "To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" " `_." msgstr "" +"在Google Analytics中的首次操作请参阅`Google文档 " +"`_。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" @@ -171,7 +174,7 @@ msgstr "最后，授权Odoo访问Google API接口。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在Odoo中做搜索引擎优化(SEO)。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -188,6 +191,8 @@ msgid "" "should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." msgstr "" +"一些SEO的规则例子：网页加载速度应该更快, " +"页面应该有且仅有一个标题```

`，元标签（alt标签、标题标签）应与内容一致，网站应有一个``/sitemap.xml``文件等。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -195,12 +200,13 @@ msgid "" "abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " "you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." msgstr "" +"为了保证Odoo网站和Odoo电子商务用户拥有强大的SEO, Odoo提炼了SEO全部的技术复杂性，并用最好的方式为你处理一切。我们将在下面具体说明。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 msgid "" "But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " "content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "但首先，我们首先来看如何微调网站内容和元标签，从而轻松提升网站排名。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 msgid "Meta Tags" @@ -208,7 +214,7 @@ msgstr "元标签" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "标题、描述" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -218,6 +224,8 @@ msgid "" " you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " "otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." msgstr "" +"每个网页都应该定义 ````、``<description>`` 和 ``<keywords>`` " +"。这些信息元素被搜索引起用于推广你的网站。它们根据网页标题和内容自动生成，但你可进行微调。确保它们符合网页内容，否则你将被搜索引擎降级。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" @@ -231,27 +239,28 @@ msgid "" "content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " "the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." msgstr "" +"为了撰写优质内容并提升你的流量，Odoo提供了``<keyword>``查找器。这些关键字是你想引至网站的搜索内容。对于每个关键字，你要关注它如何用在内容（H1、H2、网页标题、网页描述、网页内容）中及其与Google相关搜索的关系。使用的关键字越多，效果越好。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 msgid "" "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " "every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " "search tags." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你的网站使用多种语言，你可以为单个页面的每种语言使用Promote工具，并设置特定的标题、描述和搜索标签。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "" +msgstr " 内容为王" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 msgid "" "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" " to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当谈到搜索引擎优化时，始终记住内容为王。Odoo提供了几个模块，帮助你在网站上建立内容：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "* * Odoo博客* *：写的内容。" +msgstr "**Odoo博客**：撰写优质内容。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -259,6 +268,8 @@ msgid "" "content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" "/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" msgstr "" +"**Odoo幻灯片**：发表所有的PowerPoint或者PDF演示文稿。内容将自动在网页上进行索引。例如: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -266,6 +277,8 @@ msgid "" "`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" " landing pages)" msgstr "" +"**Odoo论坛**：让社区为你创建内容。例如:`odoo.com/forum/1 " +"<https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_（占Odoo.com登录页面的30%）" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -273,6 +286,8 @@ msgid "" "website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " "<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" msgstr "" +"**Odoo邮件列表存档**：在网站上发布邮件列表存档。例如: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_（每月创建1000页）" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -280,21 +295,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " "content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." msgstr "" +"404页是一个常规网页，你可以向Odoo的其他网页一样编辑它。这样，在访客输入无效URL时，你可以建立一个404页，将他重定向到你网站的内容顶部。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用社交网络" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 msgid "" "Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" " on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " "are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "社交媒体是为大众分享而建立的。如果很多人在社交媒体上分享你的内容，那么很可能会有更多的人链接到它，链接是SEO排名的一个重大因素。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo嵌入多项工具来通过社交媒体分享内容：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 msgid "Social Network" @@ -304,7 +320,7 @@ msgstr "社交网络" msgid "" "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." " All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo允许将所有的社交网络帐户链接到您的网站页脚。你只需要在公司设置中提及你的所有账户。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 msgid "Social Share" @@ -315,14 +331,14 @@ msgid "" "Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." " By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " "media wall." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将构建块*分享*放在你想要访客分享的任何网页上。点击图标，他们会被提示在社交媒体上分享该页面。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 msgid "" "Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " "Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " "your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "多数社交媒体使用图片来装饰分享发帖。Odoo默认使用网站标志，但你可在推广工具中为你的网页选择任何其他图片。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 msgid "Facebook Page" @@ -333,7 +349,7 @@ msgid "" "Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" " business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " "timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "放置构建块*Facebook页面*，显示你的Facebook公司主页小工具，鼓励访客关注。你可展示时间表、后续活动和信息。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 msgid "Twitter Scroller" @@ -343,7 +359,7 @@ msgstr "Twitter 滚动条" msgid "" "Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " "will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的网站上显示Twitter上的客户满意度评价。这将增加推文和分享的数量。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 msgid "Test Your Website" @@ -354,14 +370,16 @@ msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " "WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" msgstr "" +"你可通过WooRank免费服务`woorank.com " +"<https://www.woorank.com>`_，比较你的网站与Odoo在搜索引擎优化方面的排名" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "URL处理" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本节介绍Odoo如何让URL实现SEO优化。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 msgid "URLs Structure" @@ -393,12 +411,15 @@ msgid "" " browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " "page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = " +"网页的语言。如果访客浏览网站主语言，URL的这一部分将删除。因此，本页面的主版本是：https://www.mysite.com/shop/product" +"/my-great-product-31" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 msgid "" "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/shop/product** = 每个模块定义了命名空间（/ship是电子商务模块的目录，/shop/product是产品页面）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -408,6 +429,8 @@ msgid "" "on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " "forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." msgstr "" +"**my-great-product** = 默认情况下，这是本页所指产品的详细标题 。但你可根据SEO目的自定义其内容。名为“Pain " +"carré”的产品将变成“pain-carre”。根据命名空间，这部分可以是不同对象（博客发帖、网页标题、论坛发帖、论坛评论、产品类别等）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" @@ -449,11 +472,11 @@ msgstr "在上面的例子 :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*公司新闻*是博客的标题" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Odoo故事*是具体博客发帖的标题" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -478,13 +501,13 @@ msgstr "当页面的网址改变(例如，一个你的产品名称的更友好 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo将自动在新的URL更新所有链接。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 msgid "" "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " "done to route visitors to the new website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果外部网站仍指向就得URL，301重定向将引导访客前往新网站。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 msgid "As an example, this URL:" @@ -496,7 +519,7 @@ msgstr "http ://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将自动重定向到：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" @@ -508,7 +531,7 @@ msgid "" " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " "link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " "redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "总之，只要更改博客发帖的标题或产品名称，它将自动应用于网站所有页面。旧的链接仍适用于外部网站的链接，用301重定向可防止丢失SEO链接。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 msgid "HTTPS" @@ -521,32 +544,34 @@ msgid "" "your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " "equivalent." msgstr "" +"搜索引擎会提高安全HTTPS/SSL网站的排名。因此，Odoo Online的所有实例在默认情况下完全基于HTTPS。如访客通过非HTTPS " +"URL访问你的网站，将通过301重定向到HTTPS网站。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "链接：Nofollow策略" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 msgid "" "The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " "is for your SEO." -msgstr "" +msgstr "网页与外部和优质网站的链接越多，对SEO越有利。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是Odoo管理链接的策略：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 msgid "" "Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " "link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你添加到网站的每一个链接都是\"dofollow\"，这意味着，该链接将有助于链接页面的SEO排名。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 msgid "" "Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由贡献者发布的每个链接（论坛发帖、博客评论等）在链接到自己的网站后也是“dofollow”。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 msgid "" @@ -560,15 +585,15 @@ msgid "" "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " "trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " "attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，当使用论坛时，可放心使用很多贡献者的Karma。在这种情况下，他们的链接不会有``rel=\"nofollow\"``的属性。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多语言支持" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多语言URL" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -580,7 +605,7 @@ msgstr "如果在多个语言中运行一个网站，在不同的URL将看到相 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " "here)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1（主语言，这里为英语）" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -597,7 +622,7 @@ msgstr "在这个例子中，fr\\_FR是网页的语言。你甚至可以有同 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "语言诠释" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 msgid "" @@ -606,6 +631,7 @@ msgid "" " <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " "pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" msgstr "" +"为了让搜索引擎知道第二个URL是第一个URL的法语翻译，Odoo将在文件顶端增加HTML链接元素。在主版本的HTML<head>部分，Odoo自动添加可指向其他翻译版本网页的链接元素；" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -623,18 +649,18 @@ msgstr "用这种方法：" msgid "" "Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " "language." -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索引擎将根据访客语言重定向到正确的语言。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 msgid "" "You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " "yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " "same content." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果页面还没有翻译，也不会被搜索引擎惩罚。实际上，它不是重复的内容，而是同一内容的不同版本。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "语言检测" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 msgid "" @@ -643,12 +669,13 @@ msgid "" "version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " "yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." msgstr "" +"当访客首次登陆你的网站（例如，yourwebsite.com/shop），可能根据他们浏览器的语言偏好（例如，yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop）自动重定向到已翻译的版本。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 msgid "" "Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " "redirection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下次，它会保存当前语言的cookie，以避免重定向。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -662,7 +689,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "页面速度" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 msgid "Introduction" @@ -679,6 +706,9 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" "-billion-sales>`__." msgstr "" +"加载页面的时间是搜索引擎的一个重要标准。更快的网页加载速度不仅可提高访问体验，也能提高你的网页排名。一些研究表明，如果加载网页时减少一半（例如，2秒而不是4秒），访客放弃率也会降低一半（25％到12.5％）。加载网页的时间增加一秒会导致`Amazon的销售减少16亿美元" +" <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 msgid "" @@ -706,7 +736,7 @@ msgid "" "When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " "their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " "for .JPG)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你上传新图片时，Odoo自动压缩以减少大小（PNG和GIF无损压缩，JPG有损压缩）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 msgid "" @@ -747,13 +777,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "静态资源 : CSS" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " "cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有的CSS文件进行预处理、级联、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。结果：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" @@ -779,6 +809,9 @@ msgid "" "instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " "file." msgstr "" +" **预处理 :** Odoo使用的CSS框架是Bootstrap。虽然某个主题可能会使用其他框架，大部分`Odoo 主题 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__延长并直接定制Bootstrap。由于Odoo支持Less和Sass，你可以修改CSS" +" 规则，而不是通过额外的CSS线覆盖它们，导致文件变得更小。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 msgid "" @@ -791,6 +824,8 @@ msgid "" "files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " "on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." msgstr "" +" **级联：** " +"你在Odoo中可能使用的每个模块或库都有自己的一套的CSS、Less或Sass文件（电子商务、博客、主题等）。多个CSS文件对于模块化非常有用，但是对性能不太好，因为大多数浏览器只能执行并行6个请求载入的文件。对于像.JS和.CSS等小文件，等待传送文件的时间通常比实际的数据传输时间更长。因此，加载CSS资源的时间更多地取决于请求的数目而不是实际的文件大小。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 msgid "" @@ -866,6 +901,8 @@ msgid "" "avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " "themes fit below this limit." msgstr "" +"如果CSS文件非常大，Odoo会把它分成两个较小的文件，避免Internet " +"Explorer对于每个表单最大4095个选择器的限制。当然大多数主题都能满足这个限制。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 msgid "" @@ -899,17 +936,17 @@ msgid "" "Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" "process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" " visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，缓存版本存储在服务器端（所以我们无需对每个请求预先处理、拼接、再压缩）和浏览器端（所以同一名访客只需加载一次其访问的所有页面）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" +msgstr "静态资源：Javascript" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," " compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与CSS资源类似，Javascript资源也被拼接、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" @@ -919,12 +956,12 @@ msgstr "Odoo创建3个javascript包 :" msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " "validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "网站所有页面使用同一个Javascript包（包括视差效果、表单验证等代码。）" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 msgid "" "One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于前端和后端共享的通用Javascript代码(Bootstrap)" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 msgid "" @@ -939,6 +976,7 @@ msgid "" "As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." msgstr "" +"网站的多数访客只需要前两个包，因此最多只需加载两个Javascript文件来渲染一个页面。由于这些文件在所有网页之间共享，同一位访客继续点击网页就不会加载任何其他Javascript资源。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" @@ -948,6 +986,8 @@ msgid "" "easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " "not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" +"在:doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`下，CSS和Javascript并未拼接或缩小。因此，加载速度要慢得多。但它可轻松地用Chrome调试器为CSS和JavaScript资源调试，因为它们并未从原来的版本进行转换。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 msgid "CDN" @@ -1002,6 +1042,7 @@ msgid "" "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " "usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "" +"Odoo网站构建器已经优化，以保证简短而干净的HTML代码。构建块已开发，用于制作干净的HTML代码，通常使用bootstrap和HTML编辑器。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 msgid "" @@ -1033,17 +1074,17 @@ msgid "" "Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " "engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " "according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果网站不适合移动设备，则将对其搜索引擎排名产生负面影响。所有Odoo主题依靠Bootstrap提供适合台式机、平板电脑或手机的高效渲染。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " "website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于所有Odoo模块共享相同的技术，你的网站所有页面都绝对适合移动设备。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "浏览器缓存" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 msgid "" @@ -1054,6 +1095,9 @@ msgid "" "The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " "your website." msgstr "" +"Javascript、图片和CSS资源的URL会随着内容变化而动态变化。举个例子，所有CSS文件通过以下网址下载：`localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css" +" " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__。如果修改网站的CSS，URL的``457-0da1d9d``部分也会改变。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 msgid "" @@ -1074,16 +1118,19 @@ msgid "" "`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" "/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" msgstr "" +"除了速度快，Odoo也比传统的CMS和电子商务（Drupal、Wordpress、Magento、Prestashop）更具可扩展性。以下链接提供了在高查询量时主要的开源CMS和电子商务与Odoo的分析比较：`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197" +" <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-" +"optimisation-197>`_" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 msgid "" "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " "eCommerce." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这里总结了Odoo网站和电子商务可扩展性的概览。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索引擎文件" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 msgid "Sitemap" @@ -1095,6 +1142,7 @@ msgid "" "generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " "reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" +"网站地图向搜索引擎机器人指出索引的页面。Odoo将自动生成``/sitemap.xml``文件。基于性能原因，该文件被缓存，并将每12小时更新一次。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 msgid "" @@ -1121,7 +1169,7 @@ msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" " could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "``<lastmod>``：资源的最后修改日期，基于相关对象自动计算。一页关联一个产品，这可能是该产品或页面的最后修改日期。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 msgid "" @@ -1130,6 +1178,7 @@ msgid "" " of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " "it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" +"``<priority>``：模块可以基于自己的内容有优先级算法（例如：一个论坛可能基于投票的数量分配优先权）。静态页面的优先级是由它的优先级字段定义的，呈常规化（16是默认值）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 msgid "Structured Data Markup" @@ -1142,6 +1191,8 @@ msgid "" "engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" "presented search results." msgstr "" +"结构化数据标记是用来在搜索引擎结果中生成Rich " +"Snippets的。这是网站所有者用于将结构化数据发送给搜索引擎机器人的途径；帮助它们了解你的内容，并产生良好的搜索结果。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 msgid "" @@ -1169,17 +1220,18 @@ msgid "" "indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " "etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" +"在编制网站索引时，搜索引擎首先查看``/robots.txt``文件的一般索引规则（允许的机器人、网站地图路径等）。Odoo自动创建该文件。其内容是：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户代理：\\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 msgid "" "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " "other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " "address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这意味着所有的机器人都可对你的网站进行索引，除以下地址的网站地图中规定的索引规则外，没有其他索引规则。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" @@ -1189,6 +1241,8 @@ msgid "" " custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " "reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" +"你可在下面自定义*机器人*文件*设置 --> 技术 --> 用户界面 --> 视图*中的:doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`（排除机器人，排除一些页面，重定向到自定义网站地图）。让*不可更新*视图的模型数据设为系统升级后不重置文件。" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 msgid "Publish" @@ -1369,7 +1423,7 @@ msgstr "如何从我的Odoo实例中启用SSL (HTTPS)。" msgid "" "Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " "such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" +msgstr "直到最近，Odoo用户还需要使用第三方CDN服务提供商，如Cloud Flare来启用SSL。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1379,27 +1433,29 @@ msgid "" "get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " "certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." msgstr "" +"但现在已经不需要了：Odoo通过集成`Let's Encrypt认证机构和ACME协议 <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-" +"works/>`__，为你自动生成证书。如要获取该证书，只需在你的客户门户添加域名（为指定的每个域名生成单独的证书）。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**请注意，生成证书可能需要24小时。**" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 msgid "" "If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" " simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你已经使用CloudFlare或类似服务，你可继续使用或更换到Odoo。一切由你决定。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何确保我的所有URL使用自定义的域名？" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 msgid "" "To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " "you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " "group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要设置网站和电子邮件发送的所有链接中的根URL，你可要求数据库的管理员（*设置*组中的任何用户）从登录屏幕执行登录。就这么简单！" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -1408,23 +1464,25 @@ msgid "" "(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " "website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." msgstr "" +"如果你要手动完成此项操作，进入:menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> " +"系统参数`。找到名为``web.base.url``的条目（如不存在，可以创建该条目）并输入网站的完整URL，如``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 msgid "" "The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" " end by a slash (``/``)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "URL必须包含协议（``https://``或``http://``）且必须以斜杠（``/``）结尾。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 msgid "" "If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " "can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " "set to ``True``." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果要在管理员登录时阻止根URL更新，可以添加名为``web.base.url.freeze``的系统参数，其值设置为``True``。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我的网站被谷歌索引了两次" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -1432,6 +1490,7 @@ msgid "" " Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " "Odoo cloud platforms/" msgstr "" +"如果你为*mydatabase.odoo.com*设置了自定义域名*mydomain.com*，谷歌将在两个名称下编制网站索引。这是Odoo云平台的一个局限性/" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" @@ -1439,14 +1498,14 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理多网站" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " "customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " "revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo的多网站功能为你的公司提供了多元化和客户细分的广泛可能性。只需点击几次，即可收获成倍的受众和更多收入！" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1454,6 +1513,7 @@ msgid "" "domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," " slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" msgstr "" +"每个网站都可以完全独立的方式运行，体现在其主题、品牌、域名、页眉和页脚、页面、语言、产品、博客帖子、论坛、幻灯片、活动、实时聊天渠道等方面。我们来实际了解一下吧！" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 msgid "Setup" @@ -1463,7 +1523,7 @@ msgstr "设置" msgid "" "To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" " Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要创建新网站，前往:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`。*创建新网站*按钮位于第一个版块。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1472,19 +1532,21 @@ msgid "" " of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " "visitors to it using Geo IP." msgstr "" +"根据后面的提示，设置新网站名称和特定域名。如果在Odoo数据库默认域名下发布新网站，则可以留空。你可以稍后设置 " +"一些国家小组，在使用GeoIP时将访客重定向。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 msgid "" "Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " "purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " "theme!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，选择一个主题。新网站可能与第一个网站的目的和受众完全不同。所以请自由选择不同的主题！" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " "website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在选择主题后，你可以开始构建网站主页。跟随紫色水滴，它们会引导你开始。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -1492,10 +1554,12 @@ msgid "" " Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " ":doc:`domain_name`." msgstr "" +"如果你运行Odoo " +"Online，请勿忘记将所有新域名重定向到你的Odoo数据库(``CNAME``)并从Odoo方面进行授权。查看:doc:`domain_name`。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建菜单" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -1503,10 +1567,12 @@ msgid "" "edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" " edit the menu of the current website." msgstr "" +"新网站的默认菜单包含了所有已安装的应用程序。如要编辑该菜单，点击:menuselection:`页面 --> " +"编辑菜单`。移动到前面，则仅编辑当前网站的菜单。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从一个网站切换到另一个" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -1514,7 +1580,7 @@ msgid "" "bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " "website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" " sign in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "超级简单！编辑栏右侧有一个网站切换器。切换到另一个网站将连接到此网站的域。如果你在该网站使用另一个域，则需要用户登录。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1522,6 +1588,7 @@ msgid "" "website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " "redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." msgstr "" +"切换时，你将被重定向到另一个网站上的同一域路径（例如，``/shop/myproduct``）。如果不使用此URL，你将被重定向到404页面，但被提示在此创建新页面。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 msgid "Add features" @@ -1532,43 +1599,43 @@ msgid "" "The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" " your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " "removing the menu item." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你安装的网站应用程序（如幻灯片、博客）可用于你的所有网站。当然，你可以通过删除菜单项，在某个网站中将它们隐藏。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 msgid "" "Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " "First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个网站在设置中都有大量的特定选项。首先，选择要配置的网站。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " "only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，查看标有地球图标的选项。这意味着它们只会影响你正在开发的网站。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，你可以设置特定的：" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "languages," -msgstr "" +msgstr "语言，" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" +msgstr "域名，" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" +msgstr "社交媒体链接，" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户门户模式（B2C或B2B），" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" +msgstr "专门的在线客服渠道，" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 msgid "etc." @@ -1576,11 +1643,11 @@ msgstr "等等" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" +msgstr "其他为全局选项，适用于所有网站。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理域名" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -1589,6 +1656,8 @@ msgid "" "set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " "redirected to the right website using GeoIP." msgstr "" +"如前所述，你的网站可以共享相同的域名，也可以使用特定的域名。如果你共享域名并希望调整每个地区的内容，请在每个网站的设置中设置国家小组 " +"。访客将通过GeoIP被重定向到正确的网站。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -1596,14 +1665,16 @@ msgid "" "don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" "installation`" msgstr "" +"Odoo Online默认安装GeoIP。如果你在本地部署情况下运行Odoo，请勿忘记安装*GeoIP*库。参见:doc:`on-" +"premise_geo-ip-installation`" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`domain_name`" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自定义访客体验" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -1613,10 +1684,11 @@ msgid "" "audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" +"通过\\*定制\\*菜单，可深度定制客户体验。这里所有可用的视觉选项都针对的是每个网站。浏览各个页面并针对新受众进行调整。重点关注工作流程和自动化页面（如电子商务结帐、博客、活动等），因为这里的可用选项极多。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按网站发布具体内容" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -1625,12 +1697,14 @@ msgid "" "that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" +"与静态页面一样，从前端创建的任何内容（产品、博客帖子等） " +"均只能在当前网站上发布。你可从后端编辑表单视图中更改，并将*网站*字段留空。这样就将在所有网站上发布。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是你可以链接到*一个或所有网站*的所有对象：" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" @@ -1638,7 +1712,7 @@ msgstr "租赁产品" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子商务的产品类别" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" @@ -1646,7 +1720,7 @@ msgstr "博客" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "幻灯片频道" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" @@ -1664,11 +1738,11 @@ msgstr "工作岗位" msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你从后端创建记录并发布时（通常是产品或活动），它在所有网站上均可用。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在所有网站发表某个页面" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -1676,25 +1750,27 @@ msgid "" " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" +"只能在当前网站创建新的静态页面并发布。你可以将它复制到其他网站，路径为:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> " +"页面`。请将*网站*字段留空。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你只需将它复制到另外一个网站，请复制页面并设置新网站。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " "being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" +msgstr "再次编辑页面时，更改只影响当前网站。新页面被复制并绑定到网站上。原页面仍链接到所有网站。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过页面管理器按URL对页面进行分组，你可以快速找到每个编辑页面后面的原始页面。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" @@ -1704,13 +1780,13 @@ msgstr "多公司" msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在多公司环境中，每个网站都可以链接到你系统中的特定公司。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用这项配置，只有与公司相关的数据出现在网站上（产品、工作、活动等）。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -1718,46 +1794,46 @@ msgid "" "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " "their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " "visitors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "网站编辑只能查看和编辑他们有访问权限的记录页面，通常是属于他们目前的公司（及其子公司）的页面。访客也是如此。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" " selector in the menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果网站是多公司，你在切换网站时无法切换公司。如要切换公司并查看相关内容，需使用菜单中的公司选择器。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置你的电子商务网站" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " "website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子商务是多网站环境中的一项关键功能。在我们的网站上，这项功能可定制，以适应每个网站的受众。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品仅在一个网站可用" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " "edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们之前已经了解了如何仅在一个网站发布特定记录。你可使用产品编辑表单电子商务选项卡的\\*网站\\*字段。留空意味着在所有网站均可用。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品在*部分*网站可用" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使产品在部分而不是所有网站可用，你应为每个网站复制产品。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" @@ -1767,6 +1843,7 @@ msgid "" " in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" +"如果你需要一个唯一引用来管理库存，你应安装*制造*应用程序并创建*工具包*物料清单。每个工具包将每个发布的“虚拟”产品链接到库存中管理的主要引用。这样，从你的网站出售的任何项目将在交付订单中转换为存储的项目。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" @@ -1776,7 +1853,7 @@ msgstr "价格表" msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要按网站管理特定价格，你可在网站设置中启用*每款产品的多个销售价格*。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -1784,23 +1861,25 @@ msgid "" "additional pricelists. See " ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" +"然后，前往:menuselection:`网站 --> 产品 --> " +"价格表`创建其他价格表。参见:doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需帮助。选择一个网站，创建仅用于此网站的价格表。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择了*可选择*，字段留空则意味着它适用于所有网站。否则，它只能用于销售和POS应用程序的后端操作。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款收单机构和交付方法" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" @@ -1809,10 +1888,12 @@ msgid "" "using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" +"默认情况下，所有网站都部署了已发布的付款收单机构和交付方法。你在网站配置中定义国家，即可通过Geo " +"IP确定每个国家使用的具体支付收单机构。你也可填写*网站*字段，对每个网站进行设置。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户账户" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" @@ -1822,60 +1903,61 @@ msgid "" "option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " "the visitor mind." msgstr "" +"有一个设置可用于选择在网站设置中管理客户帐户的方式。你可以允许客户在所有网站使用同一个帐户，也可以强制要求他们为每个网站创建一个帐户。最后这种选项可避免给访客留下各个网站相互关联的印象。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关于自定义的技术提示" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你想在网站上发布自定义对象，以下几条提示将有助于它在多网站中运行：" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" +msgstr "网站地图：不要忘记在每个网站的站点地图中" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只发布可用记录的路由中的域。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "访问：应在控制器中调用方法*can_access_from_current_website*，" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以确保访客可在当前网站中看到记录。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索：当显示记录列表时，" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不要忘记指定域只显示当前网站可用的记录。" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geo IP安装（本地部署数据库）" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " "and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，安装取决于你的计算机操作系统和分布。我们将在这里假设使用Linux操作系统。" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装`geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python库" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -1883,14 +1965,16 @@ msgid "" "<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" " file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" msgstr "" +"下载`GeoLite2 City数据库 " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_。你将下载到名为``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``的文件" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将文件移动到文件夹``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重启服务器" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1899,12 +1983,15 @@ msgid "" "command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " "database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" msgstr "" +"如果你不能/不想在``/usr/share/GeoIP/``中定位geoip数据库，则可使用Odoo命令行接口的``--geoip-" +"db``选项。此选项取到GeoIP数据库文件的绝对路径，并将其用作GeoIP数据库。例如：" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 msgid "" "`CLI documentation " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." msgstr "" +"`CLI文档 <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_。" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1913,41 +2000,43 @@ msgid "" "discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" "notice/>`_" msgstr "" +"也可使用``GeoIP`` Python库。但这个版本已于2019年1月停用。参见`GeoLite Legacy数据库现已停用 " +"<https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-notice/>`_" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在你的Odoo网站上测试GeoIP地理定位？" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 msgid "" "Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入你的网站。打开想要测试``GeoIP``的网页。" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择:menuselection:`自定义 --> HTML/CSS/JS编辑器`。" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在页面添加以下XML：" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 msgid "" "You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " "address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后你将看到显示ip地址位置的字典。" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 msgid "" "If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " "reason :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果花括号为空``{}``，可能是下面的一种原因：" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 msgid "" "The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " "network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "浏览IP地址为本地主机(``127.0.0.1``)或一个局域网(``192.168.*.*``)" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -1956,14 +2045,17 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" "odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" msgstr "" +"如果使用反向代理，请确保正确配置它。参见`--proxy-mode " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" +"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" +msgstr "未安装``geoip2``或未找到GeoIP数据库文件" #: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GeoIP数据库无法解析给定的IP地址" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" @@ -2035,6 +2127,8 @@ msgid "" "link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" " to ask for a public key and a private key." msgstr "" +"如果你安装了Gengo翻译器，在**翻译**按钮旁边，还会看到**自动翻译**按钮。如果点击该按钮，你需要提供一些关于你的账户的信息。如果你还没有帐户，通过`此链接" +" <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ 创建一个账户。你需要提供一个公钥和一个私钥。" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 msgid ""